e424b5
This
prospectus supplement relates to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, but it is not
complete and may be changed. This prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek
an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
|
Filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration Statement
Nos. 333-166190
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 20, 2010
PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus
dated April 20, 2010)
$525,000,000
PHILLIPS-VAN
HEUSEN CORPORATION
% Senior
Notes due 2020
This is an offering
by Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation of an aggregate $525,000,000
of % senior notes due 2020,
which we refer to as the notes. We will pay interest
on the notes
on
and
of each year, beginning
on ,
2010. The notes will mature
on ,
2020.
We may redeem some
or all of the notes on or
after ,
2015 at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus
supplement. We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time
prior
to ,
2015 by paying a make-whole premium. In addition, we
may also redeem up to 35% of the notes prior
to ,
2013 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings. Upon the
occurrence of a change of control, holders of the notes may
require us to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of
their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. There is no sinking fund for the notes.
The notes will be
our unsecured unsubordinated obligations and will rank equally
with all of our other existing and future senior unsecured
indebtedness and will rank senior in right of payment to any of
our existing or future obligations that are by their terms
expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the
notes. The notes will not be guaranteed by any of our
subsidiaries on the closing date and may not be guaranteed by
any of our subsidiaries for their tenor. As a result, the notes
will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future
obligations, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries. The
notes will be effectively junior to all of our existing and
future secured obligations to the extent of the value of the
assets securing such obligations.
The proceeds of this
offering will be used, in part, to fund our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger B.V. and certain affiliated companies, and the closing
of this offering will occur concurrently with, and is
conditioned upon, the closing of the acquisition.
Investing in the
notes involves risks. See Risk Factors
beginning on page S-23 of this prospectus supplement.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
Note
|
|
Total
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting Discount
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation (before expenses)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest on the
notes will accrue
from ,
2010.
Barclays Capital
Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the
notes to purchasers in book entry form only through The
Depositary Trust Company for the accounts of its
participants, including Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of
the Euroclear system, and Clearstream Banking, société
anonyme, against payment therefrom in immediately available
funds on or
about ,
2010.
Joint
Bookrunners and Global Coordinators
|
|
Barclays
Capital |
Deutsche Bank Securities |
Joint
Bookrunners
|
|
|
BofA
Merrill Lynch |
Credit Suisse |
RBC Capital Markets |
Co-Managers
|
|
|
|
BBVA
Securities |
Credit Agricole
CIB |
Fortis Bank
Nederland |
HSBC |
|
|
|
Scotia
Capital |
SunTrust
Robinson Humphrey |
US
Bancorp |
Prospectus
Supplement, dated , 2010
You should rely only on the information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have
not, authorized anyone to provide you with different
information. We are not making an offer of these securities in
any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should
not assume that the information we have included in this
prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is accurate
as of any date other than the date of this prospectus supplement
or the accompanying prospectus or that any information we have
incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than
the date of the document incorporated by reference. If the
information varies between this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus
supplement supersedes the information in the accompanying
prospectus. Neither this prospectus supplement nor the
accompanying prospectus constitutes an offer, or an invitation
on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters, to subscribe for
and purchase any of the securities and may not be used for or in
connection with an offer or solicitation by anyone, in any
jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is not
authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such
an offer or solicitation.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Prospectus
Supplement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
v
|
|
|
|
|
vi
|
|
|
|
|
vii
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
|
|
|
S-23
|
|
|
|
|
S-36
|
|
|
|
|
S-43
|
|
|
|
|
S-44
|
|
|
|
|
S-45
|
|
|
|
|
S-61
|
|
|
|
|
S-73
|
|
|
|
|
S-82
|
|
|
|
|
S-85
|
|
|
|
|
S-136
|
|
|
|
|
S-139
|
|
|
|
|
S-142
|
|
|
|
|
S-142
|
|
i
Prospectus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
ii
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are
part of a registration statement that we filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, utilizing a
shelf registration process. In this prospectus
supplement, we provide you with specific information about the
notes we are selling in this offering and about the offering
itself. Both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus include or incorporate by reference important
information about us and other information you should know
before investing in the notes. This prospectus supplement also
adds, updates and changes information contained or incorporated
by reference in the accompanying prospectus. To the extent that
any statement we make in this prospectus supplement is
inconsistent with the statements made in the accompanying
prospectus, the statements made in the accompanying prospectus
are deemed modified or superseded by the statements made in this
prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as the
additional information in the documents described below under
the heading Incorporation By Reference, before
investing in the notes.
References to PVH, we, our
or us refer to Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation and
its subsidiaries, including, after the completion of the Tommy
Hilfiger acquisition, Tommy Hilfiger, except where the context
otherwise requires.
References to the brand names Calvin Klein Collection,
ck Calvin Klein, Calvin Klein, Van Heusen,
IZOD, Eagle, Bass, Geoffrey Beene,
ARROW, CHAPS, Sean John, JOE Joseph
Abboud, MICHAEL Michael Kors, Michael Kors
Collection, Trump, Kenneth Cole New York,
Kenneth Cole Reaction, DKNY, Tommy
Hilfiger, Nautica, Ike Behar, Jones New
York, J. Garcia, Claiborne, Timberland
and to other brand names are to registered trademarks owned
by us or licensed to us by third parties and are identified by
italicizing the brand name.
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement
to acquire Tommy Hilfiger B.V. and certain affiliated companies.
We refer to Tommy Hilfiger B.V. and these affiliated companies,
and the businesses of these entities that we are acquiring, as
Tommy Hilfiger. References to, and discussion of,
Tommy Hilfiger in this prospectus supplement specifically
exclude the subsidiaries of Tommy Hilfiger B.V. that own the
rights to the Karl Lagerfeld trademark and the business
conducted by them thereunder, none of which we are acquiring.
Tommy Hilfiger is controlled by funds affiliated with Apax
Partners L.P. We refer to these funds as Apax. The
offering of the notes pursuant to this prospectus supplement is
contingent upon the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger.
References to our acquisition of BVH refer to our October 2008
acquisition from The British Van Heusen Company Limited, a
former licensee of Van Heusen mens dresswear and
accessories in the United Kingdom and Ireland, and one of its
affiliates of certain assets (including inventories) of the
licensed business. We refer to The British Van Heusen Company
Limited and its affiliate together as BVH.
References to our acquisition of CMI refer to our January 2008
acquisition of Confezioni Moda Italia S.r.L., which we refer to
as CMI, from a subsidiary of The Warnaco Group, Inc.
(We refer to The Warnaco Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries,
separately and together, as Warnaco.) CMI is the
licensee of the Calvin Klein Collection apparel and
accessories businesses under agreements with our Calvin Klein,
Inc. subsidiary.
References to our acquisition of Superba refer to our January
2007 acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Superba,
Inc.
References to our acquisition of Arrow refer to our December
2004 acquisition of Cluett Peabody Resources Corporation and
Cluett Peabody & Co., Inc., which companies we refer
to collectively as Arrow.
References to our acquisition of Calvin Klein refer to our
February 2003 acquisition of Calvin Klein, Inc. and certain
affiliated companies, which companies we refer to collectively
as Calvin Klein.
iii
INDUSTRY
AND MARKET DATA
We obtained or created the market and competitive position data
used throughout this prospectus supplement and the documents
incorporated by reference herein from research, surveys or
studies conducted by third parties, information provided by
customers and industry or general publications. Industry
publications and surveys generally state that they have obtained
information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not
guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
While we believe that each of these studies and publications and
other information is reliable, neither we nor the underwriters
have independently verified such data and neither we nor the
underwriters make any representation as to the accuracy of such
information.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You can read and copy any
materials we file with the SEC at the SECs public
reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information about
the operation of the SECs public reference room by calling
the SEC at
1-800-732-0330.
The SEC also maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains information we file electronically with the SEC.
You can also obtain information about us at the offices of the
New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York,
New York 10005.
This prospectus supplement does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement or in the
exhibits and schedules thereto, in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the SEC, and we refer you to that omitted
information. The statements made in this prospectus supplement
pertaining to the content of any contract, agreement or other
document that is an exhibit to the registration statement
necessarily are summaries of their material provisions and we
qualify those statements in their entirety by reference to those
exhibits for complete statements of their provisions. The
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules are
available at the SECs public reference room or through its
website.
INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the
information we file with it, which means we can disclose
important information to you by referring you to those
documents. The information we incorporate by reference is an
important part of this prospectus supplement, and information we
subsequently file with the SEC will automatically update and
supersede that information. We incorporate by reference the
documents listed below and any filings we make with the SEC
under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (File Number
001-07572)
(excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with
the SEC) after the date of this prospectus supplement. The
documents we incorporate by reference are:
|
|
|
|
|
our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
our Current Reports on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, April 5, 2010,
April 8, 2010, April 13, 2010 and April 16,
2010; and
|
|
|
|
the portions of our Definitive Proxy Statement on
Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on May 6, 2009 and
Definitive Additional Materials on Schedule 14A filed with
the SEC on May 11, 2009 that are incorporated by reference
in our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the
year ended February 1, 2009.
|
We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this prospectus supplement has been delivered, upon written or
oral request, a copy of any or all of the documents we
incorporate by reference in this prospectus supplement, other
than any exhibit to any of those documents, unless we have
specifically incorporated that exhibit by reference into the
information this prospectus supplement incorporates. You may
request copies by visiting our website at
http://www.pvh.com,
or by writing or telephoning us at the following:
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation
200 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10016
Attention: Secretary
Telephone:
(212) 381-3500
iv
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus, including the information we
incorporate by reference, including, without limitation,
statements relating to our future revenue, cash flows, plans,
strategies, objectives, expectations and intentions, including,
without limitation, statements relating to our estimated or
anticipated financial performance or results (including the
disclosure under the heading Summary Recent
Developments of this prospectus supplement) and our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, are made pursuant to the safe
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995.
Because these forward-looking statements involve numerous risks
and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause
our actual results to differ materially from those in the
forward-looking statements, and you should not rely on the
forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The
events or circumstances reflected in the forward-looking
statements might not occur. You can identify forward-looking
statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as
believes, expects, may,
will, should, seeks,
approximately, intends,
plans, forecasting, pro
forma, guidance, estimates or
anticipates, or the negative of these words and
phrases, or similar words or phrases. You can also identify
forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or
intentions. Forward-looking statements should not be read as
guarantees of future performance or results, and will not
necessarily be accurate indicators of whether, or the time at
which, such performance or results will be achieved. There is no
assurance that the events or circumstances reflected in
forward-looking statements will occur or be achieved.
Forward-looking statements are necessarily dependent on
assumptions, expectations, data or methods that may be incorrect
or imprecise and we may not be able to realize them. We caution
you that many forward-looking statements presented in the
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are based
on our beliefs, expectations and assumptions made by, and
information currently available to us. Statements contained and
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus that are not historical facts may be
forward-looking statements. Such statements relate to our future
performance and plans, results of operations, capital
expenditures, acquisitions, and operating improvements and costs.
Investors are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are
inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which
cannot be predicted with accuracy, and some of which might not
be anticipated, including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our plans, strategies, objectives, expectations and intentions
are subject to change at any time at our discretion;
|
|
|
|
our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger is subject to conditions,
which may not be satisfied, in which event the transaction may
not close;
|
|
|
|
in connection with the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, we intend
to borrow significant amounts, which may be considered to be
highly leveraged, and will have to use a significant portion of
our cash flows to service such indebtedness, as a result of
which we might not have sufficient funds to operate our
businesses in the manner we intend or have operated in the past;
|
|
|
|
the levels of sales of our apparel, footwear and related
products, both to our wholesale customers and in our retail
stores, the levels of sales of our licensees at wholesale and
retail, and the extent of discounts and promotional pricing in
which we and our licensees and other business partners are
required to engage, all of which can be affected by weather
conditions, economic conditions, fuel prices, reductions in
travel, consumer behavior, fashion trends, consolidations,
repositionings and bankruptcies in the retail industries,
repositionings of brands by our licensors and other factors;
|
|
|
|
our plans and results of operations will be affected by our
ability to manage our growth and inventory, including our
ability to continue to develop and grow the Calvin Klein
businesses in terms of revenue and profitability, and our
ability to realize benefits from Tommy Hilfiger, if the
acquisition is consummated;
|
v
|
|
|
|
|
our operations and results could be affected by quota
restrictions and the imposition of safeguard controls (which,
among other things, could limit our ability to produce products
in cost-effective countries that have the labor and technical
expertise needed), a disruption in our supply chain, the
availability and cost of raw materials, our ability to adjust
timely to changes in trade regulations and the migration and
development of manufacturers (which can affect where our
products can best be produced), and civil conflict, war or
terrorist acts, the threat of any of the foregoing, or political
and labor instability in any of the countries where our or our
licensees or other business partners products are
sold, produced or are planned to be sold or produced;
|
|
|
|
disease epidemics and health related concerns, which could
result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw
materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in
infected areas, as well as reduced consumer traffic and
purchasing, as consumers limit or cease shopping in order to
avoid exposure or become ill;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions and issues arising with acquisitions and proposed
transactions, including without limitation, the ability to
integrate an acquired entity, such as Tommy Hilfiger, into us
with no substantial adverse affect on the acquired entitys
or our existing operations, employee relationships, vendor
relationships, customer relationships or financial performance;
|
|
|
|
the failure of our licensees to market successfully licensed
products or to preserve the value of our brands, or their misuse
of our brands; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
other risks and uncertainties indicated from time to time in our
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We have
discussed some of these factors in more detail under Risk
Factors of this prospectus supplement. These factors are
not necessarily all of the important factors that could affect
us.
|
We do not undertake any obligation to update publicly any
forward-looking statement, including, without limitation, any
estimate regarding revenue or cash flows, whether as a result of
the receipt of new information, future events or otherwise.
EXCHANGE
RATE INFORMATION
The consideration for the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger and the
sources and uses relating thereto, when presented in United
States Dollars, is presented as published by the European
Central Bank on April 16, 2010 which, for the avoidance of
doubt, is $1.3535 to one Euro. The actual exchange rate on the
date of the closing of the acquisition may differ.
Tommy Hilfigers consolidated financial statements are
presented in Euros, which is Tommy Hilfigers functional
and presentation currency. Foreign currency transactions are
translated into the functional currency using an average rate
that approximates the actual rate at the date of the
transaction. Whenever exchange rates fluctuate significantly,
the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions
are used. The exchange rates below are used for Tommy
Hilfigers special purpose consolidated financial
statements for the years ended March 31, 2007 through
March 31, 2009 and for the nine months ended
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009. These
exchange rates are provided solely for informational purposes
and are presented as published by the European Central Bank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States Dollars per 1.00
|
Period
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Average(1)
|
|
End
|
|
Year ended March 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
1.3352
|
|
|
$
|
1.2063
|
|
|
$
|
1.2831
|
|
|
$
|
1.3318
|
|
Year ended March 31, 2008
|
|
|
1.5812
|
|
|
|
1.3287
|
|
|
|
1.4168
|
|
|
|
1.5812
|
|
Year ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
1.5990
|
|
|
|
1.2460
|
|
|
|
1.4231
|
|
|
|
1.3308
|
|
Nine months ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1.5990
|
|
|
|
1.2460
|
|
|
|
1.4622
|
|
|
|
1.3917
|
|
Nine months ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1.5120
|
|
|
|
1.2932
|
|
|
|
1.4248
|
|
|
|
1.4406
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The average of the exchange rates at the end of each business
day during the relevant period. |
vi
FINANCIAL
PRESENTATION
Unless otherwise indicated, our financial information contained
in this prospectus supplement has been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States (GAAP) applicable at the first day of the
relevant financial period. Our fiscal years are based on the
52-53 week
period ending on the Sunday closest to February 1 and are
designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year
commences. References to our year are to our fiscal
year, unless the context requires otherwise. Results for 2007,
2008 and 2009 represent the 52 weeks ended February 3,
2008, February 1, 2009, and January 31, 2010,
respectively.
Unless otherwise indicated, Tommy Hilfigers financial
information contained in this prospectus supplement has been
prepared in accordance with the International Financial
Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IFRS) applicable at the first day
of the relevant financial period. IFRS differs in certain
significant respects from GAAP. For a discussion of certain
significant differences between IFRS and GAAP, see
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information. Tommy Hilfigers fiscal years are based
on the
52-53 week
period ending on March 31 and are designated by the
calendar year in which the fiscal year ends. References to Tommy
Hilfigers year are to Tommy Hilfigers
fiscal year, unless the context requires otherwise. Results for
2007, 2008 and 2009 represent the 52 weeks ended
March 31, 2007, March 31, 2008 and March 31,
2009, respectively.
When we use the term pro forma, we assume
consummation of the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, including the
issuance of the notes offered hereby, the entry into a new
senior secured credit facility and the borrowings thereunder,
the issuance of our common stock in a public offering and the
issuance of our perpetual, convertible preferred stock in a
private placement and the extinguishment of a portion of our
existing debt.
The financial measures EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, as presented
in this prospectus supplement, are supplemental measures of
performance that are not GAAP or IFRS measures. As presented in
this prospectus supplement, EBITDA is defined as net income
(loss) before interest expense and interest income, income tax
expense and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is
defined as EBITDA, as further adjusted to exclude certain items
that we do not consider indicative of ongoing operating
performance. See Summary Summary Consolidated
Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information. We present EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
because, when considered in conjunction with related GAAP and
IFRS financial measures, we believe they are useful to investors
since they (i) provide investors with a financial measure
on which management bases financial, operational, compensation
and planning decisions, (ii) are measures that will be
important with respect to our compliance with the covenants in
our new debt facilities into which we anticipate entering in
connection with the acquisition and (iii) assist investors
and analysts in evaluating our performance, including evaluation
across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding
items that we do not believe are indicative of our core
operating performance. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, however, are
not measures of financial performance under GAAP or IFRS, have
not been audited and should not be considered alternatives to,
or more meaningful than, net income as a measure of operating
performance or cash flow as a measure of liquidity. The
presentation as set forth herein may also differ from any
calculations set forth in our new debt agreements, which have
not been finalized. Since EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not
measures determined in accordance with GAAP or IFRS and thus are
susceptible to varying interpretations and calculations, EBITDA
and adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures used by other companies. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not
consider them in isolation from, or as a substitute for analysis
of, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP or
IFRS. For instance, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include:
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense, and because we have borrowed money in order to
finance our operations, interest expense is a necessary element
of our costs and ability to generate revenue;
|
|
|
|
income tax expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of
our operations, tax expense is a necessary element of our costs
and ability to operate; and
|
vii
|
|
|
|
|
depreciation and amortization expense, and, because we use
capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a
necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue.
|
Some additional limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect cash outlays for capital expenditures or
future contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for,
working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect principal payments on indebtedness, nor do
they reflect interest expense related to this offering;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect available liquidity; and
|
|
|
|
other companies, including companies in our industry, may not
use such measures or may calculate such measures differently
than as presented in this prospectus supplement, limiting their
usefulness as comparative measures.
|
For reconciliations of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, see
Summary Summary Consolidated Historical and
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.
viii
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. It
is not complete and may not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in the notes. You should
read carefully this prospectus supplement, the
accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by
reference in their entirety before making an investment
decision, including the information set forth under the
heading Risk Factors. References to
PVH, we, our
or us refer to Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation and
its subsidiaries, including, after the completion
of the Tommy Hilfiger acquisition, Tommy Hilfiger,
except where the context otherwise requires.
Phillips-Van
Heusen Corporation
We are one of the largest apparel companies in the world, with a
heritage dating back over 125 years. Our portfolio of
brands includes our owned brands, principally Calvin Klein
Collection, ck Calvin Klein, Calvin Klein,
Van Heusen, IZOD, ARROW, G.H.
Bass & Co., Bass and Eagle, and our
licensed brands, principally Geoffrey Beene,
CHAPS, Sean John, Trump, JOE Joseph
Abboud, Kenneth Cole New York, Kenneth Cole
Reaction, MICHAEL Michael Kors, Michael Kors
Collection, DKNY, Tommy Hilfiger,
Nautica, Ted Baker, Ike Behar, Hart
Schaffner Marx, J. Garcia, Claiborne,
U.S. POLO ASSN., Axcess, Jones New York
and Timberland, as well as various private label
brands. We design and market nationally recognized branded dress
shirts, neckwear, sportswear and, to a lesser extent, footwear
and other related products. Additionally, we license our owned
brands over a broad range of products. We market our brands at
multiple price points and across multiple channels of
distribution, allowing us to provide products to a broad range
of consumers, while minimizing competition among our brands and
reducing our reliance on any one demographic group, merchandise
preference or distribution channel. Our licensing activities,
principally our Calvin Klein business, diversify our business
model by providing us with a sizeable base of profitable
licensing revenues.
Our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger will combine two of the
worlds largest and, we believe, create one of the most
profitable apparel companies: a global business with a combined
pro forma revenue of approximately $4.7 billion. The
acquisition brings together two companies that we believe are
highly complementary and have strong growth prospects, as well
as their iconic brands. Calvin Klein and Tommy
Hilfiger both rank among the worlds top global brands
with approximately $5.8 billion and approximately
$4.4 billion in worldwide retail sales for their most
recently completed fiscal years, respectively. We believe Tommy
Hilfigers established international platform in Europe and
Asia will be a strategic complement to our strong North American
presence. We further believe that, although the Tommy
Hilfiger brand is well-established globally and enjoys
significant worldwide brand awareness, there are opportunities
to further expand the business in North America, along with
parts of Europe and, to a greater extent, in Asia. These
opportunities include (i) development and expansion of
product categories for which Tommy Hilfiger currently has no or
only limited distribution, (ii) increased sales in markets
where the business is underdeveloped and (iii) expansion
into new markets. We believe our successful experience in
growing Calvin Klein will assist us in realizing these
opportunities for Tommy Hilfiger. In addition, we believe that
Tommy Hilfigers international platform provides us with
the resources and expertise needed to grow our heritage brands
and businesses internationally. As a result, we believe the
acquisition provides us with the opportunity to realize revenue
growth and enhanced profitability.
Calvin
Klein
We believe Calvin Klein is one of the best known designer
names in the world and that the Calvin Klein
brands Calvin Klein Collection, ck
Calvin Klein and Calvin Klein provide us
with the opportunity to market products both domestically and
internationally at higher price points, in higher-end
distribution channels and to different consumer groups than most
of our heritage business product offerings. Products sold under
the Calvin Klein brands are sold primarily under licenses
and other arrangements. We believe that maintaining control over
design and advertising through Calvin Kleins dedicated
in-house teams plays a key role in the continued strength of the
brands.
Our Calvin Klein business primarily consists of
(i) licensing and similar arrangements worldwide for use of
the Calvin Klein Collection, ck Calvin Klein and
Calvin Klein brand names in connection with a broad
S-1
array of products, including womens sportswear, jeanswear,
underwear, fragrances, eyewear, mens tailored clothing,
womens suits and dresses, hosiery, socks, footwear,
swimwear, jewelry, watches, outerwear, handbags, leather goods,
home furnishings and accessories, as well as to operate retail
stores outside North America; (ii) our Calvin Klein
dress furnishings and mens better sportswear
businesses; (iii) our Calvin Klein retail stores
located principally in premium outlet malls in the United
States; and (iv) the marketing of the Calvin Klein
Collection brand high-end mens and womens
apparel and accessories collections through our Calvin Klein
Collection flagship store and our Calvin Klein Collection
wholesale business.
Although the Calvin Klein brands were well-established
when we acquired Calvin Klein in February 2003, there were
numerous product categories in which no products, or only a
limited number of products, were offered. Since the acquisition,
we have used our core competencies to establish our mens
better sportswear business and outlet retail business; our dress
furnishings business pre-dated the acquisition. In addition, we
have significantly expanded the Calvin Klein business through
licensing additional product categories under the Calvin
Klein brands and additional geographic areas and channels of
distribution in which products are sold. In order to more
efficiently and effectively exploit the development
opportunities for each brand, a tiered-brand strategy was
established to provide a focused, consistent approach to global
brand growth and development, with each of the Calvin Klein
brands occupying a distinct marketing identity and position.
An important element of this tiered-brand strategy is the
preservation of the prestige and image of the Calvin Klein
brands. To this end, we maintain a dedicated in-house
marketing, advertising and design division of Calvin Klein that
oversees the worldwide marketing, advertising and promotions
programs for the brand. In 2009, over $275 million was
spent globally in connection with the advertisement, marketing
and promotion of the Calvin Klein brands and products
sold by us, Calvin Kleins licensees and other authorized
users of the Calvin Klein brands, principally funded by
the licensees. Calvin Klein designs
and/or
controls all design operations and product development for most
of its licensees.
Heritage
Business
Our heritage business encompasses the design,
sourcing and marketing of a varied selection of branded label
dress shirts, neckwear, sportswear and footwear, as well as the
licensing of our owned brands (other than the Calvin Klein
brands), for an assortment of products. The heritage
business also includes private label dress furnishings programs,
particularly neckwear programs. We design, source and market
substantially all of these products on a
brand-by-brand
basis, targeting distinct consumer demographics and lifestyles
in an effort to minimize competition among our brands.
Currently, we distribute our products at wholesale through more
than 16,000 doors in national and regional department, mid-tier
department, mass market, specialty and independent stores in the
United States, Canada and Europe. Our wholesale business
represents our core business and we believe that it is the basis
for our brand equity. As a complement to our wholesale business,
we also market our products directly to consumers through our
Van Heusen, IZOD, Bass and Calvin Klein
retail stores, principally located in outlet malls
throughout the United States.
Dress Furnishings. Our dress furnishings
business principally includes the design and marketing of
mens dress shirts and neckwear. We market both dress
shirts and neckwear principally under the ARROW,
Calvin Klein, ck Calvin Klein, Calvin Klein
Collection, IZOD, Eagle, Sean John,
Trump, Kenneth Cole New York, Kenneth Cole
Reaction, JOE Joseph Abboud, DKNY, Tommy
Hilfiger, Elie Tahari, J. Garcia and
MICHAEL Michael Kors brands. We also market dress shirts
under the Van Heusen, Geoffrey Beene and CHAPS
brands and neckwear under the Nautica, Michael
Kors Collection, Jones New York, Ike Behar,
Ted Baker, Axcess, U.S. POLO ASSN.,
Hart Schaffner Marx, Bugatti, City of
London, Claiborne and Robert Graham brands.
Van Heusen and ARROW were the first and second
best-selling dress shirt brands, respectively, in United States
department and chain stores in 2009, when branded shirts offered
by us held nine of the top ten branded positions in these
channels. We market our dress shirt and neckwear brands, as well
as various private label brands, primarily to department,
mid-tier department and specialty stores, as well as, to a
lesser degree, mass market stores. Our dress shirt business had
a market share in department and chain stores in the United
States of approximately 46% in 2009. We believe that our
neckwear business had a market share in the United States (all
channels) of approximately 50% in 2009.
S-2
Sportswear. We market our sportswear,
including mens knit and woven sport shirts, sweaters,
bottoms, swimwear, boxers and outerwear, at wholesale,
principally under the IZOD, Van Heusen,
ARROW, Geoffrey Beene, Timberland and
Calvin Klein brands. We also market womens
sportswear, including knit and woven sport shirts, sweaters,
bottoms and outerwear under the IZOD brand. Calvin
Klein sportswear is marketed at better price points and is
distributed principally in department and specialty stores. The
balance of our sportswear is mostly moderately-priced items
marketed by us at wholesale through national and regional
department, mid-tier department, mass market, specialty and
independent stores in the United States. We have a leading
position in mens sportswear, where, in 2009, IZOD
was the best-selling branded mens knit sport shirt,
Van Heusen was the best-selling branded mens woven
sport shirt, and ARROW was the second best-selling
branded mens woven sport shirt in the United States.
Retail. As of March 31, 2010, we operated
approximately 650 retail locations under the Van Heusen,
IZOD, Bass and Calvin Klein names. We
operate our stores primarily in outlet centers throughout the
United States. We believe our retail stores are an
important complement to our wholesale operations because we
believe that the stores further enhance consumer awareness of
our brands by offering products that are not available in our
wholesale lines, while also providing a means for managing
excess inventory. We also operate a full-price store located in
New York City under the Calvin Klein Collection brand, in
which we principally sell mens and womens high-end
collection apparel and accessories, soft home furnishings and
tableware.
Licensing. We license our heritage brands
globally for a broad range of products. We look for suitable
licensing opportunities because we believe that licensing
provides us with a relatively stable flow of revenues with high
margins, and extends and strengthens our brands. Our licenses
include Van Heusen for accessories and boys apparel
in the United States and dress shirts and sportswear outside of
the United States; IZOD for accessories and boys
apparel in the United States and mens and womens
sportswear in Australia; ARROW for eyewear and boys
apparel in the United States and apparel outside of the United
States; and Bass for the design, sourcing and marketing
of footwear at wholesale on a worldwide basis.
Tommy
Hilfiger
Tommy Hilfiger, which is distributed in over 80
countries, is a broadly recognized global iconic designer
lifestyle brand. Its design is classic American cool
and it is positioned as an affordable premium brand. Tommy
Hilfiger generated revenue, net income and adjusted EBITDA of
1,612 million, 24 million and
265 million, respectively, for the year ended
March 31, 2009, and 1,179 million,
8 million and 188 million, respectively,
for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2009. For a
description of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted
EBITDA to net income, see Summary
Consolidated Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Information.
Tommy Hilfiger products cover a wide range of apparel and
lifestyle accessories with a diverse customer following and
strong brand awareness in most countries where they are sold.
Tommy Hilfigers competitors on a brand basis vary by
geography and product type but principally include
Burberry, Gant, Hugo Boss, Lacoste,
Diesel, Pepe Jeans, Nautica, Guess?
and Polo Ralph Lauren. Tommy Hilfiger sells products
under two principal brands (which we refer to together as the
Tommy Hilfiger brands) Tommy Hilfiger, which
is targeted at the 25 to 45 year old consumer, and
Hilfiger Denim, which is targeted at the 20 to
35 year old consumer. Tommy Hilfiger product
offerings include sportswear for men, women and children,
footwear, athletic apparel (for fitness/training, golfing,
skiing, swimming and sailing), bodywear (underwear, robes and
sleepwear), eyewear, sunwear, watches, socks, handbags,
mens tailored clothing, dress shirts, ties, suits, belts,
wallets, small leather goods, fragrances, home and bedding
products, bathroom accessories and luggage. The Hilfiger
Denim product line consists of denim apparel for men, women
and children, footwear, bags, accessories, eyewear and fragrance
and is positioned as being more fashion forward than
the Tommy Hilfiger label. As of March 31, 2010,
products under the Tommy Hilfiger brand could be found in
approximately 1,000 Tommy Hilfiger retail stores operated
worldwide by Tommy Hilfiger and its partners, as well as
approximately 7,400 doors worldwide operated by retail customers
of Tommy Hilfiger and its licensees. Tommy Hilfiger brand
products are also distributed in China, Hong Kong, Malaysia,
Taiwan, Singapore, India, South Korea, Australia, Mexico,
Central and South America and the Caribbean through licensees,
franchisees and distributors.
S-3
Our
Competitive Strengths
We have a diversified portfolio of nationally and
internationally recognized brands. We have
developed a portfolio of brands targeted to a broad spectrum of
consumers. Our owned brands have long histories
Bass dates back to 1876, ARROW dates back to 1851,
Van Heusen to the early 1920s, IZOD to the 1930s
and Calvin Klein to 1969 and enjoy high
recognition within their respective consumer segments. We
believe that our brands are successful in their respective
segments because we have strategically positioned each brand to
target a distinct consumer demographic through dedicated design,
merchandising and marketing teams. In addition, we believe that
our moderate brands have a reputation for offering the consumer
excellent value. We intend for each of our brands to be a leader
in its respective market segment, with strong consumer awareness
and consumer loyalty. We will continue to design and market our
products to complement each other, satisfy lifestyle needs,
emphasize product features important to our target consumers and
generate consumer loyalty. In March 2010, FTI Consulting, Inc.
estimated the aggregate value of the Calvin Klein,
Tommy Hilfiger, IZOD, ARROW, Van Heusen
and Bass brand names, including, in each case,
sub-brands,
to be approximately $3.7 billion, based on the present
value of expected brand performance (which valuation is subject
to certain assumptions that are beyond FTI Consultings
ability to accurately predict; different assumptions could
result in material differences in the aggregate value of the
brands).
We have a stable, balanced and diversified business
profile. We have a diversified sales
distribution strategy that includes an established wholesale
business and a complementary profitable retail store base.
Currently, we distribute our products through more than 16,000
doors in the United States in national and regional department,
mid-tier department, mass market, specialty and independent
stores across a broad range of price points. In addition, we
currently operate approximately 650 retail stores, located
primarily in outlet malls throughout the United States, under
the Van Heusen, Bass, IZOD and Calvin
Klein names. We believe our retail division complements our
wholesale operations by further enhancing consumer awareness of
our brands, by offering products that are not available in our
wholesale lines, by providing a means for managing excess
inventory, and, in the case of Calvin Klein, by offering a broad
spectrum of Calvin Klein products that embody the
Calvin Klein lifestyle. Our diversified portfolio of
apparel brands and apparel and footwear products and our use of
multiple channels of distribution have allowed us to develop a
business that produces results that are not dependent on any one
demographic group, merchandise preference or distribution
channel. We believe that our diversification reduces our
reliance on any single market or product category and increases
the stability of our business. The Tommy Hilfiger acquisition is
consistent with this strength, as it adds brands that are
complementary to, and not directly competitive with, our
existing brands due to different pricing, design, geographic
markets
and/or
channels of distribution.
We maintain leading positions in the dress shirts,
neckwear and sportswear tops markets. Our
dress shirt brands have the highest market share in the
$2 billion United States dress shirt market and include the
two best-selling dress shirt brands in the United States in each
of the past three years. We believe we market one in three dress
shirts sold in the United States. Our dress shirt business had a
market share in department and chain stores in the United States
of approximately 46% in 2009, and we believe that our neckwear
business had a market share in the United States (all channels)
of approximately 50% in 2009. Additionally, our share of the
fragmented but substantially larger United States mens
sportswear tops market has grown significantly from 2002 to
2009. We believe that the high recognition and depth of our
brand offerings provide us with the opportunity to maintain and
increase main floor space with our retail customers.
We have sophisticated and established sourcing
operations. Our centralized capabilities for
worldwide procurement and sourcing enable us to deliver to our
customers competitive, high quality and appropriately priced
goods on a timely basis. We have an extensive, established
network of worldwide sourcing partners, which allows us to meet
our customers needs in an efficient manner, and do not
rely on any one vendor or factory or on vendors or factories in
any one country. In 2009, approximately 160 different
manufacturers produced our apparel products in approximately 200
factories and approximately 25 countries worldwide. With the
exception of handmade neckwear, which is made in our Los
Angeles, California facility and which accounts for less than
10% of our total quantity of neckwear sourced and produced,
virtually all of our products are produced by independent
manufacturers located in foreign countries. We also source
finished products, piece goods and raw materials. At the end of
2008, we decided to realign our global sourcing
S-4
organization structure to make more efficient use of our
internal resources with the intended goals of reducing product
development cycle times and improving the efficiency of our
sourcing operations. Our logistics capabilities, including
sourcing, are able to satisfy the future growth in PVHs
existing businesses and have the capacity to support the Tommy
Hilfiger business and its future growth in North America.
We have demonstrated experience in successfully acquiring,
managing, integrating and positioning new brands and
businesses. In the past, we have been
successful in acquiring, managing, integrating and positioning
several brands and businesses within our existing business,
including Calvin Klein and IZOD, as well as
numerous licensed brands we acquired the right to use when we
bought the neckwear business of Superba. For example, in 2003,
we acquired Calvin Klein and have since grown the brand
by creating a tiered-brand strategy, which has helped grow
global retail sales from approximately $2.8 billion when we
acquired the brand, to approximately $5.8 billion in 2009.
In 1995, we acquired the IZOD brand and since then have
grown it into the leading main floor department store mens
sportswear tops brand and have increased wholesale sales of
IZOD by over 600% through 2009. Further, we have expanded
the IZOD brand offerings through the development of five
specialized collections using
sub-brands,
as well as taken the IZOD womens sportswear
business in-house. In 2007, we acquired substantially all of the
assets of Superba, the worlds largest neckwear company.
This acquisition provided us with an established neckwear
business base comprising over 25 licensed and owned neckwear
brands and a market share of approximately 40%. We have since
grown that business to what we believe is a market share of
approximately 50% in 2009 by adding brands and creating
efficiencies and marketing opportunities with our complementary
heritage dress shirt business. We believe that this experience
will assist us in seeking to capitalize on the opportunities
presented by the Tommy Hilfiger acquisition.
We have a highly experienced and established management
team. Our executive management team has
extensive experience in the apparel industry and many of our
senior executives have spent the majority of their professional
careers with us. Emanuel Chirico, our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, has been with us for over 16 years.
Allen Sirkin, our President and Chief Operating Officer, has
been with us for almost 25 years. Michael Shaffer, our
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has been
with us for almost 20 years. Francis K. Duane, our Vice
Chairman, Wholesale Apparel, has been with us for almost
12 years. Paul Thomas Murry, President and Chief Executive
Officer, Calvin Klein, has been with us for over 13 years
(including his tenure with Calvin Klein prior to the
acquisition). In addition, the other 21 members of our senior
management team have an average of over 16 years with PVH
(including, in two cases, tenure with a business we acquired).
Business
Strategy
We intend to capitalize on the significant opportunities
presented by the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, as well as
continue to focus on growing Calvin Klein and increasing the
revenue and profitability of our heritage business through the
execution of the following strategies:
Tommy
Hilfiger
Continue to grow the European
business. The European business has achieved
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 21% over the last
three years ended March 31, 2009. In the year ended
March 31, 2009, the European business represented
approximately 49% of Tommy Hilfigers revenues. We believe
that there is significant potential for further expansion in
Europe. Among other initiatives, our strategies for the European
market include:
|
|
|
|
|
We intend to grow the business in product categories that we
believe are currently underdeveloped in Europe, such as pants,
outerwear, underwear and accessories, as well as the womenswear
collection;
|
|
|
|
We will seek to increase the Tommy Hilfiger brands
presence in under-penetrated markets where we believe there is
growth potential, such as Italy, France, the United Kingdom,
Scandinavia and Central and Eastern Europe, through both our own
retail expansion and increased wholesale sales, which will be
supported with increased advertising and marketing
activities; and
|
S-5
|
|
|
|
|
We will continue to increase Tommy Hilfigers overall
presence in Europe through the expansion of specialty and outlet
retail stores.
|
Grow and continue to strengthen the North American
business. Tommy Hilfiger commenced a
strategic alliance with Macys, Inc. providing for
exclusive wholesale distribution in the United States of most
mens, womens, womens plus-size and
childrens sportswear beginning with the Fall 2008 season
and in 2009 discontinued its Canadian wholesale business and
integrated its Canadian and United States retail businesses. We
believe that these initiatives have strengthened the businesses
and positioned them for future growth. We intend to achieve this
growth by:
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding the strategic alliance with Macys by leveraging
our logistics capabilities and preferred vendor
relationship with Macys and adding product categories to
the merchandise assortments, increasing and enhancing the
locations of
shop-in-shop
stores in high-volume Macys stores and featuring Tommy
Hilfiger products in Macys marketing campaigns;
|
|
|
|
Continuing to develop the retail businesses by increasing the
overall number of stores in the United States and
Canada; and
|
|
|
|
Expanding product offerings by Tommy Hilfiger and its licensees
in both the retail and wholesale channels.
|
Expansion of Opportunities Outside of Europe and North
America. Tommy Hilfiger operates a retail
business in Japan, has announced plans to assume control of its
licensees business in China and operates elsewhere in
Asia-Pacific and in Central and South America through licensees,
franchisees and distributors. These businesses have grown
consistently over the last few years.
Japan. We intend to capitalize on
opportunities to grow the Tommy Hilfiger business in Japan by
continuing to open new stores and introducing regional sizing,
the Hilfiger Denim line and childrenswear, underwear and
tailored product offerings, as well as other initiatives
targeted at local market needs.
China. Tommy Hilfiger has announced an
agreement to assume control over its licensees business in
China in March 2011. This acquisition will put us in a better
position to support the development and expansion of the
business in this important market where we believe there are
many opportunities for growth. We have agreed with Apax to
license the China business to a company jointly owned by us and
Apax, but largely controlled by Apax, and to potentially bring
on a joint venture partner to operate the business in China.
Licensing. We intend to continue a
balanced strategy, acquiring licensees, distributors and
franchisees where we believe we can achieve greater scale and
success compared to our partners, while at the same time
licensing businesses for product categories and markets when we
believe experienced
and/or local
partners provide the best opportunity for success. Tommy
Hilfiger has been increasing marketing and product support to
licensees in high-growth markets through seasonal sales events
at the beginning of each new season in order to help build and
grow the business in these markets.
Further Penetrate
e-Commerce
Channel. In September 2009, Tommy Hilfiger
re-launched its
e-commerce
business using a new platform in selected European countries and
North America. We will seek to improve the online capabilities
and functions of the
e-commerce
sites to improve the shopping experience and attract additional
business. Tommy Hilfiger has recently engaged a new back office
service provider with significant experience in
e-commerce
operations to develop the opportunity offered by this business.
Realize Identified Cost Synergy
Opportunities. While we intend to keep much
of the European operations, design divisions and marketing and
advertising functions intact, we believe the acquisition will
create significant opportunities to reduce overhead and back
office expenses. We currently expect to achieve approximately
$40 million in annual cost savings through synergies,
principally with respect to Tommy Hilfigers North American
operations, as well as certain corporate functions, which are
expected to be realized in full by the end of the third year
after the acquisition.
S-6
Calvin
Klein
We acquired Calvin Klein because of the significant growth
opportunities presented by the Calvin Klein brands. The
tiered-brand strategy we created for the Calvin Klein
brands established a strategic brand architecture to guide
the global brand growth and development of all three brand tiers
by differentiating each of the Calvin Klein brands with
distinct marketing identities, positioning and channels.
Additionally, branding product across three tiers allows
flexibility from market to market to build businesses that
address the differences between markets. We have approximately
55 licensing and other arrangements across the three Calvin
Klein brands. These arrangements grant rights to produce
products over a broad range of categories and, in certain cases,
also grant rights to open retail stores in countries outside of
the United States.
|
|
|
|
|
Calvin Klein Collection. The principal growth
opportunity for our halo brand is to broaden the
current distribution through the continued opening of
freestanding stores operated throughout the world by our
experienced retail partners, as well as through expanded
distribution by our wholesale collection business within premier
department stores and specialty stores in both the United States
and overseas. We acquired CMI, the licensee of the mens
and womens high-end collection apparel and accessories
businesses, in January 2008. We believe this acquisition gives
us greater control over the Calvin Klein Collection businesses
and, thereby, enhances our ability to maximize the halo benefit
provided by this brand.
|
|
|
|
ck Calvin Klein. Our bridge brand, ck
Calvin Klein, provides significant growth opportunities,
particularly in Europe and Asia, where apparel and accessories
are more traditionally sold in the
upper-moderate
to upper bridge price range. We have entered into
several licenses since we acquired Calvin Klein, adding to the
pre-existing licensed apparel and accessories lines. Specific
growth opportunities include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadening distribution of apparel and accessories through
continued expansion in key markets such as Southeast Asia, China
and Japan, as well as Europe and the Middle East. ck Calvin
Klein apparel and accessories were available in Europe, Asia
and Japan, as well as in approximately 60 freestanding ck
Calvin Klein stores in Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan),
Europe and the Middle East at the end of 2009. We currently
expect that additional freestanding ck Calvin Klein
stores will be opened by licensees by the end of 2010;
|
|
|
|
Expansion of the watch and jewelry lines worldwide; and
|
|
|
|
Introduction of additional ck Calvin Klein fragrances,
which have contributed to the growth of the ck Calvin Klein
brand globally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calvin Klein. We believe that the Calvin
Klein white label better brand presents the
largest growth opportunity, particularly in the United States,
Canada and Mexico. Growth opportunities for this brand include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continued expansion of our mens sportswear business, which
was first launched for Fall 2004 in the United States;
|
|
|
|
Continued development of the licensed lines of mens and
womens footwear, handbags, womens sportswear,
womens suits, dresses, womens swimwear and
mens outerwear;
|
|
|
|
Introduction and growth of new fragrance offerings and brand
extensions, such as the mens and womens ckIN2U
(Spring 2007), Calvin Klein MAN (Fall 2007),
Secret Obsession (Fall 2008) and ckFree (Fall
2009) fragrances;
|
|
|
|
Introduction and growth of new underwear brand extensions, such
as the mens and womens Steel (Fall 2007),
mens and womens Black & White
(Spring 2009), and the womens Seductive Comfort
(Fall 2008) lines;
|
|
|
|
Introduction and growth of new jeanswear extensions, such as the
mens and womens Body (Fall
2009) lines; and
|
S-7
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuit of additional licensing opportunities for new product
lines, such as the introduction of a womens performance
line (Spring 2008) and two furniture lines, Calvin Klein
Home (January 2009) and The Curator Collection By
Calvin Klein Home (Fall 2009).
|
Heritage
Business
|
|
|
|
|
Continue to grow sportswear. We have a leading
position in the United States in mens sportswear and have
continued to penetrate the sportswear market with additional
products and product lines. We have built IZOD into a
year-round lifestyle brand from its traditional knit sport shirt
origins by adding new product offerings, such as pants, sweaters
and outerwear, and new lines of apparel, including golf and
jeanswear. As a result, IZOD has become a leader on the
main floor of department stores in the United States. In 2007,
we expanded our wholesale sportswear offerings through our
assumption of the IZOD womens sportswear
collection, which was previously a licensed business. We offered
our first collection of mens Timberland sportswear
for Fall 2008, assuming the line from our licensor, The
Timberland Company, and since then have grown distribution in
department and specialty store doors in the United States from
330 to 1,300 in 2009.
|
|
|
|
Continue to strengthen the competitive position and image of
our current brand portfolio. We intend for each
of our brands to be a leader in its respective market segment,
with strong consumer awareness and loyalty. We believe that our
brands are successful because we have positioned each one to
target distinct consumer demographics and tastes. We will
continue to design and market our branded products to complement
each other, satisfy lifestyle needs, emphasize product features
important to our target consumers and increase consumer loyalty.
We will seek to increase our market share in our businesses by
expanding our presence through product extensions and increased
floor space. We are also committed to investing in our brands
through advertising and other means to maintain strong customer
recognition of our brands.
|
|
|
|
Continue to build our brand portfolio through acquisition and
licensing opportunities. While we believe we have
an attractive and diverse portfolio of brands with growth
potential, we will also continue to explore acquisitions of
companies or trademarks and licensing opportunities that we
believe are additive to our overall business, such as is the
case with the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger. New license
opportunities allow us to fill new product and brand portfolio
needs. We take a disciplined approach to acquisitions, seeking
brands with broad consumer recognition that we can grow
profitably and expand by leveraging our infrastructure and core
competencies and, where appropriate, by extending the brand
through licensing.
|
|
|
|
Pursue international growth. We intend to
expand the international distribution of our brands. To date, we
have done so principally through licensing. Following the Tommy
Hilfiger acquisition, we also intend to do so through exploring
opportunities to develop larger European businesses for our
heritage brands under the leadership of the Tommy Hilfiger
European management team. As of March 31, 2010, we had
approximately 50 license agreements, covering approximately 150
territories outside of the United States to use our heritage
brands in numerous product categories, including apparel,
accessories, footwear, soft home goods and fragrances. We also
conduct international business directly. We expanded our
wholesale operations in 2007 and again in 2008 to include sales
of certain dress furnishings and sportswear products to
department and specialty stores throughout Canada and dress
shirts in parts of Europe. We believe that our strong brand
portfolio and broad product offerings enable us to seek
additional growth opportunities in geographic areas where we
believe we are underpenetrated, such as Europe and Asia.
|
S-8
Tommy
Hilfiger Acquisition
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement
to acquire Tommy Hilfiger B.V. and certain affiliated companies,
which is controlled by funds affiliated with Apax Partners L.P.,
for total consideration of 2.2 billion, plus the
assumption of 100 million in liabilities. The
consideration includes 1.924 billion in cash and
276 million in shares of our common stock (which,
assuming a United States Dollar-Euro exchange rate of $1.3535 to
one Euro on April 16, 2010 and the formula in the purchase
agreement, would constitute approximately 8.5 million
shares of our common stock). The closing of the transaction is
subject to the receipt of financing and other customary
conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory
approvals.
Financing
for Acquisition
We intend to finance part of the 1.924 billion cash
portion of the acquisition and repurchase and redeem our
$150 million of senior notes due 2011 and $150 million
of senior notes due 2013 through a combination of cash on hand,
this offering of notes, expected initial borrowings of
approximately $2 billion under a new senior secured credit
facility and the sale of $200 million of Series A
perpetual convertible preferred stock, which will be sold to
affiliates of LNK Partners, L.P. and MSD Brand Investments LLC,
private investment firms, which we refer to as LNK and MSD,
respectively. The Series A preferred stock has no coupon
and a liquidation preference equal to the face amount ($25,000
per share). The Series A preferred stock will receive
dividends equal to the dividends payable on the number of shares
of our common stock into which the preferred stock is
convertible. We also intend to issue 276 million in
shares of our common stock directly to Apax and the other Tommy
Hilfiger selling shareholders. The closing of this offering of
notes will occur concurrently with, and is conditioned upon, the
closing of the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger.
We also intend to finance part of the cash portion of the
consideration for the acquisition with the net proceeds of the
sale concurrently with this offering of notes, of
4.5 million shares of our common stock in an underwritten
public offering. The common stock offering is subject to a
number of factors beyond our control, including then-current
market conditions. The common stock offering is not contingent
upon the consummation of the Tommy Hilfiger acquisition or this
offering of notes.
The estimated sources and uses of the funds for the Tommy
Hilfiger acquisition, including with respect to the proceeds of
this offering, are shown in the table below. Actual amounts will
vary from estimated amounts depending on several factors,
including (i) the amount of net proceeds that we receive
from this offering of notes, (ii) the amount of net
proceeds that we receive from the common stock offering,
(iii) changes in Tommy Hilfigers net working capital
and (iv) the actual exchange rate at time of closing. For
additional detail, see Description of the Tommy Hilfiger
Acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sources
|
|
|
Uses
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Available cash (1)
|
|
$
|
326
|
|
|
Tommy Hilfiger consideration (6)
|
|
$
|
3,147
|
|
New senior secured credit facility (2)
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
Repurchase or redemption of existing notes
|
|
|
300
|
|
Notes offered hereby
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
Integration and other costs (7)
|
|
|
90
|
|
Stock issued to Apax and selling
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated acquisition fees and expenses (8)
|
|
|
163
|
|
shareholders (3)
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock issued (4)
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock offering (5)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects excess cash to be used to fund the acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger after giving effect to proceeds from this offering of
notes, as well as the other proposed financings to fund the
acquisition. |
|
(2) |
|
We will enter into a new a senior secured credit facility in
aggregate principal amount of $2.45 billion (including an
undrawn revolving credit facility with a total commitment of
$450 million), consisting of a |
S-9
|
|
|
|
|
United States Dollar-denominated facility and a Euro-denominated
facility. See Description of Other Indebtedness. |
|
(3) |
|
Pursuant to the Tommy Hilfiger purchase agreement, we will issue
276 million of our common stock directly to Apax and
the other selling shareholders of Tommy Hilfiger. Assuming a
United States
Dollar-Euro
exchange rate of $1.3535 to one Euro and in accordance with the
formula in the purchase agreement, this issuance would
constitute approximately 8.5 million shares of our common
stock, or approximately 13% of our pro forma outstanding shares. |
|
(4) |
|
We will sell $200 million of Series A preferred stock
to LNK and MSD, which is convertible into approximately
4.2 million shares, or approximately 6% of our
pro forma outstanding shares. |
|
(5) |
|
Excludes an additional 675,000 shares of common stock to
cover over-allotments. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of 1.924 billion in cash and
276 million in shares of our common stock and the
assumption of approximately 100 million of Tommy
Hilfigers liabilities. Assumes 650 million of
the cash consideration is converted at the exchange rate of
$1.4057 to one Euro to reflect hedges in place, assuming the
acquisition closes during the week of May 3, 2010, and
1,550 million is converted at the exchange rate on
April 16, 2010 of $1.3535 to one Euro. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes cash integration costs relating to severance, real
estate related costs, IT and equipment, as well as other costs
and expenses associated with the acquisition. |
|
(8) |
|
Reflects our estimate of fees and expenses associated with the
acquisition, including financing fees, transaction fees and
other transaction costs and professional fees. |
Our
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1976 as the
successor to a business begun in 1881. Our footwear business is
the successor to G.H. Bass & Co., a business begun in
1876, our Arrow business is the successor to the original
Cluett, Peabody & Co., a business begun in 1851, and
our neckwear business is the successor to a business begun in
1873. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Madison
Avenue, New York, New York 10016; our telephone number is
(212) 381-3500.
S-10
Recent
Developments
Although neither our interim financial statements for the
13 weeks ended May 2, 2010 nor Tommy Hilfigers
financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2010 are currently available, the following information reflects
our and Tommy Hilfigers separate preliminary results. The
preliminary results have been prepared by, and are the
responsibility of, PVH and Tommy Hilfiger management.
Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers
Accountants N.V. have not audited, reviewed, compiled or
performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying
preliminary results. Accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP
and PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. do not express an
opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
This information has not been reviewed or audited by either our
or Tommy Hilfigers respective independent registered
public accounting firms and may change following their
respective reviews or audits. The information for the periods
presented is unaudited and has been presented on the same basis
as presented in the respective audited financial statements
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.
These amounts reflect the current best estimates and may be
revised as a result of further review of the results. During the
course of the preparation of the respective financial statements
and related notes, additional items that would require material
adjustments to be made to the preliminary financial information
presented below may be identified. This data should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement. These results may not
be indicative of results to be expected for any future
period.
There can be no assurance that these estimates will be
realized, and estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties,
many of which are not within our control. See Risk
Factors and Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward
Looking Statements.
PVH
The following assumes that our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger is
not consummated and that we continue on a standalone basis. We
will incur certain transaction expenses principally during the
first quarter of 2010 related to the acquisition, whether or not
it is consummated. These expenses are included in our GAAP
guidance, but excluded from our non-GAAP guidance. We estimate
revenue for the first quarter of 2010 to be in the range of
approximately $605 million to $610 million, an
increase of approximately 9% from the prior years first
quarter. For the full year 2010, we estimate revenue to be in
the range of $2.49 billion to $2.51 billion, an
increase of approximately 4% to 5% from the prior year. For the
first quarter of 2010, we estimate that non-GAAP earnings per
share will be $0.80. This compares to non-GAAP earnings per
share in the prior years first quarter of $0.53. GAAP
earnings per share is estimated to be $0.11 in the first quarter
of 2010, as compared to $0.48 in the prior years first
quarter. Non-GAAP earnings per share for the full year 2010 is
currently projected to be in the range of $3.25 to $3.33. This
represents an increase of approximately 15% to 18% over full
year 2009 on a non-GAAP basis. On a GAAP basis, earnings per
share for the full year 2010 is currently expected to be in the
range of $2.56 to $2.64, representing a decrease of
approximately 14% to 17% as compared to the prior year.
We believe that excluding (x) the costs incurred in
connection with our restructuring initiatives announced in the
fourth quarter of 2008 and the net tax benefit related
principally to the lapse of the statute of limitations with
respect to certain previously unrecognized tax positions from
the presentation of our 2009 non-GAAP earnings per share,
and (y) the estimated one-time costs related to our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger from the presentation of our
estimated 2010 non-GAAP earnings per share, provides useful
additional information to investors. We believe that the
exclusion of such amounts facilitates comparing current results
against past and future results by eliminating amounts that we
believe are not comparable between periods, thereby permitting
us to evaluate performance and investors to make decisions based
on our ongoing operations. We believe that investors often look
at ongoing operations of an enterprise as a measure of assessing
performance. We use our results excluding these amounts to
evaluate our operating performance and to discuss our business
with investment institutions, our Board of Directors and others.
Our earnings per share amounts excluding the costs associated
with our restructuring initiatives are also the basis for
certain incentive compensation calculations. Taxes are estimated
on our taxable restructuring and other costs at our normalized
tax rate before discrete items.
S-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
First Quarter Earnings Per Share
|
|
(Actual)
|
|
(Estimated)
|
|
GAAP earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Estimated per share impact of costs related to our acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger that will be incurred regardless of whether
the acquisition is consummated (pre-tax costs of
$60.0 million, or $37.2 million after taxes of
$22.8 million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
Per share impact of restructuring initiatives (pre-tax charges
of $4.7 million, or $2.9 million after taxes of
$1.8 million)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share excluding the impact of above items
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Full Year Earnings Per Share
|
|
(Actual)
|
|
(Estimated)
|
|
GAAP earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.08
|
|
|
$
|
2.56 - $2.64
|
|
Estimated per share impact of costs related to our acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger that will be incurred regardless of whether
the acquisition is consummated (pre-tax costs of
$60.0 million, or $37.2 million after taxes of
$22.8 million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.69
|
|
Per share impact of (i) restructuring initiatives (pre-tax
charges of $25.9 million, or $16.1 million after taxes
of $9.8 million) and (ii) the net tax benefit of
$29.6 million related principally to the lapse of the
statute of limitations with respect to certain previously
unrecognized tax positions (total net income of
$13.5 million after-tax)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share excluding the impact of above items
|
|
$
|
2.83
|
|
|
$
|
3.25 - $3.33
|
|
Tommy
Hilfiger
Tommy Hilfiger expects net revenue to be in the range of
approximately 1,640 million to
1,660 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2010, as compared to net revenue of
1,612 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2009.
Tender
Offers and Consent Solicitations
On April 7, 2010, we commenced cash tender offers for our
$150 million aggregate principal amount of
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and our $150 million aggregate principal
amount of
81/8% senior
notes due 2013. In connection with the tender offers, we are
soliciting consents to certain proposed amendments to the
indentures governing these outstanding senior notes, which would
result in the removal of substantially all of the restrictive
covenants and certain events of default relating to these senior
notes. The tender offers and consent solicitations are being
made pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation
Statement, dated April 7, 2010, and a related Consent and
Letter of Transmittal, which more fully set forth the terms and
conditions of the tender offers and consent solicitations.
The tender offers will expire at midnight, New York City time,
on May 4, 2010, unless terminated or extended. Our
obligation to purchase validly tendered
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and
81/8% senior
notes due 2013 is also conditioned upon, among other things, the
consummation of this offering and the satisfaction of the
conditions to the Tommy Hilfiger acquisition. If any of the
senior notes are not tendered to us in the tender offers, we
currently intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this
offering to redeem the untendered notes, although we are under
no obligation to do so. Nothing in this prospectus supplement
should be construed as an offer to purchase any of our currently
outstanding senior notes, as our tender offers and consent
solicitations were made solely to recipients of our Offer to
Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth therein. Barclays Capital
Inc. is acting as dealer manager and solicitation agent for the
tender offers and consent solicitations.
S-12
The
Offering
In this section The Offering,
PVH, the
Company, we,
our, or us refer only to
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation and not to any of its
subsidiaries.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation. |
|
Securities Offered |
|
$525,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2020. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
,
2020. |
|
Interest Rate |
|
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate
of % per annum, payable
semi-annually in arrears. |
|
Interest Payment Dates |
|
We will pay interest on the notes semi-annually
on
and of each year, commencing
on ,
2010. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
We may redeem any of the notes prior
to ,
2015 by paying a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable
Premium (as defined below), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to but not including the redemption date. On or
after ,
2015, we may redeem any of the notes at an initial redemption
price of % of their principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not
including the redemption date. The redemption price will decline
each year after 2015 and will be 100% of their principal amount,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including
the redemption date, beginning
on ,
2018. |
|
|
|
In addition,
before ,
2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
of the notes with the proceeds of one or more of certain equity
offerings at a redemption price
of % of their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the
redemption date. See Description of the Notes
Optional Redemption. |
|
Ranking |
|
The notes will be our unsecured unsubordinated obligations and
will rank equally with all of our other existing and future
senior unsecured indebtedness and will rank senior in right of
payment to any of our existing or future obligations that are by
their terms expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment
to the notes. The notes will not be guaranteed by any of our
subsidiaries on the closing date and may not be guaranteed by
any of our subsidiaries for their tenor. As a result, the notes
will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future
obligations, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries. The
notes will be effectively junior to all of our existing and
future secured obligations to the extent of the value of the
assets securing such obligations. |
|
|
|
As of January 31, 2010, as adjusted for our new senior
secured credit facility, this offering and our offering of
common stock and sale of perpetual convertible preferred stock
and the use of proceeds therefrom, we would have had
approximately $2.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness
(excluding approximately $201 million of outstanding
letters of credit, $5 million in guarantees and
$22 million in capital lease obligations), including
$2.1 billion of secured indebtedness (excluding
$249 million of available under our undrawn revolving
credit facility under our new senior secured |
S-13
|
|
|
|
|
credit facility) and including the notes offered hereby. See
Description of the Notes Ranking. |
|
Change of Control |
|
Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, each
holder may require us to repurchase all or a portion of the
notes at a purchase price of 101% of their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the
date of purchase. See Description of the Notes
Change of Control. |
|
Covenants |
|
The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants that
limit, among other things, the Companys ability to: |
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
(a) pay dividends or make
distributions on the Companys capital stock,
(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value, the Companys capital stock or any capital stock of
a restricted subsidiary of the Company held by an affiliate of
the Company (other than a restricted subsidiary of the Company),
(c) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value prior to scheduled maturity,
scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, the
Companys subordinated indebtedness and (d) make
certain investments (other than permitted investments);
|
|
|
|
create or otherwise cause or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any of its restricted subsidiaries
to (a) pay dividends or make distributions on its capital
stock to the Company or a restricted subsidiary of the Company,
(b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company, (c) make
any loans or advances to the Company or (d) transfer any of
its property or assets to the Company;
|
|
|
|
sell or otherwise dispose of certain
assets, including capital stock of the Companys restricted
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
create certain liens;
|
|
|
|
enter into sale and leaseback
transactions;
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge or convey,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of the Companys assets; and
|
|
|
|
permit any subsidiary guarantor to
consolidate or merge or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of such subsidiary
guarantors assets.
|
|
|
|
In addition, we will be obligated to offer to repurchase the
notes at a price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, in connection with certain asset
dispositions. |
|
|
|
These restrictions and prohibitions are subject to a number of
important qualifications and exceptions. See Description
of the Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Form of Notes |
|
The notes will be issued initially in the form of a global note
which will represent the aggregate principal amount of notes
being offered under this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying |
S-14
|
|
|
|
|
prospectus and will be in fully registered form without coupons.
The notes will be deposited with the custodian for the
book-entry depositary. |
|
No Prior Market |
|
The notes will be new securities for which there is currently no
market. Although the underwriters have informed us that they
intend to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to
do so and they may discontinue market making activities at any
time without notice. We cannot assure you that a liquid market
for the notes will develop or be maintained. |
|
Governing Law |
|
The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of laws to
the extent that the application of the law of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby. |
|
Trustee |
|
U.S. Bank National Association. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering (together
with cash on hand, borrowings under our new senior secured
credit facility and proceeds from the sales of our common and
preferred stock) to fund our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger,
repurchase or redeem our
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and our
81/8% senior
notes due 2013 and pay related fees and expenses. |
|
Condition to the Offering |
|
Closing of this offering will occur concurrently with, and is
conditioned upon, the closing of our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger. See Description of the Tommy Hilfiger
Acquisition. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in the notes involves substantial risks. You should
carefully consider the risk factors set forth under the caption
Risk Factors and the other information in this
prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated by
reference prior to making an investment decision. |
S-15
Summary
Consolidated Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Information
PVH
The following table sets forth a summary of our historical
financial information and unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial information as at and for the periods presented.
Because the information below is a summary, you should read the
following information in conjunction with the information
contained under the captions Risk Factors contained
herein and Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
financial statements and the notes thereto included in our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010, which is incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement.
Set forth below is our summary historical financial information
for each of our fiscal years ended January 29, 2006,
February 4, 2007, February 3, 2008, February 1,
2009 and January 31, 2010. Our fiscal years are based on
the
52-53 week
period ending on the Sunday closest to February 1 and are
designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year
commences. References to a year are to our fiscal year, unless
the context requires otherwise. Our 2009 year commenced on
February 2, 2009 and ended on January 31, 2010; 2008
commenced on February 4, 2008 and ended on February 1,
2009; 2007 commenced on February 5, 2007 and ended on
February 3, 2008; 2006 commenced on January 30, 2006
and ended on February 4, 2007; 2005 commenced on
January 31, 2005 and ended on January 29, 2006.
We have derived the historical financial information for and as
of the end of our 2007, 2008 and 2009 years from our
audited consolidated financial statements contained in our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010, which is incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement. We have derived the
historical financial information for and as of the end of our
2005 and 2006 fiscal years from our audited consolidated
financial statements, which are not incorporated by reference in
this prospectus supplement.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for
the year ended January 31, 2010, gives effect to the
consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, including the
issuance of the notes offered hereby, the entry into a new
senior secured credit facility and the borrowings thereunder,
the issuance of shares of our common stock in a public offering,
the issuance of shares of our Series A preferred stock in a
private placement and the extinguishment of a portion of our
existing debt. The unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement gives effect to these events as if the transaction had
occurred on February 2, 2009. The unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet gives effect to these events as if
the transaction had occurred on January 31, 2010.
The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information included below is derived from our historical
financial statements and those of Tommy Hilfiger and is based on
certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, which are
described in the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Information herein. We have not
performed a complete and thorough valuation analysis necessary
to determine the fair market values of all of the Tommy Hilfiger
assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed and the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not
include adjustments to reflect any matters not directly
attributable to implementing the acquisition. Accordingly, the
summary does not purport to represent what our results of
operations or financial position actually would have been if the
acquisition had occurred at any date, and such information does
not purport to project the results of operations for any future
period.
S-16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2005(1)
|
|
|
2006(2)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008(3)
|
|
|
2009(4)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share data and ratios)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
1,908,848
|
|
|
$
|
2,090,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,425,175
|
|
|
$
|
2,491,935
|
|
|
$
|
2,398,731
|
|
|
$
|
4,680,832
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,017,793
|
|
|
|
1,060,784
|
|
|
|
1,234,188
|
|
|
|
1,291,267
|
|
|
|
1,216,128
|
|
|
|
2,299,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
891,055
|
|
|
|
1,029,864
|
|
|
|
1,190,987
|
|
|
|
1,200,668
|
|
|
|
1,182,603
|
|
|
|
2,381,402
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
684,209
|
|
|
|
796,601
|
|
|
|
882,492
|
|
|
|
1,028,784
|
|
|
|
938,791
|
|
|
|
2,061,318
|
|
Gain on sale of investments, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,043
|
|
|
|
3,335
|
|
|
|
1,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before interest and taxes
|
|
|
206,846
|
|
|
|
265,306
|
|
|
|
311,830
|
|
|
|
173,748
|
|
|
|
243,812
|
|
|
|
320,084
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
34,390
|
|
|
|
34,272
|
|
|
|
33,753
|
|
|
|
33,639
|
|
|
|
33,524
|
|
|
|
167,967
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(5,813
|
)
|
|
|
(17,399
|
)
|
|
|
(16,744
|
)
|
|
|
(6,195
|
)
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
(2,243
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
66,581
|
|
|
|
93,204
|
|
|
|
111,502
|
|
|
|
54,533
|
|
|
|
49,673
|
|
|
|
42,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
111,688
|
|
|
$
|
155,229
|
|
|
$
|
183,319
|
|
|
$
|
91,771
|
|
|
$
|
161,910
|
|
|
$
|
111,653
|
|
Preferred stock dividends on convertible stock
|
|
|
12,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends on converted stock
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inducement payments and offering costs
|
|
|
14,205
|
|
|
|
10,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
82,514
|
|
|
$
|
141,051
|
|
|
$
|
183,319
|
|
|
$
|
91,771
|
|
|
$
|
161,910
|
|
|
$
|
111,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share basic
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
2.71
|
|
|
$
|
3.29
|
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
|
$
|
3.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
1.85
|
|
|
$
|
2.64
|
|
|
$
|
3.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
|
$
|
3.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
267,357
|
|
|
$
|
366,099
|
|
|
$
|
269,914
|
|
|
$
|
328,167
|
|
|
$
|
480,882
|
|
|
$
|
341,505
|
|
Working capital(5)
|
|
|
439,032
|
|
|
|
501,837
|
|
|
|
476,071
|
|
|
|
515,191
|
|
|
|
632,002
|
|
|
|
679,391
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,765,048
|
|
|
|
2,013,345
|
|
|
|
2,172,394
|
|
|
|
2,200,184
|
|
|
|
2,339,679
|
|
|
|
6,774,441
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
399,525
|
|
|
|
399,538
|
|
|
|
399,552
|
|
|
|
399,567
|
|
|
|
399,584
|
|
|
|
2,601,709
|
|
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
161,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
610,662
|
|
|
|
942,157
|
|
|
|
956,283
|
|
|
|
998,795
|
|
|
|
1,168,553
|
|
|
|
1,954,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow and Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
35,481
|
|
|
$
|
37,902
|
|
|
$
|
46,590
|
|
|
$
|
55,366
|
|
|
$
|
49,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(6)
|
|
|
242,327
|
|
|
|
303,208
|
|
|
|
358,420
|
|
|
|
229,114
|
|
|
|
293,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(6)
|
|
|
242,327
|
|
|
|
292,994
|
|
|
|
358,420
|
|
|
|
328,441
|
|
|
|
319,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
37,443
|
|
|
|
46,161
|
|
|
|
94,749
|
|
|
|
88,141
|
|
|
|
23,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
|
189,385
|
|
|
|
251,259
|
|
|
|
219,335
|
|
|
|
238,747
|
|
|
|
214,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(63,886
|
)
|
|
|
(154,177
|
)
|
|
|
(125,599
|
)
|
|
|
(176,684
|
)
|
|
|
(62,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
17,744
|
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
(189,921
|
)
|
|
|
(3,810
|
)
|
|
|
1,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends declared per common share
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(7)
|
|
|
3.6
|
x
|
|
|
4.6
|
x
|
|
|
4.9
|
x
|
|
|
2.8
|
x
|
|
|
3.6
|
x
|
|
|
1.6
|
x
|
S-17
|
|
|
(1) |
|
2005 includes an inducement payment of $12,853 and offering
costs totaling $1,352 incurred by us in connection with the
voluntary conversion by the holders of our Series B
convertible preferred stock of a portion of such stock into
shares of our common stock and the subsequent sale of such
common shares by the holders. The inducement payment and
offering costs resulted in a reduction of net income available
to common stockholders for purposes of calculating diluted net
income per common share. |
|
(2) |
|
2006 includes (a) a pre-tax gain of $32,043 associated with
the sale by one of our subsidiaries on January 31, 2006 of
minority interests in certain entities that operate various
licensed Calvin Klein jeans and sportswear businesses in
Europe and Asia; (b) pre-tax costs of $10,535 resulting
from the departure in February 2006 of our former chief
executive officer; (c) pre-tax costs of $11,294 associated
with closing our apparel manufacturing facility in Ozark,
Alabama in May 2006; and (d) an inducement payment of
$10,178 and offering costs totaling $770 incurred by us in
connection with the voluntary conversion by the holders of our
Series B convertible preferred stock of a portion of such
stock into shares of our common stock and the subsequent sale of
a portion of such shares by the holders. The inducement payment
and offering costs resulted in a reduction of net income
available to common stockholders for purposes of calculating
diluted net income per common share. 2006 includes 53 weeks
of operations. |
|
(3) |
|
2008 includes (a) fixed asset impairment charges of $60,082
for approximately 200 of our retail stores; (b) pre-tax
costs of $21,578 associated with our restructuring initiatives
announced in the fourth quarter of 2008, including the shutdown
of domestic production of machine-made neckwear, a realignment
of our global sourcing organization, reductions in warehousing
capacity and other initiatives to reduce corporate and
administrative expenses; and (c) pre-tax costs of $17,667
associated with the operations and closing of our Geoffrey Beene
outlet retail division. |
|
(4) |
|
2009 includes (a) pre-tax costs of $25,897 associated with
our restructuring initiatives announced in the fourth quarter of
2008, including the shutdown of domestic production of
machine-made neckwear, a realignment of our global sourcing
organization, reductions in warehousing capacity, lease
termination fees for the majority of our Calvin Klein
specialty retail stores and other initiatives to reduce
corporate and administrative expenses, and (b) a net tax
benefit of $29,619 related principally to the lapse of the
statute of limitations with respect to certain previously
unrecognized tax positions. |
|
(5) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
|
(6) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, as further adjusted to
exclude certain restructuring and other items as referenced in
footnotes 2 through 4 above. We present EBITDA and adjusted
EBITDA because, when considered in conjunction with related GAAP
financial measures, we believe they are useful to investors
since they (a) provide investors with a financial measure
on which management bases financial, operational, compensation
and planning decisions, (b) are measures that will be
important with respect to our compliance with the covenants in
our new debt facilities into which we anticipate entering in
connection with the acquisition and (c) assist investors
and analysts in evaluating our performance, including evaluation
across reporting periods on a consistent basis, by excluding
items that we do not believe are indicative of our core
operating performance. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, however, are
not measures of financial performance under GAAP, have not been
audited and should not be considered alternatives to, or equally
or more meaningful than, net income as a measure of operating
performance or cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Since EBITDA
and adjusted EBITDA are not measures determined in accordance
with GAAP and thus are susceptible to varying interpretations
and calculations, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools,
and you should not consider them in isolation from, or as a
substitute for analysis of, financial information prepared in
accordance with GAAP. Net income in accordance with GAAP is
reconciled to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as follows (notes (1)
through (4) above apply to the applicable periods in the
following table): |
S-18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
111,688
|
|
|
$
|
155,229
|
|
|
$
|
183,319
|
|
|
$
|
91,771
|
|
|
$
|
161,910
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
66,581
|
|
|
|
93,204
|
|
|
|
111,502
|
|
|
|
54,533
|
|
|
|
49,673
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
34,390
|
|
|
|
34,272
|
|
|
|
33,753
|
|
|
|
33,639
|
|
|
|
33,524
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(5,813
|
)
|
|
|
(17,399
|
)
|
|
|
(16,744
|
)
|
|
|
(6,195
|
)
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
35,481
|
|
|
|
37,902
|
|
|
|
46,590
|
|
|
|
55,366
|
|
|
|
49,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
242,327
|
|
|
$
|
303,208
|
|
|
$
|
358,420
|
|
|
$
|
229,114
|
|
|
$
|
293,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and other items
(notes 2-4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,214
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,327
|
|
|
|
25,897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
242,327
|
|
|
$
|
292,994
|
|
|
$
|
358,420
|
|
|
$
|
328,441
|
|
|
$
|
319,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing
fixed charges into earnings before income taxes plus fixed
charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense and the
estimated interest component of rent expense. The pro forma
ratio reflects the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger and the
incurrence and repayment of debt in connection therewith. |
S-19
Tommy
Hilfiger
Unless otherwise indicated, Tommy Hilfigers financial
information contained in this prospectus supplement has been
prepared in accordance with the IFRS applicable at the first day
of the relevant financial period. IFRS differs in certain
significant respects from GAAP.
Because the information below is a summary, you should read the
following information in conjunction with the audited special
purpose consolidated financial statements of Tommy Hilfiger for
the year ended March 31, 2009 and for the year ended
March 31, 2008, and the notes relating thereto, contained
in the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 13, 2010, and the unaudited
special purpose consolidated interim financial statements of
Tommy Hilfiger for the nine months ended December 31, 2008
and December 31, 2009 and the notes relating thereto,
contained in the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 13, 2010, which is incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
( in thousands)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
1,197,247
|
|
|
|
1,369,377
|
|
|
|
1,612,304
|
|
|
|
1,149,838
|
|
|
|
1,178,937
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
570,322
|
|
|
|
558,461
|
|
|
|
710,913
|
|
|
|
490,775
|
|
|
|
521,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
626,925
|
|
|
|
810,916
|
|
|
|
901,391
|
|
|
|
659,063
|
|
|
|
657,712
|
|
Distribution and selling costs
|
|
|
238,955
|
|
|
|
315,552
|
|
|
|
362,296
|
|
|
|
326,474
|
|
|
|
333,207
|
|
Administrative expenses
|
|
|
188,746
|
|
|
|
236,629
|
|
|
|
300,308
|
|
|
|
137,110
|
|
|
|
145,248
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
78,014
|
|
|
|
29,083
|
|
|
|
14,457
|
|
|
|
23,291
|
|
|
|
12,311
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and impairment expenses
|
|
|
90,214
|
|
|
|
59,941
|
|
|
|
105,497
|
|
|
|
50,186
|
|
|
|
75,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating result
|
|
|
30,996
|
|
|
|
169,711
|
|
|
|
118,833
|
|
|
|
122,002
|
|
|
|
91,018
|
|
Finance costs, net
|
|
|
157,270
|
|
|
|
153,085
|
|
|
|
80,096
|
|
|
|
56,810
|
|
|
|
78,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Result before tax
|
|
|
(126,274
|
)
|
|
|
16,626
|
|
|
|
38,737
|
|
|
|
65,192
|
|
|
|
12,102
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
(57,204
|
)
|
|
|
26,978
|
|
|
|
14,419
|
|
|
|
24,264
|
|
|
|
4,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Result for period (net income)
|
|
|
(69,070
|
)
|
|
|
(10,352
|
)
|
|
|
24,318
|
|
|
|
40,928
|
|
|
|
7,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
|
|
|
136,627
|
|
|
|
74,752
|
|
|
|
139,845
|
|
|
|
144,520
|
|
|
|
236,559
|
|
Working capital(2)
|
|
|
211,866
|
|
|
|
159,840
|
|
|
|
202,758
|
|
|
|
183,932
|
|
|
|
244,702
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,418,846
|
|
|
|
1,494,735
|
|
|
|
1,725,423
|
|
|
|
1,624,960
|
|
|
|
1,599,522
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
694,267
|
|
|
|
576,116
|
|
|
|
625,764
|
|
|
|
606,734
|
|
|
|
549,851
|
|
Total equity, including shareholder loan
|
|
|
333,191
|
|
|
|
393,381
|
|
|
|
473,888
|
|
|
|
462,544
|
|
|
|
528,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow and Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and impairment expenses
|
|
|
90,214
|
|
|
|
59,941
|
|
|
|
105,497
|
|
|
|
50,186
|
|
|
|
75,928
|
|
EBITDA(3, 4)
|
|
|
121,210
|
|
|
|
229,652
|
|
|
|
224,330
|
|
|
|
172,188
|
|
|
|
166,946
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3, 4)
|
|
|
222,592
|
|
|
|
283,132
|
|
|
|
265,303
|
|
|
|
195,024
|
|
|
|
188,388
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
76,952
|
|
|
|
63,628
|
|
|
|
103,641
|
|
|
|
76,294
|
|
|
|
42,293
|
|
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
69,217
|
|
|
|
199,207
|
|
|
|
252,476
|
|
|
|
226,671
|
|
|
|
254,583
|
|
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(580,720
|
)
|
|
|
(100,148
|
)
|
|
|
(158,740
|
)
|
|
|
(126,841
|
)
|
|
|
(56,576
|
)
|
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
|
|
|
642,835
|
|
|
|
(141,272
|
)
|
|
|
(34,924
|
)
|
|
|
(23,950
|
)
|
|
|
(97,045
|
)
|
S-20
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Tommy Hilfiger was acquired by management and Apax in 2006 and,
as a consequence, the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 consists
of only 46 weeks and includes significant non-recurring
expenses, as discussed below. |
|
(2) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, as further adjusted to
exclude certain restructuring and other items as referenced in
notes (4)-(8) below. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are presented
because, when considered in conjunction with related IFRS
financial measures, we believe they are useful to investors
since they (a) provide investors with a financial measure
on which Tommy Hilfiger management bases financial, operational,
compensation and planning decisions, (b) are measures that
will be important with respect to our compliance with the
covenants in our new debt facilities into which we anticipate
entering in connection with the acquisition and (c) assist
investors and analysts in evaluating Tommy Hilfigers
performance, including evaluation across reporting periods on a
consistent basis, by excluding items that Tommy Hilfiger does
not believe are indicative of its core operating performance.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, however, are not measures of
financial performance under IFRS, have not been audited and
should not be considered alternatives to, or equally or more
meaningful than, net income as a measure of operating
performance or cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Since EBITDA
and adjusted EBITDA are not measures determined in accordance
with IFRS and thus are susceptible to varying interpretations
and calculations, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools,
and you should not consider them in isolation from, or as a
substitute for analysis of, financial information prepared in
accordance with IFRS. |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income in accordance with IFRS is reconciled to EBITDA and
adjusted EBITDA as follows (notes (1) and (3) above also
apply to the applicable periods in the following table): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
|
|
Nine Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007(4)
|
|
2008(5)
|
|
2009(6)
|
|
2008(7)
|
|
2009(8)
|
|
|
( in thousands)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Result for period (net income)
|
|
|
(69,070
|
)(9)
|
|
|
(10,352
|
)
|
|
|
24,318
|
|
|
|
40,928
|
|
|
|
7,853
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
(57,204
|
)
|
|
|
26,978
|
|
|
|
14,419
|
|
|
|
24,264
|
|
|
|
4,249
|
|
Finance costs, net
|
|
|
157,270
|
|
|
|
153,085
|
|
|
|
80,096
|
|
|
|
56,810
|
|
|
|
78,916
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and impairment expenses
|
|
|
90,214
|
|
|
|
59,941
|
|
|
|
105,497
|
|
|
|
50,186
|
|
|
|
75,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
121,210
|
|
|
|
229,652
|
|
|
|
224,330
|
|
|
|
172,188
|
|
|
|
166,946
|
|
Karl Lagerfeld(10)
|
|
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
10,401
|
|
|
|
7,160
|
|
|
|
4,704
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
Restructuring and other items (4)-(8)
|
|
|
96,084
|
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
33,813
|
|
|
|
18,132
|
|
|
|
17,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
222,592
|
|
|
|
283,132
|
|
|
|
265,303
|
|
|
|
195,024
|
|
|
|
188,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
2007 includes (a) costs associated with actions taken after the
purchase of Tommy Hilfiger by management and Apax:
(i) 53,000 of restructuring costs for the United
States operations consisting of severance payments retention
bonuses and closure costs for distribution center and head
office leases; (ii) 28,200 fair value adjustments of
inventory as prescribed by purchase price accounting guidance;
and (iii) 10,033 closure costs of certain divisions in the
United States wholesale business; and (b) 4,851
termination costs for certain licenses. |
|
(5) |
|
2008 includes (a) 24,935 employee costs for bonus
plans specifically related to a potential change in ownership of
Tommy Hilfiger, which plans are not part of Tommy
Hilfigers normal compensation scheme,
(b) 11,082 of costs related to an abandoned
refinancing transaction; and (c) 7,062 of expenses related
to restructuring, acquisitions and divestments, primarily for
the acquisition by Tommy Hilfiger of its European footwear
licensed business. |
S-21
|
|
|
(6) |
|
2009 includes (a) 12,376 of costs for the expected losses
on the sublease of retail stores and write down of key money not
able to be recovered due to the economic downturn; (b)
10,565 of employee costs for bonus plans specifically
related to a potential change in ownership of the company, which
plans are not part of Tommy Hilfigers normal compensation
scheme; (c) 8,131 of pre-opening expenses for Tommy
Hilfigers only global anchor store on Fifth Avenue in New
York; and (d) 2,741 of expenses related to the
restructuring of Tommy Hilfigers Canadian operations and
Tommy Hilfigers termination of its United States footwear
and handbag licensed businesses (including termination fees and
certain other fees and costs). |
|
(7) |
|
The nine-month period ended December 31, 2008 includes
(a) 11,120 of employee costs for bonus plans
specifically related to a potential change in ownership of Tommy
Hilfiger which plans are not part of Tommy Hilfigers
normal compensation scheme; (b) 5,438 of pre-opening
expenses for Tommy Hilfigers only global anchor store on
Fifth Avenue in New York; and (c) 1,574 of expenses
related to the termination of our United States footwear and
handbag licensed businesses (including termination fees and
certain other fees and costs). |
|
(8) |
|
The nine-month period ended December 31, 2009 includes (a)
5,223 of pre-opening expenses for Tommy Hilfigers
only global anchor store on Fifth Avenue in New York; (b)
4,498 of expenses related to the restructuring of Tommy
Hilfigers Canadian operations;
(c) 3,992 of employee costs for bonus plans
specifically related to a potential change in ownership of Tommy
Hilfiger which plans are not part of Tommy Hilfigers
normal compensation scheme; and (d) 3,350 of expenses
related to the termination of our United States footwear and
handbag licensed businesses (including termination fees and
certain other fees and costs). |
|
(9) |
|
Excludes 8,943 from discontinued operations related to the
sale of the sourcing operation to Li & Fung. |
|
(10) |
|
Excludes the Karl Lagerfeld business, owned by Tommy Hilfiger,
which we are not acquiring. |
S-22
RISK
FACTORS
Before investing in the notes, you should consider
carefully each of the following risks and all of the information
about risks included in the documents incorporated by
reference, together with the other information contained
in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying
prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us. If any of the risks actually were to occur,
our business, financial condition, results of
operations, cash flow and future prospects could be
materially and adversely affected. In that case, we may
be unable to pay interest on, or the principal of,
our debt securities, the trading price of the notes
could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
If there is any inconsistency between the information set forth
in this section, the accompanying prospectus and any
documents incorporated by reference, you should rely on
the information set forth in this section. Given that this
offering is conditioned upon the consummation of our acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger, our discussions with respect to the
risk factors described below assume the completion of the Tommy
Hilfiger acquisition, except where specifically noted.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Our Industry
Recent
and future economic conditions, including turmoil in the
financial and credit markets, may adversely affect our
business.
Economic conditions may adversely affect our business, our
customers and our financing and other contractual arrangements.
Recent and future economic developments may lead to a reduction
in consumer spending overall, which could have an adverse impact
on our revenue and profitability. Such events could also
adversely affect the businesses of our wholesale and retail
customers, which may, among other things, result in financial
difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies,
liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, and
may cause such customers to reduce or discontinue orders of our
products. Financial difficulties of customers may also affect
the ability of our customers to access credit markets or lead to
higher credit risk relating to receivables from customers.
Recent or future turmoil in the financial and credit markets
could make it more difficult for us to obtain financing or
refinance existing debt when the need arises or on terms that
would be acceptable to us.
A
substantial portion of our revenue and gross profit is derived
from a small number of large customers and the loss of any of
these customers could substantially reduce our
revenue.
A few of our customers, including Macys, J.C. Penney
Company, Inc., Kohls Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., account for significant portions of our revenue. Sales to
our five largest customers were 31% of our revenue in 2009, 32%
of our revenue in 2008 and 30% of our revenue in 2007.
Macys, our largest customer, accounted for 12% of our
revenue in 2009, 12% of our revenue in 2008 and 10% of our
revenue in 2007. In addition, starting in Fall 2008, Tommy
Hilfiger commenced a strategic alliance with Macys
providing for exclusive wholesale distribution in the United
States of most mens, womens, womens plus-size
and childrens sportswear. The initial term of the
agreement with Macys ends on January 30, 2011.
Macys has notified Tommy Hilfiger of its desire to renew
the agreement for a second three-year term and the parties are
currently in discussion about expanding the scope of the
agreement. Discussions are expected to be concluded shortly and
an extension executed, although there can be no assurance that
this will be the case. For the year ended March 31, 2009,
Macys represented approximately 56% of Tommy
Hilfigers North American revenue and 6% of the
companys total revenue. As a result of this strategic
alliance, the success of Tommy Hilfigers North American
wholesale business is substantially dependent on this
relationship and on Macys ability to maintain and increase
sales of Tommy Hilfiger products. Upon the expiration of
the initial term of the Macys agreement and each
subsequent three-year term, Macys may be unwilling to
renew the Macys agreement on favorable terms, or at all.
In addition, our and Tommy Hilfigers United States
wholesale businesses may be affected by any operational or
financial difficulties that Macys experiences, including
any deterioration in Macys overall ability to attract
customer traffic or in its overall liquidity position.
Aside from Tommy Hilfigers strategic alliance with
Macys, we do not have long-term agreements with any of our
customers and purchases generally occur on an
order-by-order
basis. A decision by any of our major customers, whether
motivated by marketing strategy, competitive conditions,
financial difficulties or
S-23
otherwise, to decrease significantly the amount of merchandise
purchased from us or our licensing or other partners, or to
change their manner of doing business with us or our licensing
or other partners, could substantially reduce our revenue and
materially adversely affect our profitability. During the past
several years, the retail industry has experienced a great deal
of consolidation and other ownership changes and we expect such
changes to be ongoing. In addition, store closings by our
customers decrease the number of stores carrying our apparel
products, while the remaining stores may purchase a smaller
amount of our products and may reduce the retail floor space
designated for our brands. In the future, retailers may further
consolidate, undergo restructurings or reorganizations, realign
their affiliations or reposition their stores target
markets. Any of these types of actions could decrease the number
of stores that carry our products or increase the ownership
concentration within the retail industry. These changes could
decrease our opportunities in the market, increase our reliance
on a smaller number of large customers and decrease our
negotiating strength with our customers. These factors could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
We may
not be able to continue to develop and grow our Calvin Klein and
Tommy Hilfiger businesses in terms of revenue and
profitability.
A significant portion of our business strategy involves growing
our Calvin Klein business. Our realization of revenue and
profitability growth from Calvin Klein will depend largely upon
our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
continue to maintain and enhance the distinctive brand identity
of the Calvin Klein brands;
|
|
|
|
continue to maintain good working relationships with Calvin
Kleins licensees; and
|
|
|
|
continue to enter into new licensing agreements for the
Calvin Klein brands, both domestically and
internationally.
|
We cannot assure you that we can successfully execute any of
these actions or our growth strategy for the Calvin Klein
brands, nor can we assure you that the launch of any
Calvin Klein branded products or businesses by us or our
licensees or that the continued offering of these lines will
achieve the degree of consistent success necessary to generate
profits or positive cash flow. Our ability to successfully carry
out our growth strategy may be affected by, among other things,
our ability to enhance our relationships with existing customers
to obtain additional selling space and develop new relationships
with apparel retailers, economic and competitive conditions,
changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer
tastes and style trends. If we fail to continue to develop and
grow the Calvin Klein business in terms of revenue and
profitability, our financial condition and results of operations
may be materially and adversely affected. We will have similar
exposure with respect to the Tommy Hilfiger brands and
businesses after the Tommy Hilfiger acquisition is completed.
The
success of Calvin Klein and Tommy Hilfiger depends on the value
of our Calvin Klein and Tommy Hilfiger brands, and if the value
of either of those brands were to diminish, our business could
be adversely affected.
Our success depends on our brands and their
value. The Calvin Klein name is integral
to the existing Calvin Klein business, as well as to our
strategies for continuing to grow and expand Calvin Klein. The
Calvin Klein brands could be adversely affected if
Mr. Kleins public image or reputation were to be
tarnished. We will have similar exposure with respect to the
Tommy Hilfiger brands after the Tommy Hilfiger
acquisition is completed. Mr. Hilfiger is closely
identified with the Tommy Hilfiger brand and any negative
perception with respect to Mr. Hilfiger could adversely
affect the Tommy Hilfiger brand. In addition, under
Mr. Hilfigers employment agreement, if his employment
is terminated for any reason, his agreement not to compete with
Tommy Hilfiger will expire two years after such termination.
Although Mr. Hilfiger could not use any Tommy Hilfiger
trademark in connection with a competitive business, his
association with a competitive business could adversely affect
Tommy Hilfiger.
S-24
Our
business is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations.
Certain of our operations and license agreements expose us to
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the
rate of exchange of the United States Dollar against the Euro,
the Pound, the Yen and the Canadian Dollar. Currently, our
principal exposure to changes in exchange rates for the United
States Dollar results from our licensing businesses. Many of our
license agreements require the licensee to report sales to us in
the licensees local currency but to pay us in United
States Dollars based on the exchange rate as of the last day of
the contractual selling period. Thus, while we are not exposed
to exchange rate gains and losses between the end of the selling
period and the date we collect payment, we are exposed to
exchange rate changes during and up to the last day of the
selling period. As a result, during times of a strengthening
United States Dollar, our foreign royalty revenue will be
adversely affected. Currently, a secondary exposure to changes
in exchange rates for the United States Dollar results from our
foreign operations. Our foreign operations currently include
sales of our products to customers throughout Canada and parts
of Europe. Sales for these foreign operations are both generated
and collected in foreign currency, which exposes us to foreign
exchange gains and losses between the date of the sale and the
date we collect payment. As with our licensing business, the
results of these operations will be adversely affected during
times of a strengthening United States Dollar.
These risks are expected to be increased after our acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger, as Tommy Hilfigers business has
significant operations outside of the United States. Tommy
Hilfiger purchases the majority of the products that it sells in
United States Dollars, while its sales and licensing revenues
are generally derived from sales in a range of currencies
including the Euro, United States Dollar, Canadian Dollar,
Japanese Yen and Pound Sterling. As a result, a rise in the
exchange rates for United States Dollars generally results in a
decrease in Tommy Hilfigers gross margin. From time to
time, Tommy Hilfiger utilizes foreign currency forward contracts
or other derivative instruments to mitigate the cash flow or
market value risks associated with foreign currency denominated
transactions and we may do the same. However, these hedge
contracts may not eliminate all of the risks related to foreign
currency translation. The occurrence of any of these factors
could decrease the value of revenue Tommy Hilfiger receives from
its international operations and have a material adverse impact
on its business. As of December 31, 2009, Tommy Hilfiger
had outstanding foreign exchange contracts for the purchase of
$41 million versus Canadian Dollars and the purchase of
$216 million versus Euros.
We have licensed businesses in countries that are or have been
subject to exchange rate control regulations and have, as a
result, experienced difficulties in receiving payments owed to
us when due, with amounts left unpaid for extended periods of
time. Although the amounts to date have been immaterial to us,
as our international businesses grow and if controls are enacted
or enforced in additional countries, there can be no assurance
that such controls would not have a material and adverse affect
on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our
actual operating and financial results in any given period may
differ from guidance we provide to the public, including our
most recent public guidance that is also reflected in this
prospectus supplement.
From time to time, in press releases, SEC filings, public
conference calls and other contexts, we have provided guidance
to the public regarding current business conditions and our
expectations for our future financial results, and included in
this prospectus supplement is the most recent guidance we have
provided elsewhere to the public. We also expect that we will
provide guidance periodically in the future. Our guidance is
based upon a number of assumptions, expectations and estimates
that are inherently subject to significant business, economic
and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which
are beyond our control. In providing our guidance, we also make
specific assumptions with respect to our future business
decisions, some of which will change. Our actual financial
results will therefore vary at times from our guidance due to
our inability to meet the assumptions upon which our guidance is
based and the impact on our business of the various risks and
uncertainties described in these risk factors and in our public
filings with the SEC. The variation of our actual results from
our guidance may be material. To the extent that our actual
financial results do not meet or exceed our guidance, the
trading prices of our securities may be materially adversely
affected.
S-25
We
primarily use foreign suppliers for our products and raw
materials, which poses risks to our business
operations.
Virtually all of our apparel and footwear products, excluding
handmade and handfinished neckwear, are produced by and
purchased or procured from independent manufacturers located in
countries in Europe, the Far East, the Indian subcontinent, the
Middle East, South America, the Caribbean and Central America.
We believe that we are one of the largest users of shirting
fabric in the world. Tommy Hilfiger has no manufacturing
facilities and is completely reliant on independent
manufacturers. Although no single supplier or country is
expected to be critical to our production needs, any of the
following could materially and adversely affect our ability to
produce or deliver our products and, as a result, have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
political or labor instability in countries where contractors
and suppliers are located;
|
|
|
|
political or military conflict involving the United States,
which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products
and raw materials to us and an increase in transportation costs;
|
|
|
|
heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject
imported or exported goods to additional, more frequent or more
thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or
impoundment of goods for extended periods or could result in
decreased scrutiny by customs officials for counterfeit goods,
leading to lost sales, increased costs for our
anti-counterfeiting measures and damage to the reputation of our
brands;
|
|
|
|
a significant decrease in availability or increase in cost of
raw materials or the inability to use raw materials produced in
a country that is a major provider due to political, human
rights, labor, environmental, animal cruelty or other concerns;
|
|
|
|
disease epidemics and health-related concerns, which could
result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw
materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in
infected areas;
|
|
|
|
the migration and development of manufacturers, which could
affect where our products are or are planned to be produced;
|
|
|
|
imposition of regulations, quotas and safeguards relating to
imports and our ability to adjust timely to changes in trade
regulations, which, among other things, could limit our ability
to produce products in cost-effective countries that have the
labor and expertise needed;
|
|
|
|
imposition of duties, taxes and other charges on imports;
|
|
|
|
significant fluctuation of the value of the United States Dollar
against foreign currencies; and
|
|
|
|
restrictions on transfers of funds out of countries where our
foreign licensees are located.
|
If our
manufacturers fail to use acceptable ethical business practices,
our business could suffer.
We require our manufacturers to operate in compliance with
applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding working
conditions, employment practices and environmental compliance.
Additionally, we impose upon our business partners operating
guidelines that require additional obligations in those areas in
order to promote ethical business practices, and our staff and
third parties we retain for such purposes periodically visit and
monitor the operations of our independent manufacturers to
determine compliance. However, we do not control our independent
manufacturers or their labor and other business practices. If
one of our manufacturers violates labor or other laws or
implements labor or other business practices that are generally
regarded as unethical in the United States, the shipment of
finished products to us could be interrupted, orders could be
cancelled, relationships could be terminated and our reputation
could be damaged. Any of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our revenue and, consequently, our results of
operations.
S-26
Our
reliance on independent manufacturers could cause delay and
damage customer relationships.
We rely upon independent third parties for all of our apparel
and footwear products, excluding handmade and handfinished
neckwear. We do not have long-term contracts with any of our
suppliers. The same is true for Tommy Hilfiger. A
manufacturers failure to ship products to us in a timely
manner or to meet required quality standards could cause us to
miss the delivery date requirements of our customers for those
products. As a result, customers could cancel their orders,
refuse to accept deliveries or demand reduced prices. Any of
these actions taken by our customers could have a material
adverse effect on our revenue and, consequently, our results of
operations.
Tommy
Hilfiger is dependent on third parties to source its products
and any disruption in the relationship with these parties or in
their businesses may materially adversely affect the Tommy
Hilfiger business.
Tommy Hilfiger uses third parties to source the majority of its
products from manufacturers. For the year ended March 31,
2009, Tommy Hilfiger outsourced approximately 85% of its
sourcing functions to external buying offices. Tommy Hilfiger is
a party to a non-exclusive buying agency agreement with
Li & Fung Limited (which we refer to as
Li & Fung) to carry out most of its
sourcing work. Li & Fung is one of the worlds
largest buying agencies for apparel and related goods and is
Tommy Hilfigers largest buying office. Under the terms of
the agreement, Tommy Hilfiger is required to use Li &
Fung for at least 54% of its global sourcing needs. The buying
agency agreement with Li & Fung is terminable by Tommy
Hilfiger upon 12 months prior notice for any reason,
and is terminable by either party (i) upon six months
prior notice in the event of a material breach by the other
party and (ii) immediately upon the occurrence of certain
bankruptcy or insolvency events. Tommy Hilfiger also uses other
third-party buying offices for a portion of its sourcing and has
retained a small in-house sourcing team. Any interruption in the
operations of Li & Fung or Tommy Hilfigers other
buying offices, or the failure of Li & Fung or Tommy
Hilfigers other buying offices to perform their services
for Tommy Hilfiger effectively, could result in material delays,
reductions of shipments and increased costs. Furthermore, such
events could harm Tommy Hilfigers wholesale and retail
relationships. Although alternative sourcing companies exist,
Tommy Hilfiger may be unable to source its products through
other third parties, if at all, on terms commercially acceptable
to us and on a timely basis. Any disruption in Tommy
Hilfigers relationship with its buying offices or their
businesses, particularly Li & Fung, could have a
material adverse effect on our cash flows, business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We are
dependent on a limited number of distribution facilities. If one
becomes inoperable, our business, financial condition and
operating results could be negatively impacted.
We operate a limited number of distribution facilities. Our
ability to meet the needs of our retail customers and of our own
retail stores depends on the proper operation of our primary
facilities. If any of our primary facilities were to shut down
or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason,
we could have a substantial loss of inventory
and/or
disruptions of deliveries to our customers and our stores,
and/or incur
significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with
the distribution of our products during the time it takes to
reopen or replace the facility. This could adversely affect our
business, financial condition and operating results.
A
significant portion of our revenue is dependent on royalties and
licensing.
On a pro forma basis for 2009, approximately $376 million,
or 8%, of our revenue was derived from licensing royalties,
advertising and other revenue. Royalty, advertising and other
revenue from Calvin Kleins three largest licensing
partners accounted for approximately 67% of its royalty,
advertising and other revenue in 2009. Royalty, advertising and
other revenue from Tommy Hilfigers three largest licensing
partners accounted for approximately 31% of its royalty,
advertising and other revenue in its year ended March 31,
2009. We also derive licensing revenue from our Van
Heusen, IZOD, Bass, G.H. Bass &
Co. and ARROW brand names, as well as from the
sublicensing of Geoffrey Beene. The operating profit
associated with our royalty, advertising and other revenue is
significant because the operating expenses directly associated
with administering and monitoring an individual licensing or
similar agreement are minimal. Therefore, the loss of a
significant licensing partner, whether due to the termination or
expiration of the relationship, the cessation of
S-27
the licensing partners operations or otherwise (including
as a result of financial difficulties of the partner), without
an equivalent replacement, could materially affect our
profitability.
While we generally have significant control over our licensing
partners products and advertising, we rely on our
licensing partners for, among other things, operational and
financial controls over their businesses. Our licensing
partners failure to successfully market licensed products
or our inability to replace our existing licensing partners
could materially and adversely affect our revenue both directly
from reduced royalty and advertising and other revenue received
and indirectly from reduced sales of our other products. Risks
are also associated with our licensing partners ability to
obtain capital; execute their business plans, including timely
delivery of quality products; manage their labor relations;
maintain relationships with their suppliers; manage their credit
risk effectively; and maintain relationships with their
customers.
Our
licensing business makes us susceptible to the actions of third
parties over whom we have limited control.
We rely on our licensing partners to preserve the value of our
brands. Although we make every attempt to protect our brands
through, among other things, approval rights over design,
production quality, packaging, merchandising, distribution,
advertising and promotion of our products, we cannot assure you
that we can control the use by our licensing partners of each of
our licensed brands. The misuse of our brands by a licensing
partner could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. For example,
Calvin Klein in the past has been involved in legal proceedings
with Warnaco with respect to certain quality and distribution
issues. Warnaco is entitled to control design and advertising
related to the sale of underwear, intimate apparel and sleepwear
products bearing the Calvin Klein marks, although to
date, it continues to work with Calvin Kleins in-house
advertising agency while exercising its rights with respect to
design. We cannot assure you that Warnaco will continue to
maintain the same standards of design and, if it assumes
control, advertising that has been maintained by Calvin Klein,
although we believe they are generally obligated to do so.
Additionally, some of our licensees, including some of our
largest Calvin Klein and Tommy Hilfiger licensees,
are not United States entities and may be able to produce or
sell goods in places prohibited under United States federal law
or regulation. For example, foreign licensees may have rights to
produce or sell goods in Iran, North Korea, Cuba, Syria or
Sudan, which are prohibited under United States law. Such
activity, even if legal for a licensee or other authorized
party, could bring our brands into disrepute, resulting in a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Our
retail stores are heavily dependent on the ability and desire of
consumers to travel and shop.
Our retail stores are located principally in outlet malls, which
are typically located in or near vacation destinations or away
from large population centers where department stores and other
traditional retailers are concentrated. As a result, fuel
shortages, increased fuel prices, travel restrictions, travel
concerns and other circumstances, including adverse weather
conditions, disease epidemics and other health-related concerns,
war, terrorist attacks or the perceived threat of war or
terrorist attacks, which would lead to decreased travel, could
have a material adverse affect on us. In addition, we may be
adversely affected by reduced travel due to economic conditions.
Other factors which could affect the success of our stores
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the location of the mall or the location of a particular store
within the mall;
|
|
|
|
the other tenants occupying space at the mall;
|
|
|
|
increased competition in areas where the outlet malls are
located; and
|
|
|
|
the amount of advertising and promotional dollars spent on
attracting consumers to the malls.
|
In 2008 and 2009, certain of our and Tommy Hilfigers
businesses and those of certain of our and Tommy Hilfigers
licensees were adversely affected by the curtailment of travel
that accompanied the global economic slowdown.
S-28
We may
be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual
property rights.
Our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are
important to our success and our competitive position. We are
susceptible to others imitating our products and infringing on
our intellectual property rights. Since our acquisition of
Calvin Klein, we are more susceptible to infringement of our
intellectual property rights, as the Calvin Klein brands
enjoy significant worldwide consumer recognition, and the
generally higher pricing of Calvin Klein branded products
creates additional incentive for counterfeiters and infringers.
The acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger creates similar risks with
regard to the Tommy Hilfiger brands. Imitation or
counterfeiting of our products or infringement of our
intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our
brands or otherwise adversely affect our revenue. We cannot
assure you that the actions we take to establish and protect our
trademarks and other intellectual property rights will be
adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to
prevent others from seeking to invalidate our trademarks or
block sales of our products as a violation of the trademarks and
intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we cannot
assure you that others will not assert rights in, or ownership
of, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of ours or
in marks that are similar to ours or marks that we license
and/or
market or that we will be able to successfully resolve these
types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, there may
be trademark owners who have prior rights to our marks because
the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws
of the United States. In other cases, there may be holders who
have prior rights to similar marks. For example, in the past we
were involved in proceedings relating to a companys claim
of prior rights to the IZOD mark in Mexico and to another
companys claim of prior rights to the Calvin Klein
mark in Chile. We are currently involved in opposition and
cancellation proceedings with respect to marks similar to some
of our brands, both domestically and internationally.
Our
success is dependent on the strategies and reputation of our
licensors.
Our business strategy is to offer our products on a multiple
brand, multiple channel and multiple price point basis. This
strategy is designed to provide stability should market trends
shift. As part of this strategy we license the names and brands
of recognized designers and celebrities, including Kenneth Cole,
Sean Diddy Combs (Sean John), Donald J.
Trump, Michael Kors, Joseph Abboud, Donna Karan (DKNY),
Ike Behar, Elie Tahari and Robert Graham. In entering into these
license agreements, we target our products towards certain
market segments based on consumer demographics, design,
suggested pricing and channel of distribution in order to
minimize competition between our own products and maximize
profitability. If any of our licensors determines to
reposition a brand we license from them, introduce
similar products under similar brand names or otherwise change
the parameters of design, pricing, distribution, target market
or competitive set, we could experience a significant downturn
in that brands business, adversely affecting our sales and
profitability. In addition, as products may be personally
associated with these designers and celebrities, our sales of
those products could be materially and adversely affected if any
of those individuals images, reputations or popularity
were to be negatively impacted.
We
face intense competition in the apparel industry.
Competition is strong in the apparel industry. We compete with
numerous domestic and foreign designers, brands, manufacturers
and retailers of apparel, accessories and footwear, some of
which may be larger, more diversified or have greater resources
than we do. In addition, through their use of private label
programs, we compete directly with our wholesale customers. We
compete within the apparel industry primarily on the basis of:
|
|
|
|
|
anticipating and responding to changing consumer tastes and
demands in a timely manner and developing attractive, quality
products;
|
|
|
|
maintaining favorable brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
appropriately pricing products and creating an acceptable value
proposition for customers;
|
|
|
|
providing strong and effective marketing support;
|
S-29
|
|
|
|
|
ensuring product availability and optimizing supply chain
efficiencies with third-party manufacturers and
retailers; and
|
|
|
|
obtaining sufficient retail floor space and effective
presentation of our products at retail.
|
The failure to compete effectively or to keep pace with rapidly
changing markets could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition, if we misjudge the market for our products, we could
be faced with significant excess inventories for some products
and missed opportunities for others.
The
loss of members of our executive management and other key
employees could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
We depend on the services and management experience of our
executive officers who have substantial experience and expertise
in our business. We also depend on other key employees involved
in our licensing, design and advertising operations. Competition
for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and
competitors may use aggressive tactics to recruit our key
employees. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of
these individuals could materially adversely affect us.
Additionally, the services of key members of the Tommy Hilfiger
management team are expected to be particularly critical to
ensure a smooth and timely integration of the business into PVH.
Acquisitions
may not be successful in achieving intended benefits and
synergies.
One component of our growth strategy contemplates our making
select acquisitions if appropriate opportunities arise. Prior to
completing any acquisition, including our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger, our management team identifies expected synergies,
cost savings and growth opportunities. However, these benefits
may not be realized due to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
delays or difficulties in completing the integration of acquired
companies or assets;
|
|
|
|
higher than expected costs, lower than expected cost savings
and/or a
need to allocate resources to manage unexpected operating
difficulties;
|
|
|
|
diversion of the attention and resources of management;
|
|
|
|
consumers failure to accept product offerings by us or our
licensees;
|
|
|
|
inability to retain key employees in acquired companies; and
|
|
|
|
assumption of liabilities unrecognized in due diligence.
|
Provisions
in our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws and Delaware
General Corporation Law could make it more difficult to acquire
us and may reduce the market price of our common
stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain
provisions, including provisions requiring supermajority voting
(80% of the outstanding voting power) to approve certain
business combinations with beneficial owners of 5% or more of
our outstanding stock entitled to vote for election of
directors, permitting the Board of Directors to fill vacancies
on the Board and authorizing the Board of Directors to issue
shares of Series A preferred stock without approval of our
stockholders. These provisions could also have the effect of
deterring changes of control.
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law imposes restrictions on mergers and other
business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more
of our common stock. The existence of this provision may have an
anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved
in advance by the Board of Directors.
S-30
A
significant shift in the relative sources of our earnings,
adverse decisions of tax authorities or changes in tax treaties,
laws, rules or interpretations could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and cash flow.
Following the acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, we will have direct
operations in a number of countries, including the United
States, Canada, the Netherlands, Germany, the United Kingdom,
Italy, Japan, Hong Kong and China, and the applicable statutory
tax rates vary by jurisdiction. As a result, our overall
effective tax rate could be materially affected by the relative
level of earnings in the various taxing jurisdictions to which
our earnings are subject. In addition, the tax laws and
regulations in the various countries in which we operate may be
subject to change and there may be changes in interpretation and
enforcement of tax law. As a result, we may face increases in
taxes payable if tax rates increase, or if tax laws, regulations
or treaties in the jurisdictions in which we operate are
modified by the competent authorities in an adverse manner.
In addition, various national and local taxing authorities
periodically examine us and our subsidiaries. The resolution of
an examination or audit may result in us making a payment in an
amount that differs from the amount for which we may have
reserved with respect to any particular tax matter, which could
have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, business,
financial condition and results of operations for any affected
reporting period.
We and our subsidiaries, and Tommy Hilfiger and its
subsidiaries, are engaged in a number of intercompany
transactions. Although we believe that these transactions
reflect arms length terms and that proper transfer pricing
documentation is in place which should be respected for tax
purposes, the transfer prices and conditions may be scrutinized
by local tax authorities, which could result in additional tax
becoming due.
If
Tommy Hilfiger were unable to fully utilize its deferred tax
assets, its profitability could be reduced.
Tommy Hilfiger has substantial deferred income tax assets on its
balance sheet. This includes tax loss and foreign tax credit
carryforwards in the United States and the Netherlands. Our
ability to utilize these assets depends on a number of factors,
including whether there will be adequate levels of taxable
income in future periods to offset the tax loss carryforwards
before they expire. Also, United States tax rules impose an
annual limit on the amount of certain loss carryovers of Tommy
Hilfiger that we can use following the acquisition, and,
depending on our taxable income in tax years following the
acquisition, such limit may be material. These factors could
reduce the value of the deferred tax assets, which could have a
material effect on our profitability.
Risks
Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes
Our
level of debt could impair our financial condition and prevent
us from fulfilling our obligations with respect to the notes
offered hereby.
As of January 31, 2010, as adjusted for this offering and
the use of the net proceeds therefrom (which includes the
repurchase of certain of our outstanding senior notes through
the tender offers and the repurchase or redemption of all
untendered notes), our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger and our
incurrence of debt under our new senior secured credit facility,
on a pro forma basis, we would have had approximately
$2.6 billion of long-term debt outstanding (excluding
letters of credit and additional amounts available for borrowing
under the committed $450 million revolving credit facility
that is part of our new senior secured credit facility, which we
expect will be undrawn immediately following the consummation of
our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger). Our level of debt could have
important consequences to investors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from
operations be used for the payment of interest on our debt,
thereby reducing the funds available to us for our operations or
other capital needs;
|
|
|
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to,
changes in our business and the industry in which we operate
because our available cash flow after paying principal and
interest on our debt may not be sufficient to make the capital
and other expenditures necessary to address these changes;
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions because, during periods in which we
experience lower earnings and cash flow, we will be required to
devote a proportionally greater amount of our cash flow to
paying principal and interest on our debt;
|
S-31
|
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the
future to fund working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions, contributions to our pension plans and general
corporate requirements;
|
|
|
|
placing us at a competitive disadvantage to other relatively
less leveraged competitors that have more cash flow available to
fund working capital, capital expenditures, contributions to
pension plans and general corporate requirements; and
|
|
|
|
with respect to any borrowings we make at variable interest
rates, including our newly committed $450 million revolving
credit facility, leaving us vulnerable to increases in interest
rates generally.
|
Servicing
our debt, including the notes, will require a significant amount
of cash and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow
due to many factors, some of which are beyond our
control.
Our ability to make payments with respect to our obligations
under the notes and our other outstanding debt depends on our
future operating performance. Our performance will be affected
by our ability to operate and expand profitably our business and
by prevailing economic conditions and financial, competitive,
business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from
operations, we may not realize our currently anticipated
revenues, cost savings and operating performance and we may not
have sufficient future borrowings available to us to pay our
debt. Our ability to meet our obligations under our
indebtedness, including payment of principal and interest on the
notes, depends on the earnings and cash flows of our
subsidiaries and the ability of our subsidiaries to pay
dividends or advance or repay funds to us. If we are unable to
meet our debt service obligations or fund our other liquidity
needs, we could be forced to reduce or delay capital
expenditures, forego other business opportunities, sell material
assets or operations, restructure or refinance our debt, obtain
additional capital or renegotiate, replace or terminate
arrangements. Some of these transactions could occur at times
and on terms that are less advantageous or disadvantageous to us
or may not be available to us at all, which could cause us to
default on our obligations and impair our liquidity. Because a
significant portion of our assets is pledged as security to the
lenders under our new senior secured credit facility, we may not
be able to restructure or refinance our debt on satisfactory
terms, if at all.
Despite
our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur
substantially more debt, which would increase the risks
described above.
As of January 31, 2010, as adjusted for the use of the net
proceeds of this offering and the net proceeds herefrom (which
includes the repurchase of certain of our outstanding senior
notes through the tender offers and the redemption of all of our
untendered notes due 2011 and 2013), and our incurrence of our
new senior secured credit facility in connection with our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, we would have the ability to
incur an additional $450 million of debt under our
committed revolving credit facility prior to deducting amounts
outstanding for letters of credit that will be part of our new
senior secured credit facility, but unused immediately following
the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger. In
addition, although our new senior secured credit facility and
the indenture that will govern the notes offered hereby will
contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt,
these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and
exceptions, and additional debt incurred in compliance with
these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to
the debt that we have immediately following our acquisition of
Tommy Hilfiger, the risks associated with our indebtedness that
we now face would intensify.
Covenant
restrictions under our new senior secured credit facility and
our indentures will impose significant operating and financial
restrictions on us and may limit our ability to operate our
business and to make payments on the notes.
Our new senior secured credit facility, the indenture that will
govern the notes and the agreements and instruments governing
our other outstanding debt contain covenants that restrict our
ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to take
advantage of other business opportunities that may be in our
interest or to satisfy our obligations under the notes. These
covenants restrict our ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional debt or extend credit;
|
S-32
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions on, or redeem or repurchase,
our capital stock or certain other debt;
|
|
|
|
make other restricted payments, including investments;
|
|
|
|
dispose of assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries ability
to pay dividends;
|
|
|
|
create liens on our assets or engage in sale/leaseback
transactions; and
|
|
|
|
effect a consolidation or merger, or sell, transfer, lease all
or substantially all of our assets.
|
In addition, our new senior secured credit facility requires us
to maintain certain financial covenants, including maximum
leverage, minimum interest coverage and maximum capital
expenditures. Events beyond our control, including changes in
general business and economic conditions, may affect our ability
to meet these requirements. A breach of any of these covenants,
or our inability to comply with the financial ratios, would
result in a default under our new senior secured credit
facility. If an event of default occurs and is continuing under
our new senior secured credit facility, the lenders could elect
to declare all amounts outstanding under the new senior secured
credit facility, together with accrued interest, to be
immediately due and payable which would result in acceleration
of our other debt, including the notes. If we were unable to
repay any such borrowings when due, the new senior secured
credit facility lenders could proceed against their collateral,
which also secures some of our other indebtedness. Under that
circumstance, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the notes.
Also, under the indenture governing our
73/4% debentures
due 2023, if we pay any dividend on our capital stock or we
acquire our capital stock, in either case resulting in our
inability to meet a specified financial test, then (subject to
certain exceptions) the holders of such debentures would have a
right to have their debentures redeemed. If this were to occur,
we may not have sufficient funds to satisfy this obligation. See
Description of Other Indebtedness
73/4% Debentures
Due 2023.
The
notes will not be secured or guaranteed and will be effectively
subordinated to our secured obligations and structurally
subordinated to all obligations of our
subsidiaries.
The notes will be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations solely
of Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation and will not be guaranteed by
any of our subsidiaries on the closing date and may not be
guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries for their tenor.
Therefore, the notes will be effectively junior to all of
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporations existing and future
secured obligations, to the extent of the value of the assets
securing such obligations, including trade payables, of our
subsidiaries. As of January 31, 2010, as adjusted for our
new senior credit facilities, this offering and our offering of
common stock and sale of Series A preferred stock and the use of
proceeds therefrom, we would have had approximately
$2.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness (excluding
approximately $201 million of outstanding letters of
credit), including $2.1 billion of secured indebtedness
(excluding $249 million of available undrawn revolving
credit facility commitments under our new senior secured credit
facility and approximately $201 million of outstanding
letters of credit) and including the notes offered hereby. See
Description of the Notes Ranking.
In addition, our obligation to make contingent purchase price
payments to Mr. Calvin Klein is secured by a lien on all of
the equity interests in our Calvin Klein subsidiaries and all of
the assets of our Calvin Klein subsidiaries. Our Calvin Klein
subsidiaries have also guaranteed our obligation to make
contingent purchase price payments to Mr. Klein.
As such, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or a
subsidiary, the assets of the affected entity could not be used
to pay you until after:
|
|
|
|
|
all secured claims against the affected entity have been fully
paid; and
|
|
|
|
if the affected entity is a subsidiary, all other claims against
that subsidiary, including trade payables, have been fully paid.
|
Holders of the notes will participate ratably in our remaining
assets with all holders of our other unsecured, unsubordinated
debt that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and
potentially with all of
S-33
our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts
owed to each holder or creditor. If any of the foregoing events
were to occur, we cannot assure you that there will be
sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result,
holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of
secured debt.
We may
not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we will be required
to make an offer to you in cash to repurchase all or any part of
your notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to but not including the date of purchase. If a
change of control occurs, we may not have sufficient funds at
that time to pay the purchase price for all required repurchases
of the notes. In addition, our ability to effect a redemption of
the notes upon a change of control may be impaired by the effect
of various provisions in agreements governing our existing or
future debt obligations. The occurrence of a change of control
will result in an event of default under our new senior secured
credit facility and permit the lenders to accelerate the
maturity of all of the obligations under the new senior secured
credit facility and to pursue their rights and remedies,
including foreclosure of their liens upon our and our
subsidiaries assets. A change of control would further
result in an event of default under the agreements governing our
secured contingent payment obligations to Mr. Klein.
In the event that a change of control occurs at a time when we
are prohibited from repurchasing the notes, we could seek the
consent of the new senior secured credit facility lenders and
the other holders of our debt to repurchase the notes or could
attempt to refinance those borrowings. If we do not obtain their
consent or refinance the borrowings, we will remain prohibited
from repurchasing the notes, which would constitute an event of
default under the indenture governing the notes. In addition, we
may not have the financial resources necessary to repurchase the
notes upon a change of control, particularly if that change of
control triggers a similar repurchase requirement for, or
results in the acceleration of, any of our other debt. Any debt
agreements we enter into in the future may contain similar
provisions. Certain transactions that constitute a change of
control under our existing and future debt instruments may not
constitute a change of control under the indenture governing the
notes.
Your
right to require us to redeem the notes is
limited.
The holders of the notes have limited rights to require us to
purchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar restructuring, including an issuer
recapitalization or similar transaction with management. The
change of control provisions of the indenture governing the
notes may not afford protection to the holders of the notes if
such transactions were to occur, including a transaction
initiated by us, if the transaction does not result in a change
of control or otherwise result in an event of default under the
indenture. See Description of the Notes Change
of Control.
You
may not be able to resell the notes because there is no
established market for them and one may not
develop.
The notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will
constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading
market and there can be no assurance as to:
|
|
|
|
|
the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;
|
|
|
|
the ability of holders to sell their notes; or
|
|
|
|
the price at which the holders will be able to sell their notes.
|
We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any
securities exchange or for quotation through an automated
quotation system. If a trading market were to develop, the notes
might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal
amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar debentures,
our financial performance and the interest of securities dealers
in making a market in the notes.
We understand that the underwriters presently intend to make a
market in the notes. However, they are not obligated to do so,
and any market-making activity with respect to the notes may be
discontinued at any
S-34
time without notice. In addition, any market-making activity
will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act, and may be limited. There can be no assurance
that an active market will exist for the notes or that any
trading market that does develop will be liquid.
Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been
subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices. It
is possible that the market for the notes will be subject to
disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on
you, as a holder of the notes, regardless of our prospects and
financial performance.
If the
notes receive an investment grade rating, many of the covenants
in the indenture governing the notes will be suspended, thereby
reducing some of the protections for noteholders in the
indenture.
If at any time the notes receive an investment grade rating from
both Standard & Poors Ratings Services and
Moodys Investors Service, Inc., subject to certain
additional conditions, many of the covenants in the indenture
governing the notes applicable to us and our subsidiaries,
including the limitations on indebtedness and restricted
payments, will be suspended, and in lieu of these covenants we
will be subject to a covenant that limits the amount of secured
indebtedness that we may incur. While these covenants will be
reinstated if we fail to maintain investment grade ratings on
the notes or in the event of a continuing default or event of
default thereunder, during the suspension period, noteholders
will not have the protection of these covenants and we will have
greater flexibility under the indenture governing the notes to,
among other things, incur indebtedness and make restricted
payments.
The
impact of changes in the global credit markets may adversely
affect our ability to borrow and could increase our counterparty
credit risks, including those under our credit facilities,
derivative instruments, contingent obligations and insurance
contracts.
During 2007, a crisis began in the subprime mortgage sector of
the United States economy as a result of credit quality
deterioration and rising delinquencies, and that crisis
continued throughout 2008 and into 2009 which led to a
deterioration of the global credit markets, a closing of the
debt markets and widening credit spreads. There can be no
assurance that this crisis will not worsen or impact the
availability or cost of debt financing to us in the future.
There can also be no assurance that we will be able to borrow
additional money on terms as favorable as our current debt, on
commercially acceptable terms, or at all.
As a result of the global credit crisis, certain financial
institutions have filed for bankruptcy, have sold some or all of
their assets, or may seek to enter into a merger or other
transaction with another financial institution. Consequently,
some of the counterparties under our credit facilities,
derivative instruments, contingent obligations and insurance
contracts may be unable to perform their obligations or may
breach their obligations to us under our contracts with them,
which could include failures of financial institutions to fund
required borrowings under our loan agreements and to pay us
amounts that may become due under our derivative contracts and
other agreements. Also, we may be limited in obtaining funds to
pay amounts due to our counterparties under our derivative
contracts and to pay amounts that may become due under other
agreements. If we were to elect to replace any counterparty for
its failure to perform its obligations under such instruments,
we would likely incur significant costs to replace the
counterparty. Any failure to replace any counterparties under
these circumstances may result in additional costs to us or an
ineffective instrument.
S-35
DESCRIPTION
OF THE TOMMY HILFIGER ACQUISITION
Purchase
Agreement
On March 15, 2010, we announced that we had entered into a
definitive purchase agreement to acquire Tommy Hilfiger from
Apax and the other Tommy Hilfiger shareholders. The
consideration for the acquisition consists of
1.924 billion in cash and 276 million in
shares of our common stock (which, assuming a United States
Dollar-Euro
exchange rate of $1.3535 to one Euro, and based on the formula
in the purchase agreement, would require us to issue
approximately 8.5 million shares), as well as our
assumption of 100 million in liabilities of Tommy
Hilfiger. The purchase price is on a debt-free, cash-free basis,
and assumes a normalized level of working capital for Tommy
Hilfiger at closing. We expect to close the transaction during
our fiscal 2010 second quarter simultaneously with the closing
of this offering.
Purchase
Price Adjustments; Escrow
Adjustments to Cash Consideration: The
purchase agreement provides that the cash portion of the
purchase price will be increased by a per day ticking
fee in the event that, subject to certain specified
exceptions, the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger does not occur within 90 days of the signing of
the purchase agreement. The applicable per day ticking fee is
170,000 from June 14, 2010 through June 29,
2010, 255,000 from June 30, 2010 through
July 29, 2010 and 370,000 from July 30, 2010
through the date immediately preceding the closing. In addition,
the cash consideration is subject to upward or downward
adjustment based on the working capital and net debt of Tommy
Hilfiger as of the closing. If these adjustments result in us
having to make additional payments to the shareholders of Tommy
Hilfiger, such additional payments will be made in cash. If
these adjustments result in the shareholders of Tommy Hilfiger
having to make payments to us, any adjustment payments up to
25 million will be made in cash from an escrow
account to be established in connection with the closing and any
additional adjustment payment will be made in shares of our
common stock that were issued to them and placed into escrow at
the closing.
Adjustments to Stock Consideration: The
stock consideration is subject to a collar pursuant to which the
number of shares of our common stock that will be issued to the
Tommy Hilfiger shareholders will vary between $39.37-$43.74 per
share of common stock, as measured by the average closing price
over the 20 trading days immediately preceding closing. The
number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Tommy
Hilfiger shareholders will not be subject to further adjustment
outside this range.
Escrow of Cash Consideration and Stock
Consideration: Portions of the cash
consideration and stock consideration will be placed into escrow
at the closing in order to fund certain potential purchase price
adjustments and specified indemnification obligations of the
Tommy Hilfiger shareholders.
Conditions
to Completion of the Acquisition
The obligations of the parties to complete the acquisition are
each subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under
the United States federal
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the so-called
HSR Act), and the procuring of any applicable
approvals pursuant to competition laws of Germany and
Austria; and
|
|
|
|
the absence of any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree,
injunction or other order by certain governmental authorities
that precludes completion of the acquisition.
|
The obligations of Tommy Hilfiger, Apax and the other selling
shareholders to consummate the acquisition are also subject to
satisfaction or waiver of additional conditions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the accuracy of our representations and warranties in the
purchase agreement, subject to customary materiality and
material adverse effect qualifications; and
|
|
|
|
our performance, in all material respects, of all of our
obligations under the purchase agreement.
|
S-36
Our obligation to consummate the acquisition is subject to
satisfaction of additional conditions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Tommy
Hilfiger and its shareholders in the purchase agreement, subject
to customary materiality and material adverse effect
qualifications;
|
|
|
|
the performance by Tommy Hilfiger and its shareholders, in all
material respects, of all of their obligations under the
purchase agreement;
|
|
|
|
our receipt of financing in an amount sufficient to fund the
acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
effectiveness of all governmental approvals, except as would not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
Tommy Hilfiger.
|
Termination
of the Purchase Agreement
The parties may terminate the purchase agreement by mutual
written consent at any time before the completion of the
acquisition. In addition, the parties may terminate the purchase
agreement at any time before the completion of the acquisition
if:
|
|
|
|
|
the closing has not occurred by August 16, 2010, which date
may be extended in certain limited circumstances;
|
|
|
|
either party fails to perform its representations, warranties,
covenants or other obligations such that the conditions to
closing (as described above in Conditions to
Completion of the Acquisition) are incapable of being
satisfied prior to August 16, 2010; or
|
|
|
|
any governmental entity of competent jurisdiction issues a final
and non-appealable order, decree, injunction or ruling or takes
other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting the acquisition.
|
Effect
of Termination; Termination Fee
If the purchase agreement is terminated for any reason set forth
above in Termination of the Purchase
Agreement, except by the mutual consent of the parties or
due to a willful and material breach by the Tommy Hilfiger
shareholders that is the primary reason for the failure of the
closing to occur, we will pay the Tommy Hilfiger shareholders an
aggregate termination fee of 69 million. If the
closing does not occur by June 13, 2010, we will deposit
the full amount of the termination fee into an escrow account
established with a
third-party
escrow agent. In circumstances in which we are required to pay
the termination fee, the purchase agreement provides that we
will generally have no further liability to Tommy Hilfiger
shareholders, except where the failure of the closing to occur
is primarily the result of any willful material breach by us of
the purchase agreement.
Financing
Obligations
Under the purchase agreement, we must use our reasonable best
efforts to arrange and obtain debt financing as soon as
reasonably practicable, taking into account the anticipated
timing of the closing and our commercial judgment and acting in
good faith. Our obligation to undertake the financing is subject
to the condition that we will receive net proceeds in an amount
that, together with our available cash, is at least sufficient
to fund the acquisition and that the terms of the indebtedness
are on terms that are substantially consistent with or not
substantially less favorable to us, in our good faith commercial
judgment, than certain terms that we have agreed to with Apax or
on such other terms and conditions as are acceptable to us in
our sole discretion. We are not required to draw on such
available financing in the event that the weighted average cost
of the debt exceeds certain
agreed-upon
thresholds. In furtherance of obtaining such debt financing,
Tommy Hilfiger has agreed to use reasonable best efforts to
cooperate with us to the extent necessary, proper or advisable.
S-37
We have entered into a forward foreign exchange contract with
respect to 1.3 billion of the purchase price to hedge
against our exposure to changes in the exchange rate for the
Euro. Our obligations under this contract are contingent upon
the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger.
Representations
and Warranties
Each of the Tommy Hilfiger shareholders and Tommy Hilfiger has
made customary representations and warranties regarding, among
other things: capital structure; organizational documents;
corporate authority; financial statements; consents and
regulatory approvals; absence of undisclosed liabilities;
material contracts; absence of certain litigation; compliance
with law; insurance; tax matters; labor and employment matters;
environmental matters; intellectual property; leases;
brokers fees and expenses; affiliate transactions; and
real property.
We have made customary representations and warranties regarding
capital structure; organizational documents; corporate
authority; consents and regulatory approvals; financial
statements and publicly filed documents; absence of certain
developments; litigation; compliance with law; permits; taxes;
intellectual property; and solvency.
Many of the representations and warranties in the purchase
agreement are qualified by a materiality or
material adverse effect standard (that is, they will
not be deemed to be untrue or incorrect unless their failure to
be true or correct, individually or in the aggregate, would, as
the case may be, be material or be reasonably likely to have a
material adverse effect). For purposes of the purchase
agreement, a material adverse effect means any
change, event, effect, development, circumstance or occurrence
that has a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
business or results of operations of Tommy Hilfiger or us, as
the case may be, and their and our respective subsidiaries,
taken as a whole. However, in determining whether a material
adverse effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to
occur with respect to either Tommy Hilfiger or us, as the case
may be, the parties will disregard any effects arising from or
related to (except, in the case of the events described in
clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) or (f), to the extent
disproportionately affecting either us or Tommy Hilfiger, as the
case may be, relative to other companies in the industries in
which we or Tommy Hilfiger, as the case may be, operate, but
taking into account for the purposes of determining whether a
material adverse effect has occurred only the disproportionate
adverse impact): (a) conditions affecting the United States
or global economy; (b) political conditions or any other
acts of war, sabotage or terrorism; (c) changes in
financial, banking or securities markets; (d) changes in
United States or international accounting standards;
(e) changes in any laws or other binding directives issued
by a governmental entity; (f) changes generally applicable
to the industry in which Tommy Hilfiger or we, as the case may
be, and our respective subsidiaries operate; (g) any
failure by Tommy Hilfiger or us, as the case may be, to meet
internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or
earnings projections; (h) announcement or completion of the
acquisition; (i) any action taken with the other
partys consent; (j) solely with respect to us, any
changes in the share price or trading volume of our common stock
and (k) any changes in the credit rating of Tommy Hilfiger
or us, as the case may be.
Conduct
of the Tommy Hilfiger Business Prior to Closing
Tommy Hilfiger has undertaken customary covenants in the
purchase agreement restricting the conduct of its business
between the date of the purchase agreement and the closing. In
general, Tommy Hilfiger has agreed to (a) conduct its
business in all material respects in the ordinary course
consistent with past practice and (b) use commercially
reasonable efforts to (i) preserve substantially intact its
business organization and to preserve the present commercial
relationships of its subsidiaries with significant customers,
suppliers and other third parties with whom Tommy Hilfiger has
significant business relations and (ii) retain the services
of its key employees.
In addition, between the date of the purchase agreement and the
closing, Tommy Hilfiger has agreed, with respect to itself and
its subsidiaries, to limitations on its ability to take certain
actions, subject to certain exceptions, including with regard to
matters such as recapitalizations, dividends, disposition or
creation of liens, amendments to organizational documents,
incurrence of debt, modifications to employee benefit plans,
S-38
hiring and termination of employees, transactions with
affiliates, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers and other major
corporate transactions, changes in financial accounting methods
or practices, material contracts, capital expenditures, entering
new lines of business, settlement of litigation and tax
elections. These restrictions are subject to certain exceptions.
Indemnification
The representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements
set forth in the purchase agreement (other than those covenants
that are to be performed in whole or in part after the closing)
do not survive following the closing. As a result, except for
our limited indemnification rights with respect to certain tax
matters and our full indemnity related to Tommy Hilfigers
Karl Lagerfeld business, which we will not be acquiring as part
of the acquisition, the purchase agreement does not contain
indemnification obligations of either party with respect to
breaches of such representations, warranties, covenants and
other agreements. We currently intend to obtain insurance from
third parties with respect to potential breaches or inaccuracies
in the representations and warranties relating to Tommy Hilfiger
and its selling shareholders as set forth in the purchase
agreement. The insurance would be subject to a deductible and a
cap and will generally be available for claims made within
18 months of the closing, or longer in certain cases. While
there can be no assurance that such policy will be obtained,
Tommy Hilfigers selling shareholders are obligated,
pursuant to the purchase agreement, to cooperate with us in
obtaining the policy.
Regulatory
Covenants; Third Party Consents
Each party to the purchase agreement has agreed to use
reasonable best efforts to obtain as promptly as practicable all
necessary governmental/regulatory approvals, including by
(a) making all required filings pursuant to the HSR Act
within five business days of the date of the purchase agreement,
(b) making all other required filings pursuant to other
regulatory laws as promptly as practicable and (c) not
extending any waiting period under the HSR Act or entering into
any agreement with the United States Federal Trade Commission or
United States Department of Justice or any other governmental
entity not to consummate the acquisition without the prior
written consent of the other parties. All such filings have been
made as of the date of this prospectus supplement and the
waiting period under the HSR Act has been terminated.
Non-Solicitation
Under the purchase agreement, the Tommy Hilfiger shareholders
may not solicit, encourage, seek, initiate, facilitate or engage
in any discussion or negotiations with, or provide any
information to or enter into any agreement with, anyone other
than us concerning any alternative transaction, and such parties
must immediately cease any ongoing discussions or negotiations.
Governing
Law
The purchase agreement is governed by and will be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
Selling
Stockholder Agreement
Upon the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, we
and the Tommy Hilfiger shareholders will enter into a
stockholder agreement. Under the terms of the stockholder
agreement, Apax will have the right to nominate one director to
our Board of Directors. This right will terminate if, among
other things, Apax ceases to beneficially own (net of any short
interests) less than a number of shares of our common stock
equal to the greater of (i) 50% of the shares of common
stock that Apax acquires in the acquisition and (ii) 4% of
the then outstanding shares of common stock.
Commencing upon the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger, Apax and its controlled affiliates will be subject to
customary standstill restrictions limiting or prohibiting, among
other things, the acquisition of more of our securities, making
or proposing a merger or change of control transaction,
soliciting proxies or supporting any other person or group
seeking to engage in the foregoing. Under the stockholder
S-39
agreement, the standstill period runs until the earlier of
(a) the termination of the stockholder agreement pursuant
to its terms, (b) a change of control of PVH or
(c) three months after (i) Apax irrevocably waives its
right to nominate one director, (ii) such right terminates
(as described in the last sentence of the immediately preceding
paragraph) or (iii) the resignation, removal or death of
the Apax director nominee and no replacement has filled such
vacancy after Apax has proposed two different replacement
designees, both of whom have been rejected by us.
In addition, for a period of nine months following the
completion of the acquisition, subject to limited exceptions,
the Tommy Hilfiger shareholders who are party to the stockholder
agreement will be prohibited from offering, selling, pledging or
otherwise transferring, or hedging against, the shares of our
common stock that they receive in the acquisition. After the
nine-month anniversary of the closing, the Tommy Hilfiger
shareholders will be permitted to sell 50% of their shares of
our common stock that they receive in the acquisition, with the
remaining portion available for sale following the
15-month
anniversary.
The stockholder agreement also provides Apax and certain other
Tommy Hilfiger shareholders who will own more than 4% of the
total number of outstanding shares of our common stock with
certain preemptive rights with respect to future issuances for
cash of common stock, or securities convertible into,
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The Tommy Hilfiger
shareholders will receive customary registration rights with
respect to the shares of common stock that they receive in the
acquisition.
LNK
Purchase Agreement
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a securities purchase
agreement with LNK, pursuant to which we agreed to sell to LNK,
in a private placement, 4,000 shares of our Series A
preferred stock, par value $100 per share, for an aggregate
purchase price of $100 million. The Series A preferred
stock to be issued to LNK is perpetual preferred stock, with a
liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, no coupon and
convertible at any time into shares of our common stock, at a
per share conversion price of $47.74 (subject to adjustment as
described in Series A Preferred
Stock below).
Under the securities purchase agreement with LNK, the obligation
of each of us and LNK to consummate the sale to LNK of the
shares of Series A preferred stock is subject to the
consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger. We also have
agreed to (a) cover LNKs reasonable legal fees and
expenses, subject to a cap to be agreed upon, and (b) pay
LNK a commitment fee of $1 million and a transaction fee of
$4 million, all which are payable at the closing of the
sale to them of the shares of Series A preferred stock.
MSD
Purchase Agreement
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a securities purchase
agreement with MSD, pursuant to which we agreed to sell to MSD,
in a private placement, 4,000 shares of our Series A
preferred stock, par value $100 per share, for an aggregate
purchase price of $100 million. The terms of the MSD
Purchase Agreement are substantially identical to the terms of
the securities purchase agreement between us and LNK. The
Series A preferred stock to be issued to MSD is perpetual
preferred stock, with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per
share, no coupon and convertible at any time into shares of our
common stock, at a per share conversion price of $47.74 (subject
to adjustment as described in Series A
Preferred Stock below).
Under the terms of the securities purchase agreement with MSD,
we have agreed to (a) cover MSDs reasonable legal
fees and expenses, subject to a cap to be agreed upon, and
(b) pay MSD a commitment fee of $1 million and a
transaction fee of $4 million, all of which are payable at
the closing of the sale of Series A preferred stock to MSD.
Series A
Preferred Stock
The terms, rights, obligations and preferences of our
Series A preferred stock are set forth in a Certificate of
Designations that will be filed with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware prior to the closing of the sale of
preferred stock to LNK and MSD. The holders of the Series A
preferred stock will not be entitled to receive dividends, other
than to the extent that dividends are declared and paid on our
common stock. In the
S-40
event that dividends are declared on the common stock, the
preferred stockholders will generally be entitled to receive the
amount of cash or assets that they would have received had they
converted their shares of Series A preferred stock into
shares of our common stock immediately prior to the record day
for such dividend.
Each share of Series A preferred stock will be immediately
convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of
shares of common stock equal to the quotient of (a) the
liquidation preference of $25,000 and (b) the conversion
price. The conversion price is initially $47.74 (the closing
price of our common stock on the business day immediately
preceding the date of our execution of the securities purchase
agreements with each of LNK and MSD) and is subject to equitable
adjustment in the event of our taking certain actions, including
stock splits, stock dividends, mergers, consolidations or other
capital reorganizations.
The Series A preferred stock is not redeemable, in whole or
in part, at our option or that of any holder. The holders of the
Series A preferred stock are entitled to vote with the
holders of our common stock on an as-converted basis. In
addition, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the shares of
Series A preferred stock then outstanding is required for
us to: (a) amend, alter, repeal, impair or change, in any
respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges,
restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series A
preferred stock, (b) authorize or agree to authorize any
increase in the number of shares of Series A preferred
stock or issue any additional shares of Series A preferred
stock or (c) amend, alter or repeal any provision of our
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws that would adversely
affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the
Series A preferred stock or the holders thereof.
LNK
Stockholder Agreement
We will enter into a stockholder agreement with LNK in
connection with the closing of the sale to them of the
4,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock. Under
the terms of the stockholder agreement, LNK will be provided
with the right to nominate one director to our Board of
Directors. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts
to cause LNKs nominee to be elected to the Board.
LNKs right to nominate a director will terminate in
certain circumstances, including in the event that LNK and its
affiliates cease to beneficially own (net of any short
interests) less than 80% of the shares of Series A
preferred stock (or shares of common stock into which their
shares of Series A preferred stock are convertible) that
LNK acquired under the securities purchase agreement with them.
Until the nomination right is terminated in accordance with the
terms of the stockholder agreement, LNK will agree to vote all
shares of Series A preferred stock or shares of common
stock received upon the conversion of such Series A
preferred stock held by it or its affiliates in accordance with
the recommendations of our Board.
From the closing of the sale of Series A preferred stock to
LNK until six months following the termination of LNKs
right to nominate a director to our Board of Directors, LNK and
its affiliates will be subject to customary standstill
restrictions limiting or prohibiting, among other things, the
acquisition of more of our securities, making or proposing a
merger or change of control transaction, soliciting proxies or
supporting any other person or group seeking to engage in the
foregoing.
In addition, for a period of nine months following the
completion of the sale of Series A preferred stock to LNK,
subject to limited exceptions, LNK will be prohibited from
offering, selling, pledging or otherwise transferring, or
hedging against, the shares of Series A preferred stock
received in the sale (or shares of common stock received upon
the conversion of such Series A preferred stock). After the
nine-month anniversary of the completion of the sale, LNK will
be permitted to sell 50% of its shares of Series A
preferred stock (or shares of common stock received upon the
conversion of such Series A preferred stock), with the
remaining portion available for sale following the
15-month
anniversary.
The stockholder agreement with LNK will also provide LNK with
certain customary registration rights (including demand
registrations and piggyback rights) with respect to shares of
common stock into which the Series A preferred stock
purchased by LNK may be converted.
S-41
MSD
Stockholder Agreement
We will enter into a stockholder agreement with MSD in
connection with the closing of the sale to them of the
4,000 shares of Series A preferred stock. The
stockholder agreement with MSD will be substantially similar to
the stockholder agreement with LNK, except as described below.
MSD does not have the right to nominate a director to our Board
of Directors.
Under the terms of the stockholder agreement, for nine months
following the completion of the sale of Series A preferred
stock to MSD, MSD and its controlled affiliates will be subject
to customary standstill restrictions limiting or prohibiting,
among other things, the acquisition of more of our securities,
making or proposing a merger or change of control transaction,
soliciting proxies or supporting any other person or group
seeking to engage in the foregoing, although MSD will not be
restricted from acquiring up to 9.9% of the total outstanding
shares of common stock.
In addition, for a period of nine months following the
completion of the sale of Series A preferred stock to MSD,
subject to limited exceptions, MSD will be prohibited from
offering, selling, pledging or otherwise transferring, or
hedging against, the shares of Series A preferred stock
that MSD received in the sale of Series A preferred stock
to MSD (or shares of common stock received upon the conversion
of such Series A preferred stock). After the nine-month
anniversary of the completion of the sale, MSD will be permitted
to sell 50% of its shares of Series A preferred stock (or
shares of common stock received upon the conversion of such
Series A preferred stock), with the remaining portion
available for sale following the
12-month
anniversary.
S-42
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be
approximately $ million,
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated expenses of the offering. We intend to use the net
proceeds of this offering (together with cash on hand,
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility and
proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock and
shares of Series A preferred stock) to fund the acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger, repurchase or redeem our
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and our
81/8% senior
notes due 2013 and pay related fees and expenses. See
Summary Tommy Hilfiger Acquisition
Sources and Uses, Description of the Tommy Hilfiger
Acquisition and Summary Tender Offers
and Consent Solicitations.
S-43
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
January 31, 2010 on an actual and pro forma basis, as
described in Summary Tommy Hilfiger
Acquisition Sources and Uses and our unaudited
pro forma consolidated financial information included in this
prospectus supplement. You should also read the financial
statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus
supplement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
481
|
|
|
$
|
342
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt: (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New senior secured credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Term loan B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
(3)
|
73/4% debentures
due 2023
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
71/4% senior
notes due 2011
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
81/8% senior
notes due 2013
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes offered hereby
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
2,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other stockholders equity (including common stock)
|
|
|
1,169
|
|
|
|
1,754
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,169
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
1,569
|
|
|
$
|
4,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As presented in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information and differs from the cash anticipated to remain on
our balance sheet after the consummation of the acquisition due
to, among other things, certain integration and transaction
expenses, differences in exchange rates and the impact of
hedging not reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial
information. |
|
(2) |
|
Excludes capital leases of approximately $22 million
assumed in connection with the acquisition (calculated at the
exchange rate of $1.3535 to one Euro). |
|
(3) |
|
Excludes any applicable original issue discount, if any. |
|
(4) |
|
As presented in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information and differs from the actual amounts incurred due to,
among other things, certain integration and transaction costs,
differences in exchange rates and the impact of hedging not
reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial information.
Includes common stock, additional capital, retained
earnings/accumulated deficit, accumulated other comprehensive
(loss)/income, less: shares of common stock held in treasury, at
cost. |
S-44
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information of PVH as at and for the fiscal year ended
January 31, 2010, gives effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
Our proposed acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, which is currently
controlled by funds affiliated with Apax, for total
consideration of 2.2 billion (approximately
$3 billion) plus the assumption of 100 million
in liabilities;
|
|
|
|
The issuance of common stock, Series A preferred stock and
debt, as well as the use of existing cash, to fund the
acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
The extinguishment of a portion of our existing debt.
|
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement
gives effect to these events as if the transaction had occurred
on February 2, 2009. The following unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet gives effect to these events as if
the transaction had occurred on January 31, 2010.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information
included herein is derived from our historical financial
statements and those of Tommy Hilfiger and is based on certain
assumptions which we believe to be reasonable, which are
described in the section entitled Notes to
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information
below. We have not performed a complete and thorough valuation
analysis necessary to determine the fair market values of all of
the Tommy Hilfiger assets to be acquired and liabilities to be
assumed, and accordingly, as described in Note 4(b) below,
the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information
includes a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to
reflect the fair value of those assets and liabilities.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information:
|
|
|
|
|
does not purport to represent what the consolidated results of
operations actually would have been if our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger had occurred on February 2, 2009 or what those
results will be for any future periods or what the consolidated
balance sheet would have been if our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger had occurred on January 31, 2010. The pro forma
adjustments are based on information current as of the time of
this filing or as otherwise indicated; and
|
|
|
|
has not been adjusted to reflect any matters not directly
attributable to implementing our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger.
No adjustment, therefore, has been made for actions which may be
taken once the offer is complete, such as any of our integration
plans related to Tommy Hilfiger. As a result, the actual amounts
recorded in our future consolidated financial statements will
differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information, and the differences may be
material.
|
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has
been derived from the following sources:
|
|
|
|
|
our financial information, as prepared in accordance with GAAP,
has been extracted without adjustment from our audited
consolidated income statement for the year ended
January 31, 2010 and audited consolidated balance sheet as
at January 31, 2010 contained in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed with the SEC on March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
financial information of Tommy Hilfiger, as prepared in
accordance with IFRS, has been extracted without adjustment from
Tommy Hilfigers unaudited consolidated income statement
for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 and
unaudited consolidated balance sheet as at December 31,
2009 and translated from Euros to United States Dollars as
described below. Tommy Hilfigers year end was
March 31, 2009, which differs from our January 31,
2010 year end by more than 93 days. As such, Tommy
Hilfigers income statement was brought up to within
93 days of our most recently completed year end by adding
the unaudited consolidated interim income statement of Tommy
Hilfiger for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 to the
audited consolidated income statement of Tommy Hilfiger for the
year ended March 31, 2009 and deducting the unaudited
consolidated interim income statement of Tommy Hilfiger for the
nine months ended December 31, 2008. No unusual events
entered into the determination of the resulting unaudited
consolidated income statement for the 12 months
|
S-45
|
|
|
|
|
ended December 31, 2009 and therefore such period was
deemed to be a reasonable representation of the normal
operations of Tommy Hilfiger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited adjustments have been made to align the Tommy Hilfiger
IFRS financial information with GAAP. The basis for these
adjustments is explained in the section entitled
Notes to Unaudited Pro forma Consolidated
Financial Information.
|
|
|
|
Tommy Hilfiger translated its historical financial information
to its functional currency, the Euro, based on the requirements
of IFRS. Based on our review of Tommy Hilfigers historical
financial statements and understanding of the differences
between GAAP and IFRS, we are not aware of any further
adjustment that we would need to make to Tommy Hilfigers
historical financial statements relating to foreign currency
translation in respect of this pro forma financial presentation.
The pro forma adjustments in this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information have been translated from
Euros to United States Dollars using the applicable exchange
rates. The average exchange rate applicable during the period
presented for the unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement and the period end exchange rate for the unaudited pro
forma consolidated balance sheet are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$/1
|
|
For the year ended January 31, 2010
|
|
|
Average Spot Rate
|
|
|
|
1.3977
|
|
As at January 31, 2010
|
|
|
Period End Rate
|
|
|
|
1.4002
|
|
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information should be read in conjunction with:
|
|
|
|
|
the accompanying section Notes to Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Information;
|
|
|
|
our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended
January 31, 2010 and the notes relating thereto;
|
|
|
|
the audited special purpose consolidated financial statements of
Tommy Hilfiger for the year ended March 31, 2009 and the
notes relating thereto, contained in our Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 13, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
the unaudited special purpose consolidated interim financial
statements of Tommy Hilfiger for the nine months ended
December 31, 2009 and the notes relating thereto, contained
in our Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 13, 2010.
|
S-46
Unaudited
Pro Forma Consolidated Income Statement
For the Year Ended January 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
|
|
Tommy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PVH
|
|
Tommy
|
|
Tommy
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
(in $,
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
PVH
|
|
|
except
|
|
IFRS
|
|
IFRS
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
(in $, except
|
|
|
Shares)
|
|
(in )
|
|
(in $)
|
|
(in $)
|
|
Notes
|
|
(in $)
|
|
(in $)
|
|
Notes
|
|
Shares)
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
2,070,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,246,670
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
2,246,670
|
|
|
|
(12,088
|
)
|
|
4(l)
|
|
|
4,305,336
|
|
Royalty revenue
|
|
|
245,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,519
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
47,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293,398
|
|
Advertising and other revenue
|
|
|
82,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
2,398,731
|
|
|
|
1,641,403
|
|
|
|
2,294,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,294,189
|
|
|
|
(12,088
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
4,680,832
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,216,128
|
|
|
|
741,363
|
|
|
|
1,036,203
|
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
3(b),3(g)
|
|
|
1,037,665
|
|
|
|
45,637
|
|
|
4(k),4(l)
|
|
|
2,299,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,182,603
|
|
|
|
900,040
|
|
|
|
1,257,986
|
|
|
|
(1,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,256,524
|
|
|
|
(57,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2,381,402
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
938,791
|
|
|
|
812,192
|
|
|
|
1,135,201
|
|
|
|
(18,154
|
)
|
|
3(a),3(c),3(d),3(e)
|
|
|
1,117,047
|
|
|
|
5,480
|
|
|
4(f),4(l),4(m)
|
|
|
2,061,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before interest and taxes
|
|
|
243,812
|
|
|
|
87,848
|
|
|
|
122,785
|
|
|
|
16,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,477
|
|
|
|
(63,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
320,084
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
33,524
|
|
|
|
110,555
|
|
|
|
154,523
|
|
|
|
8,514
|
|
|
3(b),3(d),3(g)
|
|
|
163,037
|
|
|
|
(28,594
|
)
|
|
4(g)
|
|
|
167,967
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,295
|
|
|
|
8,353
|
|
|
|
11,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,675
|
|
|
|
(10,727
|
)
|
|
4(h)
|
|
|
2,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) before taxes
|
|
|
211,583
|
|
|
|
(14,354
|
)
|
|
|
(20,063
|
)
|
|
|
8,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,885
|
)
|
|
|
(45,338
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
154,360
|
|
Income tax expense/(benefit)
|
|
|
49,673
|
|
|
|
(5,597
|
)
|
|
|
(7,823
|
)
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
3(f)
|
|
|
(7,206
|
)
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
4(o)
|
|
|
42,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss)
|
|
|
161,910
|
|
|
|
(8,757
|
)
|
|
|
(12,240
|
)
|
|
|
7,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,679
|
)
|
|
|
(45,578
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
111,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per common share
|
|
|
3.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per common share
|
|
|
3.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used to calculate net income per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
51,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,215
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
52,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,317
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information.
S-47
Unaudited
Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at January 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
|
|
Tommy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy
|
|
Tommy
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
Hilfiger
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
PVH
|
|
IFRS
|
|
IFRS
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
PVH
|
|
|
(in $)
|
|
(in )
|
|
(in $)
|
|
(in $)
|
|
Notes
|
|
(in $)
|
|
(in $)
|
|
Notes
|
|
(in $)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
480,882
|
|
|
|
236,559
|
|
|
|
331,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
331,230
|
|
|
|
(470,607
|
)
|
|
4(a)i,4(b)ii,4(c),
4(d),4(e),4(i),4(j)
|
|
|
341,505
|
|
Trade receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
188,844
|
|
|
|
154,070
|
|
|
|
215,729
|
|
|
|
(65,277
|
)
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
150,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339,296
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
7,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,759
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
263,788
|
|
|
|
198,790
|
|
|
|
278,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
278,345
|
|
|
|
50,885
|
|
|
4(b)iv
|
|
|
593,018
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
41,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
|
4(i),4(j)
|
|
|
49,461
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
12,572
|
|
|
|
2,851
|
|
|
|
3,992
|
|
|
|
62,052
|
|
|
3(f),3(g)
|
|
|
66,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
994,883
|
|
|
|
592,270
|
|
|
|
829,296
|
|
|
|
(3,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
826,071
|
|
|
|
(411,299
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,409,655
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
|
|
|
167,474
|
|
|
|
161,325
|
|
|
|
225,887
|
|
|
|
13,829
|
|
|
3(d),3(g)
|
|
|
239,716
|
|
|
|
(13,671
|
)
|
|
4(q)
|
|
|
393,519
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
419,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,621
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
322,621
|
|
|
|
1,317,884
|
|
|
4(b)vi
|
|
|
2,059,684
|
|
Tradenames
|
|
|
621,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,725,046
|
|
|
4(b)iii,4(q)
|
|
|
2,346,181
|
|
Perpetual License Rights
|
|
|
86,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,000
|
|
Other Intangibles, net
|
|
|
32,056
|
|
|
|
791,322
|
|
|
|
1,108,009
|
|
|
|
(337,905
|
)
|
|
3(e),3(g)
|
|
|
770,104
|
|
|
|
(591,868
|
)
|
|
4(b)iii,4(q)
|
|
|
210,292
|
|
Other Noncurrent Assets
|
|
|
18,952
|
|
|
|
54,606
|
|
|
|
76,460
|
|
|
|
111,854
|
|
|
3(f),3(g)
|
|
|
188,314
|
|
|
|
61,844
|
|
|
4(b)ii,4(i),4(j),
|
|
|
269,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4(q)
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
2,339,679
|
|
|
|
1,599,523
|
|
|
|
2,239,652
|
|
|
|
107,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,346,826
|
|
|
|
2,087,936
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,774,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,610
|
|
|
|
49,861
|
|
|
|
4,342
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
54,203
|
|
|
|
(54,203
|
)
|
|
4(b)ii,4(q)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
108,494
|
|
|
|
257,546
|
|
|
|
360,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469,110
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
215,413
|
|
|
|
50,591
|
|
|
|
70,838
|
|
|
|
(65,258
|
)
|
|
3(f),3(g)
|
|
|
5,580
|
|
|
|
(12,398
|
)
|
|
4(o)
|
|
|
208,595
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
38,974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,974
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,819
|
|
|
|
5,347
|
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
5,756
|
|
|
|
7,829
|
|
|
4(q)
|
|
|
13,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
362,881
|
|
|
|
347,566
|
|
|
|
486,662
|
|
|
|
(60,507
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
426,155
|
|
|
|
(58,772
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
730,264
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
399,584
|
|
|
|
514,241
|
|
|
|
720,040
|
|
|
|
18,329
|
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
738,369
|
|
|
|
1,463,756
|
|
|
4(b)ii,4(c),4(q)
|
|
|
2,601,709
|
|
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
|
|
|
408,661
|
|
|
|
209,004
|
|
|
|
292,648
|
|
|
|
124,438
|
|
|
3(a),3(c),3(g)
|
|
|
417,086
|
|
|
|
662,540
|
|
|
4(b)v,4(q)
|
|
|
1,488,287
|
|
Subordinated Shareholder Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516,890
|
|
|
|
723,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
723,749
|
|
|
|
(723,749
|
)
|
|
4(b)ii
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series A, par value $100 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
4(d)
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
57,139
|
|
|
|
50,574
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
|
|
(63,813
|
)
|
|
3(g)
|
|
|
7,001
|
|
|
|
5,575
|
|
|
4(a)ii,4(e),4(n)
|
|
|
69,715
|
|
Additional capital
|
|
|
596,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
3(c),3(g)
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
|
551,259
|
|
|
4(a)ii,4(e),4(i),4(n)
|
|
|
1,189,799
|
|
Retained earnings/ (Accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
796,282
|
|
|
|
(40,860
|
)
|
|
|
(57,212
|
)
|
|
|
44,547
|
|
|
3(a),3(b),3(c),
3(d),3(e)
|
|
|
(12,665
|
)
|
|
|
(7,738
|
)
|
|
4(i),4(j),4(n)
|
|
|
775,879
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income
|
|
|
(80,448
|
)
|
|
|
2,108
|
|
|
|
2,951
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
|
3(a),3(b),3(c),3(e)
|
|
|
4,935
|
|
|
|
(4,935
|
)
|
|
4(n)
|
|
|
(80,448
|
)
|
Less: shares of common stock held in treasury, at cost
|
|
|
(200,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(200,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
1,168,553
|
|
|
|
11,822
|
|
|
|
16,553
|
|
|
|
24,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,467
|
|
|
|
744,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,954,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
2,339,679
|
|
|
|
1,599,523
|
|
|
|
2,239,652
|
|
|
|
107,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,346,826
|
|
|
|
2,087,936
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,774,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information.
S-48
Notes to
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information
(In thousands, except per share amounts and as
indicated)
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has
been derived from financial statements prepared in accordance
with GAAP and IFRS and reflects our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger. The IFRS financial information has been adjusted to
align with GAAP and, as such, the resulting unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information is presented in accordance
with GAAP.
Our underlying financial information has been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements contained in our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010. The underlying
financial information for Tommy Hilfiger has been derived from
the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Tommy
Hilfiger for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009
prepared in accordance with IFRS.
The combination with Tommy Hilfiger has been treated as an
acquisition of a business, with us as the acquirer and Tommy
Hilfiger as the acquiree, assuming that the offer had been
completed on February 2, 2009 for the unaudited pro forma
consolidated income statement and on January 31, 2010 for
the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet.
This unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is
not intended to reflect the financial position and results of
operations which would have actually resulted had our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger been effected on the dates
indicated. Further, the unaudited pro forma results of
operations are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations that may be achieved in the future. No account has
been taken of the impact of transactions that have occurred or
might occur subsequent to January 31, 2010 for us or
subsequent to December 31, 2009 for Tommy Hilfiger. No
adjustment, therefore, has been made for actions which may be
taken once our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger is complete, such
as any integration plans related to Tommy Hilfiger.
|
|
2.
|
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has
been compiled in a manner consistent with the accounting
policies adopted by us. These accounting policies differ in a
number of significant respects from those of Tommy Hilfiger. The
adjustments made to align Tommy Hilfigers IFRS financial
information with GAAP are described in Note 3. Additional
reclassifications made to align Tommy Hilfigers GAAP
financial information with our GAAP accounting policies are
described in Note 4(q).
The Tommy Hilfiger balances have been translated from Euros to
United States Dollars using the average exchange rate
applicable during the period presented for the unaudited pro
forma consolidated income statement and the period end exchange
rate for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet.
|
|
3.
|
PRO FORMA
GAAP ADJUSTMENTS
|
The financial information of Tommy Hilfiger has been prepared
and presented in accordance with IFRS. Certain differences exist
between IFRS and GAAP, and these differences may be material.
The principal relevant differences between GAAP and IFRS that we
believe would be material in the preparation of Tommy
Hilfigers financial statements have been adjusted for, as
described below. While we cannot be sure that these are the only
necessary adjustments to align IFRS to GAAP, we believe that
these adjustments represent the most significant differences
between IFRS and GAAP affecting the financial statements of
Tommy Hilfiger. The following summary does not include all
differences that exist between IFRS and GAAP and is not intended
to provide a comprehensive listing of all such differences
specifically related to us, Tommy Hilfiger or the industry in
which we and Tommy Hilfiger operate.
The differences described below reflect only those differences
in accounting policies in effect at the time of the preparation
of the historical financial information of Tommy Hilfiger. There
has been no attempt to identify future differences between IFRS
and GAAP as the result of changes in accounting standards,
transactions or events that may occur in the future. The
organizations that promulgate IFRS and GAAP have significant
projects ongoing that could have a significant impact on future
comparisons between IFRS and
S-49
GAAP. Future developments or changes in either IFRS or GAAP may
give rise to additional or fewer differences between IFRS and
GAAP which could have a significant impact on us or the combined
company.
The following adjustments have been made to align the Tommy
Hilfiger IFRS financial information with GAAP. The estimated tax
impacts of each of these GAAP adjustments are included in the
total of tax adjustments explained in Note 3(f) below.
|
|
(a)
|
Onerous
Lease Contract
|
Under IFRS, an onerous contract is defined as a contract in
which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the
contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received
under it. When a contract becomes onerous, a liability is
recognized regardless of whether the entity has ceased using the
rights under the contract. Under GAAP, a liability for costs
that will continue to be incurred under a contract for its
remaining term without economic benefit to the entity should
only be recorded when the entity has ceased using the rights
under the contract.
Selling, general and administrative expenses was reduced by
$10,713 to reverse expense recorded under IFRS related to leases
under which Tommy Hilfiger had not ceased using the rights
provided by the contracts. On the unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet, a reduction in other noncurrent
liabilities of $10,567 was made to reverse the liability
previously recorded and retained earnings was increased $6,514,
net of tax. Accumulated other comprehensive income was decreased
$99, net of tax, to reflect the impact on currency translation.
Under IFRS, hedge accounting is applied whereby unrealized
losses on certain of Tommy Hilfigers derivative
instruments were recognized in other comprehensive income. Under
GAAP, these derivative instruments do not meet the different
criteria for hedge accounting. As such, the unrealized losses
must be recorded in the unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement.
Additional interest expense of $7,742 and additional cost of
goods sold of $2,706 was reflected related to interest rate
swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts, respectively,
which did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting under GAAP.
The hedge reserve included in accumulated other comprehensive
income was increased $7,174, net of tax, with a corresponding
decrease of $7,174, net of tax, to retained earnings. The
balance sheet adjustments are inclusive of the cumulative effect
of adjustments related to prior periods.
|
|
(c)
|
Share-based
and Incentive Compensation
|
Vesting of certain of Tommy Hilfigers share-based and
incentive compensation programs is contingent upon an initial
public offering (an IPO) or change of control. Under
IFRS, if the length of the vesting period varies depending on
when a performance condition is satisfied, an estimate must be
made on the basis of the most likely outcome. As such, expense
is recognized during the period leading up to the estimated date
of an IPO or change of control. Under GAAP, a compensatory award
subject to a performance condition is accounted for when the
achievement of such performance condition is probable. Because
these performance conditions are outside of our control, they
would not be probable until they occur. Thus, under GAAP,
expense would not be recognized as of December 31, 2009.
Selling, general and administrative expenses was reduced by
$4,805 to reverse current year expense recorded under IFRS
related to share-based and incentive compensation programs for
which vesting is contingent upon an IPO or change of control. On
the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet, other
noncurrent liabilities was reduced by $26,674 (for the cash
settled portion of the award); additional capital was reduced by
$21,617 (for the equity portion of the award); retained earnings
was increased by $46,133, net of tax; and accumulated other
comprehensive income was reduced by $5,281, net of tax. The
balance sheet adjustments are inclusive of the cumulative effect
of adjustments related to prior periods.
S-50
|
|
(d)
|
Interest
Capitalization
|
Prior to adoption as of January 1, 2009 of International
Accounting Standard No. 23 (Revised), which requires the
capitalization of interest on qualifying assets, Tommy Hilfiger
expensed interest related to the construction of qualifying
assets. Under GAAP, interest is required to be capitalized on
capital construction projects and depreciated over the life of
the asset.
Property, plant and equipment, net was increased $839 to reflect
this difference. This balance sheet adjustment is inclusive of
the cumulative effect of adjustments related to prior periods.
Interest expense was reduced by $472 to reverse the interest
expense related to construction projects that had already been
started before January 1, 2009.
Subsequently, in December 2009, the qualifying asset was
impaired under IFRS. Under GAAP, the capitalized borrowing costs
should also be impaired. To reflect the impairment on the
capitalized borrowing costs, selling, general and administrative
expenses was increased $681 and property, plant and equipment,
net was reduced by $681.
Retained earnings was increased by $98, net of tax, related to
these adjustments.
|
|
(e)
|
Reacquired
License Rights
|
In December 2008, Tommy Hilfiger reacquired a license to sell
handbags in the United States and paid a contractually
stipulated termination fee to the licensee. Under IFRS, this
termination fee was treated as a reacquired right. As such, the
payment was capitalized and was being amortized over the
remaining period of the original license agreement. Under GAAP,
for this transaction, the termination fee would be considered an
exit cost and would be expensed when incurred. As a result,
selling, general and administrative expenses was reduced by
$3,317, other intangibles, net was reduced by $1,612, retained
earnings was reduced by $1,024, net of tax, and accumulated
other comprehensive income was increased by $190, net of tax, to
reflect the impact on currency translation. The balance sheet
adjustments are inclusive of the cumulative effect of
adjustments related to prior periods.
Estimated tax impacts have been provided for the unaudited pro
forma GAAP adjustments. Other current assets was reduced by
$10,038, other noncurrent assets was reduced by $694 and accrued
expenses was increased $141 to record the net tax impacts of the
differences described above. In the unaudited pro forma
consolidated income statement, income tax expense was increased
by $617.
Also, under IFRS, deferred taxes are classified as noncurrent on
the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and presented
as an asset or a liability on a net basis by tax jurisdiction.
Under GAAP, deferred taxes are classified between current and
noncurrent, depending on the balance sheet items which they
relate to, disclosed separately and presented on a net basis by
tax jurisdiction. The reclassifications to reflect this
difference are included in Note 3(g).
Certain amounts were reclassified in the financial statements of
Tommy Hilfiger so their presentation would be consistent with
GAAP.
For the unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement, the
detail of total revenue of $2,294,189 was reclassified as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,246,670
|
|
Royalty revenue
|
|
|
47,519
|
|
S-51
An additional income statement reclassification was made to
present the realized and unrealized gains and losses related to
certain of Tommy Hilfigers derivative instruments in the
same income statement line item:
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(1,244
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,244
|
|
Certain balance sheet reclassifications were made in order to
present certain of Tommy Hilfigers IFRS balances
consistent with their presentation under GAAP.
Under IFRS, Tommy Hilfiger presents chargeback and markdown
reserves as a current liability. GAAP requires that chargeback
and markdown reserves be presented as a contra receivable. The
following balance sheet reclassification was made to reflect the
presentation under GAAP:
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
(65,277
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(65,277
|
)
|
Additional balance sheet reclassifications were made related to
the presentation of capitalized salaries, debt issuance costs,
goodwill, subleases, deferred taxes and additional capital. The
adjustments by balance sheet line item are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
$
|
72,090
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
13,671
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
322,621
|
|
Other intangibles, net
|
|
|
(336,293
|
)
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
112,548
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
4,342
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
409
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
18,329
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
161,679
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
(63,813
|
)
|
Additional capital
|
|
|
63,813
|
|
|
|
4.
|
PRO FORMA
TRANSACTION ADJUSTMENTS
|
The following adjustments have been made to reflect (i) our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger; (ii) the issuance of common
stock, Series A preferred stock and debt, as well as the
use of existing cash, to fund the acquisition; and
(iii) the extinguishment of a portion of our existing debt.
The estimated tax impact of each of these pro forma adjustments,
excluding the fair value adjustment to deferred taxes in
Note 4(b)v below, is included in the total of tax
adjustments explained in Note 4(o) below.
|
|
(a)
|
Estimated
Purchase Consideration
|
We will acquire Tommy Hilfiger, pursuant to the offer for total
cash and stock consideration of $3,058,136. The estimated
purchase consideration was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash consideration
|
|
$
|
2,704,874
|
(i)
|
Total value of stock consideration
|
|
$
|
353,262
|
(ii)
|
Our share price
|
|
$
|
43.74
|
(ii)
|
Our total shares to be issued, par value $1 per share
|
|
|
8,076
|
(ii)
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
3,058,136
|
(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-52
|
|
|
(i) |
|
For purposes of preparing this unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial information, we have assumed that funding will come
from the net proceeds from the issuance of common stock,
Series A preferred stock and debt, as well as the use of
existing cash. The cash portion of the estimated purchase
consideration, payable in Euros, which includes a
1,924,000 component plus the assumption of 100,000
in liabilities, was translated based on an exchange rate of
1 : $1.3364 on April 8, 2010. We have entered into a
forward foreign exchange contract with respect to
1,300,000 of the purchase price to hedge against exposure
to changes in the exchange rate for the Euro. Our obligations
under this contract are contingent upon the consummation of our
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger. |
|
(ii) |
|
The value of the stock portion of the estimated purchase
consideration is $353,262, which excludes the value of the
restricted stock component as discussed in Note 4(m) below.
The value of the stock portion of the estimated purchase
consideration was translated based on an exchange rate of
1 : $1.3364 on April 8, 2010. The number of shares of
our common stock to be issued is obtained by dividing the value
of the ordinary share portion of the estimated purchase
consideration by the stock value and rounding to the nearest
whole number. The stock value is an amount equal to the lower of
(1) $43.74 per share or (2) the minimum stock value,
calculated as the greater of the average of the per share daily
closing prices of a share of our common stock on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) for 20 consecutive trading
days ending on and including the second trading day prior to the
closing date or $39.37 per share, whichever is higher. For
purposes of this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information, we calculated the minimum stock value to be $55.77
per share based on the average of the per share daily closing
prices of a share of our common stock on the NYSE for 20
consecutive trading days ending on April 8, 2010. As such,
the number of shares of our common stock assumed to be issued of
8,076 was calculated based on a per share price of $43.74. The
number of shares of our common stock to be issued is subject to
change due to fluctuations in exchange rates and the computed
stock value and could differ materially from the number of
shares set forth above. Based on the maximum stock value of
$43.74 per share, a 10% change in exchange rates compared to the
exchange rate of 1 : $1.3364 on April 8,
2010 would change the number of shares issued by 808. Assuming
the floor stock value of $39.37 per share and an exchange rate
of 1 : $1.3364 on April 8, 2010, the number of shares
issued would increase by 897 to 8,973 compared to the 8,076
presented in the table above. Further, assuming the floor stock
value of $39.37 per share, a 10% change in exchange rates
compared to the exchange rate of 1 : $1.3364 on
April 8, 2010 would further change the number of shares
issued of 8,973 by 897. |
|
(iii) |
|
The estimated consideration expected to be transferred reflected
in this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information
does not purport to represent what the actual consideration
transferred will be when the merger is consummated due to
exchange rate fluctuations and other factors. Further, the
number of shares issued as part of the consideration transferred
will be calculated on the closing date of the acquisition and
could differ materially from the number of shares set forth
above. |
S-53
|
|
(b)
|
Preliminary
Allocation of Purchase Consideration to Net Assets
Acquired
|
Adjustments to reflect the preliminary allocation of purchase
consideration to net assets acquired are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of net assets acquired as at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
41,467
|
(i)
|
Adjusted for:
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of cash
|
|
|
(331,230
|
)(ii)
|
Elimination of debt
|
|
|
1,471,090
|
(ii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted book value of net assets acquired
|
|
|
1,181,327
|
|
Fair value adjustments to net assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
1,155,849
|
(iii)
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
50,885
|
(iv)
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
(647,809
|
)(v)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,317,884
|
(vi)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value adjustments to net assets
|
|
|
1,876,809
|
(vii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price to be allocated
|
|
$
|
3,058,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has
been prepared using Tommy Hilfigers available financial
statements and disclosures. Therefore, except as noted below,
the carrying value of assets and liabilities in Tommy
Hilfigers financial statements are considered to be a
proxy for fair value of those assets and liabilities. In
addition, certain pro forma adjustments, such as recording fair
value of assets and liabilities and potential adjustments for
consistency of accounting policy, except for the adjustments to
reflect Tommy Hilfiger under GAAP and adjustments specifically
described below, are not reflected in this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information. |
|
(ii) |
|
The net assets of Tommy Hilfiger that we are expected to acquire
exclude cash, debt and other debt-related balances. As such,
cash and cash equivalents was reduced by $331,230, other
noncurrent assets was reduced by $22,671, current portion of
long-term debt was reduced by $46,374, long-term debt was
reduced by $723,638 and subordinated shareholder loan was
reduced by $723,749. |
|
(iii) |
|
For purposes of the pro forma analysis, the historical
intangible assets of Tommy Hilfiger have been increased
$1,155,849 to reflect our preliminary estimate of the total fair
value of intangible assets acquired of $1,903,282. Included in
this adjustment is a $1,090,687 increase to tradenames to
reflect the total fair value of tradenames of $1,725,046. Also
included in this adjustment is a $65,162 increase to other
intangibles, net, to reflect the total fair value of other
intangibles, net of $178,236. These other intangibles represent
customer relationships and order backlog. |
|
(iv) |
|
Inventory, net was increased $50,885 to reflect our preliminary
estimate of the fair value of inventory based on the net
realizable value method, less the portion of the profit
attributable to the seller. |
|
(v) |
|
Other noncurrent liabilities was increased $647,809 to reflect
our preliminary estimate of the deferred tax liability to be
recorded in connection with these fair value adjustments. |
|
(vi) |
|
Goodwill was increased $1,317,884 to reflect the total excess of
the purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets
acquired of $1,640,505. |
|
(vii) |
|
No other adjustments were made to the assets and liabilities of
Tommy Hilfiger to reflect their fair values. At this time there
is insufficient information as to the specific nature, age,
condition and location of Tommy Hilfigers property, plant
and equipment to make a reasonable estimation of fair value or
the corresponding adjustment to depreciation and amortization.
For each $10,000 fair value adjustment to property, plant and
equipment, assuming a weighted-average useful life of
10 years, depreciation expense would change by
approximately $1,000. Once we have complete information as to
the specifics of Tommy Hilfigers assets, the estimated
values assigned to the assets and/or the associated estimated
weighted-average useful life of the assets will likely be
different than that reflected in this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information and the differences could be
material. |
S-54
|
|
|
|
|
Following completion of the offer, we anticipate that the
purchase price allocation may differ materially from the
preliminary assessment outlined above. Any change to the initial
estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities will
be recorded as an increase or decrease to goodwill. |
We intend to finance our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, in part,
with the issuance of long-term debt. We currently estimate that
we will borrow approximately $500,000 in aggregate principal
amount under a senior secured term loan A facility (Term
Loan A), a portion of which will be denominated in United
States dollars and a portion of which will be denominated
in Euros; and approximately $1,500,000 in aggregate principal
amount under a senior secured term loan B facility (Term
Loan B), a portion of which will be denominated in United
States Dollars and a portion of which will be denominated
in Euros, and which debt will be issued with an original issue
discount. In addition, we estimate that we will issue
approximately $525,000 of senior unsecured notes with an
original issue discount, 100% in United States Dollars.
Further, we have commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash
any of the (i) $150,000 outstanding principal amount of our
existing
71/4% Senior
Notes due 2011 and (ii) $150,000 outstanding principal
amount of our existing
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013. We intend to redeem or repurchase any such notes
that remain outstanding following the completion of the tender
offer.
We have outstanding $100,000 of
73/4% debentures
due 2023, which we are not refinancing at this time. The
following table reconciles the unaudited pro forma consolidated
balance sheet impact of these transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed carrying amount of debt issued:
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan A, Term Loan B and senior unsecured notes
|
|
$
|
2,502,125
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount of debt extinguished:
|
|
|
|
|
71/4% Senior
Notes due 2011
|
|
|
(150,000
|
)
|
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013
|
|
|
(150,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment to long-term debt
|
|
$
|
2,202,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The debt structure and interest rates used for purposes of
preparing the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information may be considerably different than the actual
amounts we incurred based on market conditions at the time of
the debt financing and other factors.
We have agreed to sell to LNK and MSD, concurrent with the
consummation of our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, a total of
$200,000 of Series A preferred stock, convertible into our
common stock at $47.74 per share ($100,000 of Series A
preferred stock to each of LNK and MSD, respectively). The
conversion price of $47.74 was determined by the closing price
of our common stock prior to the announcement of our acquisition
of Tommy Hilfiger. An adjustment was made to increase
Series A preferred stock by $200,000 to reflect this
transaction.
In addition to the issuance of debt and Series A preferred
stock described above, we currently intend to finance the
acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, in part, with a public offering
of approximately $275,000 of common stock, par value $1 per
share. We currently estimate that we will issue
4,500 shares of our common stock as a result of this
offering, based on the closing price of $61.31 per share of our
common stock on April 8, 2010. The number of shares of our
common stock to be issued is subject to change due to
fluctuations in our share price and could differ materially from
this estimate. Common stock was increased $4,500 and additional
capital was increased $271,395 to reflect this offering.
S-55
An adjustment was made to increase selling, general and
administrative expenses to reflect estimated amortization of
$36,224. This adjustment was based on the assumption that
$178,236 of the recorded intangible assets related to Tommy
Hilfiger would be definite lived, including $152,140 related to
customer relationships and $26,096 related to order backlog. The
estimated useful life of these intangible assets is
approximately 15 years for customer relationships and one
year for order backlog. In addition, an adjustment was made to
decrease selling, general and administrative expenses to
eliminate historical Tommy Hilfiger intangible asset
amortization expense of $13,231.
As discussed in Note 4(c) above, we currently estimate that
we will borrow approximately $500,000 under Term Loan A, a
portion of which will be denominated in United
States Dollars and a portion of which will be denominated
in Euros; and approximately $1,500,000 under Term Loan B, a
portion of which will be denominated in United
States Dollars and a portion of which will be denominated
in Euros, and which debt will be issued with an original issue
discount. In addition, we estimate that we will issue
approximately $525,000 of senior unsecured notes with an
original issue discount, 100% in United States Dollars.
The applicable interest rates for the United States Dollar
portion and the Euro portion of each of Term Loan A and
Term Loan B are expected to be computed differently. For
the United States Dollar portion, interest will be variable
and indexed to LIBOR or an adjusted base rate, at the option of
the borrower. For the Euro portion, interest will be variable
and indexed to EURIBOR. For both portions, the rate will be
subject to a floor. For purposes of this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information, the floor has been used as
the assumed interest rate. The assumed value of the Euro portion
of each of Term Loan A and Term Loan B was translated based on
an exchange rate of 1 : $1.3364 on April 8, 2010. We
may decide to enter into interest rate swap agreements to swap
the variable interest rates for fixed interest rates and hedge
against exposure to changes in LIBOR and EURIBOR. The interest
rates assumed on the long-term debt do not contemplate any
interest rate swap agreements that we may decide to enter into
in the future. For purposes of this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information, an assumed weighted average
interest rate of approximately 5.8% was used to reflect pro
forma interest expense for Term Loan A, Term Loan B and the
senior unsecured notes.
Pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect the interest
expense related to the new debt issued based on the assumptions
described above, the reduction in interest expense associated
with the debt extinguished and the elimination of Tommy
Hilfigers interest expense. We have outstanding $100,000
of
73/4% debentures
due 2023, which we are not refinancing at this time; therefore,
this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does
not reflect any adjustment to interest expense related to these
debentures.
The net adjustment was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on debt issued:
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan A, Term Loan B and senior unsecured notes
|
|
$
|
146,616
|
|
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs
|
|
|
10,043
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on debt extinguished:
|
|
|
|
|
71/4% Senior
Notes due 2011
|
|
|
(10,875
|
)
|
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013
|
|
|
(12,188
|
)
|
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs (extinguished
debt)
|
|
|
(1,621
|
)
|
Interest expense on historical Tommy Hilfiger debt
|
|
|
(155,097
|
)
|
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs (Tommy
Hilfigers historical debt)
|
|
|
(5,472
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment to interest expense
|
|
$
|
(28,594
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-56
The debt structure and interest rates used for purposes of
preparing the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information may be considerably different than the actual
amounts we incur based on a number of factors, including market
conditions at the time of the debt financing, changes in the
split of issuances between the United States Dollar and the
Euro from that contemplated in this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information, exchange rate fluctuations,
and other factors. A 0.125% change in the interest rates on
these debt issuances would change the estimated annual interest
expense by approximately $3,182.
An adjustment of $10,727 was made to reduce pro forma interest
income. This reduction reflects an adjustment of $630 based on
an estimate of the forgone interest income on the cash utilized
to partially fund the acquisition and an adjustment of $10,097
to eliminate historical Tommy Hilfiger interest income.
We have estimated that total transaction costs will be $110,498
inclusive of acquisition-related costs, debt issuance costs and
equity issuance costs. The actual transaction costs incurred
could differ materially from this estimate. A reasonable
allocation of fees paid to investment bankers, lawyers, and
accountants that are also involved with completing the
acquisition has been made to debt issuance and equity issuance
based on consultation with these professionals. Based on this
allocation and information specific to each aspect of the
transaction, the following adjustments to the unaudited pro
forma consolidated financial information have been made:
Acquisition-related costs
$27,366 of the total transaction costs has been allocated
to completing the acquisition. Because we are required to
expense these costs as they are incurred, they have been charged
to retained earnings as of January 31, 2010, net of an
estimated tax benefit of $10,344. No adjustment has been made to
the unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement for these
costs as they are non-recurring.
Debt issuance costs
$60,006 of the total transaction costs has been allocated
to debt issuance. This amount includes upfront and arranger fees
which are based on a percentage of debt issued, subject to
certain other terms, which may ultimately be different than the
amount assumed for purposes of this unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information due to differences in the
amount of the debt ultimately issued and certain other factors.
These differences could be material. The costs allocated to debt
issuance have been capitalized and reflected in the unaudited
pro forma consolidated balance sheet as an increase in prepaid
expenses of $10,043 and an increase in other noncurrent assets
of $49,963. On the unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement, these costs are amortized to expense over the life of
the debt instruments under the effective interest method. The
adjustment to the unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement for these costs is reflected in Note 4(g).
Equity issuance costs
$23,126 of the total transaction costs has been allocated
to equity issuance. The cost of registering and issuing equity
instruments to effect a business combination is accounted for as
a reduction of the otherwise determined fair value of the equity
instruments issued. As such, an adjustment to decrease
additional capital of $23,126 was reflected in the unaudited pro
forma consolidated balance sheet.
|
|
(j)
|
Debt
Extinguishment Costs
|
Debt extinguishment costs related to the early extinguishment of
the
71/4% Senior
Notes due 2011 and
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013 are estimated to be $5,435, inclusive of a $2,025
prepayment premium on the
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013 and the write-off of previously capitalized debt
issuance costs of $3,410. The write-off of previously
capitalized debt issuance costs has been reflected as a decrease
in prepaid expenses of
S-57
$1,620 and a decrease in other noncurrent assets of $1,790.
Because we are required to expense these costs as they are
incurred, they have been charged to retained earnings, net of an
estimated tax benefit of $2,054. No adjustment has been made to
the unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement for these
costs as they are non-recurring.
As discussed in the fair value adjustments described in
Note 4(b)iv, inventory was increased to reflect our
preliminary estimate of the fair value of inventory based on the
net realizable value method, less the portion of the profit
attributable to the seller. As such, we have increased cost of
goods sold $50,794 to reflect the increased valuation of Tommy
Hilfigers inventory as the acquired inventory is sold,
which for purposes of this unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial information is assumed to occur within the first year
post-acquisition.
|
|
(l)
|
Elimination
of Results of Operations for Karl Lagerfeld
Business
|
The unaudited financial statements of Tommy Hilfiger as at and
for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 include the
results of operations for the Karl Lagerfeld business which we
are not acquiring. As such, we have made the following
adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated income
statement to eliminate the results of operations of the Karl
Lagerfeld business:
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
(12,088
|
)
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(25,306
|
)
|
No adjustment has been made to the unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet as the net assets associated with the
Karl Lagerfeld business were deemed immaterial for purposes of
preparing the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information.
|
|
(m)
|
Management
Retention for Key Employees
|
In connection with our acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger, certain
Tommy Hilfiger employees have been provided replacement
compensation in consideration of certain share-based
compensation previously awarded to them by Tommy Hilfiger that
vested upon an IPO or change of control. Such replacement
compensation consists of a cash component, a vested stock
component and a restricted stock component. The cash and vested
stock components are included in the respective components of
the estimated purchase consideration set forth in Note 4(a)
above, as these components represent the portion of the
replacement compensation that is attributable to pre-acquisition
service. As the restricted stock component vests over two years,
no adjustment has been made to the unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet for this component. One-half of the
estimated fair value of the restricted stock component, or
$7,793, has been reflected as an increase in selling, general
and administrative expenses in the unaudited pro forma
consolidated income statement.
|
|
(n)
|
Elimination
of Tommy Hilfigers Stockholders Equity
|
An adjustment to eliminate Tommy Hilfigers common stock of
$7,001, additional capital of $42,196, retained earnings of
($12,665) and accumulated other comprehensive income of $4,935
was reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance
sheet as at January 31, 2010.
The estimated tax impacts of the adjustments described in this
Note 4 have been calculated with reference to the statutory
rates in effect for the period presented. The tax rate used to
determine the pro forma effect of adjustments to our
pre-acquisition income tax expense and taxes payable is based on
our pre-discrete blended tax rate in effect for the period
presented based on the tax jurisdictions in which we operate.
The tax rate used to determine the pro forma effect of
adjustments to Tommy Hilfigers pre-acquisition income tax
expense and taxes payable is based on Tommy Hilfigers
blended tax rate in effect for the period presented
S-58
based on the tax jurisdictions in which Tommy Hilfiger operates.
A blended tax rate of 33.5% has been used for the combined
company post-acquisition. This rate was calculated based on a
weighted-average of our and Tommy Hilfigers pre-discrete
blended tax rates for the period. The effective tax rate of the
combined company could be materially different than the rate
assumed for purposes of preparing the unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information for a variety of factors,
including post-acquisition activities. Accrued expenses was
decreased by $12,398 and income tax expense was increased by
$240 for the net impacts of the adjustments described in this
Note 4.
|
|
(p)
|
Net
Income per Common Share
|
Our calculation of pro forma net income per common share for the
year ended January 31, 2010 includes the impact of items
discussed in this Note 4, including the pro forma impact on
assumed preferred stock and common stock dividends and the
estimated weighted average number of common shares outstanding
on a pro forma basis. The pro forma weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the year ended January 31,
2010 has been calculated as if the shares issued in connection
with the acquisition had been issued and outstanding as of
February 2, 2009.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic pro
forma net income per common share and diluted pro forma net
income per common share for the year ended January 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
111,653
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income allocated to participating securities
|
|
|
6,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income available to common stockholders for basic
pro forma net income per common share
|
|
|
104,815
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income allocated to participating securities
|
|
|
6,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income available to common stockholders for
diluted pro forma net income per common share
|
|
$
|
111,653
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic pro forma
net income per common share
|
|
|
64,215
|
|
Pro forma impact of dilutive securities
|
|
|
913
|
|
Pro forma impact of assumed participating convertible preferred
stock conversion
|
|
|
4,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shares for diluted pro forma net income per common share
|
|
|
69,317
|
|
Basic pro forma net income per common share
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
Diluted pro forma net income per common share
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
In addition to the reclassifications set forth in Note 3(g)
above to present the financial statements of Tommy Hilfiger in
accordance with GAAP, certain balances were reclassified from
the financial statements of Tommy Hilfiger so their presentation
would be consistent with our GAAP accounting policies.
S-59
The following reclassifications were made to the unaudited pro
forma consolidated balance sheet as at January 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
(13,671
|
)
|
Tradenames
|
|
|
634,359
|
|
Other intangibles, net
|
|
|
(657,030
|
)
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
36,342
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(7,829
|
)
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
7,829
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(14,731
|
)
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
14,731
|
|
S-60
OUR
BUSINESS
Overview
We are one of the largest apparel companies in the world, with a
heritage dating back over 125 years. Our portfolio of
brands includes our owned brands, principally Calvin Klein
Collection, ck Calvin Klein, Calvin Klein,
Van Heusen, IZOD, ARROW, G.H.
Bass & Co., Bass and Eagle, and our
licensed brands, principally Geoffrey Beene,
CHAPS, Sean John, Trump, JOE Joseph
Abboud, Kenneth Cole New York, Kenneth Cole
Reaction, MICHAEL Michael Kors, Michael Kors
Collection, DKNY, Tommy Hilfiger,
Nautica, Ted Baker, Ike Behar, Hart
Schaffner Marx, J. Garcia, Claiborne,
U.S. POLO ASSN., Axcess, Jones New York
and Timberland, as well as various private label
brands. We design and market nationally recognized branded dress
shirts, neckwear, sportswear and, to a lesser extent, footwear
and other related products. Additionally, we license our owned
brands over a broad range of products. We market our brands at
multiple price points and across multiple channels of
distribution, allowing us to provide products to a broad range
of consumers, while minimizing competition among our brands and
reducing our reliance on any one demographic group, merchandise
preference or distribution channel. Our licensing activities,
principally our Calvin Klein business, diversify our business
model by providing us with a sizeable base of profitable
licensing revenues.
We believe Calvin Klein is one of the best known designer
names in the world and that the Calvin Klein
brands Calvin Klein Collection,
ck Calvin Klein and Calvin Klein
provide us with the opportunity to market products both
domestically and internationally at higher price points, in
higher-end distribution channels and to different consumer
groups than our other product offerings. Products sold under
these brands are sold primarily under licenses and other
arrangements. Although the Calvin Klein brands were well
established when we acquired Calvin Klein in February 2003,
there were numerous product categories in which no products, or
only a limited number of products, were offered. Since our
acquisition, we have used our core competencies to establish a
mens better sportswear business and an outlet retail
business. In addition, we have significantly expanded through
licensing the product offerings under the Calvin Klein
brands and the geographic areas and channels of distribution
in which products are sold. Calvin Klein designs all products
and/or
controls all design operations and product development for most
of its licensees and oversees a worldwide marketing, advertising
and promotions program for the Calvin Klein brands. We
believe that maintaining control over design and advertising
through Calvin Kleins dedicated in-house teams plays a key
role in the continued strength of the brands. Worldwide retail
sales of products sold under the Calvin Klein brands were
approximately $5.8 billion in 2009.
Our heritage business encompasses the design,
sourcing and marketing of a varied selection of branded label
dress shirts, neckwear, sportswear and footwear, as well as the
licensing of our owned brands (other than the Calvin Klein
brands), for an assortment of products. Our heritage
business also includes private label dress furnishings programs,
particularly neckwear programs. We design, source and market
substantially all of these products on a
brand-by-brand
basis, targeting distinct consumer demographics and lifestyles
in an effort to minimize competition among our brands.
Currently, we distribute our products at wholesale through more
than 16,000 doors in national and regional department, mid-tier
department, mass market, specialty and independent stores in the
United States, Canada and Europe. Our wholesale business
represents our core business and we believe that it is the basis
for our brand equity. As a complement to our wholesale business,
we also market our products directly to consumers through our
Van Heusen, IZOD, Bass and Calvin Klein
retail stores, principally located in outlet malls
throughout the United States.
We have entered into license agreements with partners across the
globe for our brands. A significant portion of our total income
before interest and taxes is derived from international sources,
primarily driven by the international component of our Calvin
Klein licensing business. We have approximately 55 license and
other agreements covering over 130 territories outside of the
United States for our Calvin Klein brands and
approximately 50 license agreements covering approximately 150
territories outside of the United States for our heritage
brands, and we intend to continue to expand our operations
globally through direct marketing by us and through partnerships
with licensees. We recently expanded our international
operations to include sales of certain of our products to
department and specialty stores throughout Canada and parts of
Europe, including
S-61
through the BVH acquisition, which provided us with a wholesale
distribution business in the United Kingdom and Ireland and a
limited number of retail stores.
We completed the Superba acquisition in January 2007. This
transaction provided us with an established neckwear business
base, which advances our historical strategy of marketing our
brands at multiple price points and across multiple channels of
distribution and is complementary to our heritage dress shirt
business. The Mulberry acquisition in April 2008 built upon this
base. The Superba and Mulberry acquisitions present us with
opportunities to grow and enhance the performance of both the
dress shirt and neckwear businesses by providing us with the
ability to produce and market all of the neckwear for our owned
brands over time and to leverage the design, merchandising and
selling capabilities of both businesses to offer our customers a
cohesive and comprehensive portfolio of branded dress shirts and
neckwear.
We announced during the fourth quarter of 2008 a series of
actions that we planned to undertake to respond to the difficult
economic conditions that existed during the second half of 2008
and were expected to (and did) continue into 2009,
including restructuring certain of our operations and
implementing a number of other cost reduction efforts. We began
implementing the restructuring initiatives during the fourth
quarter of 2008 and we completed substantially all of them by
the end of 2009. The restructuring initiatives included the
shutdown of domestic production of machine-made neckwear, a
realignment of our global sourcing organization and reductions
in warehousing capacity, all of which had headcount reductions
associated with them, as well as lease terminations for the
majority of our Calvin Klein specialty retail stores and
other initiatives to reduce corporate and administrative
expenses.
We announced on March 15, 2010 that we had entered into a
definitive agreement to acquire Tommy Hilfiger. The discussion
immediately below does not contemplate the effects of the
completion of that acquisition, except where specifically noted.
For a discussion of Tommy Hilfigers business, see
Tommy Hilfiger Business below.
Our
Business
We manage our business through our operating divisions, which
consist of five reportable segments: (i) Calvin Klein
Licensing; (ii) Wholesale Dress Furnishings;
(iii) Wholesale Sportswear and Related Products;
(iv) Retail Apparel and Related Products; and
(v) Retail Footwear and Related Products. Note 17,
Segment Data, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 8 of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010 contains information
with respect to revenue, income before interest and taxes and
assets related to each segment, as well as information regarding
our revenue generated from foreign and domestic sources.
Calvin
Klein
Our Calvin Klein business consists of (1) licensing and
similar arrangements worldwide of the Calvin Klein
Collection, ck Calvin Klein and Calvin Klein
brands for a broad array of products, including womens
sportswear, jeanswear, underwear, fragrances, eyewear,
mens tailored clothing, womens suits and dresses,
hosiery, socks, footwear, swimwear, jewelry, watches, outerwear,
handbags, leather goods, home furnishings and accessories, as
well as to operate retail stores (Calvin Klein Licensing
segment); (2) the marketing of the Calvin Klein Collection
brand high-end mens and womens apparel and
accessories collections through our Calvin Klein Collection
flagship store (Retail Apparel and Related Products
segment); (3) our Calvin Klein dress furnishings and
mens better sportswear businesses (Wholesale Dress
Furnishings and Wholesale Sportswear and Related Products
segments, respectively); (4) our Calvin Klein retail
stores located principally in premium outlet malls in the United
States (Retail Apparel and Related Products segment); and
(5) our Calvin Klein Collection wholesale business.
We acquired Calvin Klein because of the significant growth
opportunities presented by the Calvin Klein brands. In
order to more efficiently and effectively exploit the
development opportunities for each brand, a tiered brand
strategy was established to provide a focused, consistent
approach to global brand growth and development, with each of
the Calvin Klein brands occupying a distinct marketing
identity and position. An important element of this tiered brand
strategy is the preservation of the prestige and image of the
Calvin
S-62
Klein brands. To this end, we maintain a dedicated
in-house marketing, advertising and design division of Calvin
Klein that oversees a worldwide marketing, advertising and
promotions program. In 2009, over $275 million was spent
globally in connection with the advertisement, marketing and
promotion of the Calvin Klein brands and products sold by
us, Calvin Kleins licensees and other authorized users of
the Calvin Klein name. Calvin Klein designs
and/or
controls all design operations and product development for most
of its licensees.
Calvin
Klein Licensing
An important source of our revenue is Calvin Kleins
arrangements with licensees and other third parties worldwide
that manufacture and distribute globally a broad array of
products under the Calvin Klein brands. For 2009,
approximately 41% of Calvin Kleins royalty, advertising
and other revenue was generated domestically and approximately
59% was generated internationally. Calvin Klein combines its
design, marketing and imaging skills with the specific
manufacturing, distribution and geographic capabilities of its
licensing and other partners to develop, market and distribute a
variety of goods across a wide range of categories and to expand
existing lines of business. Calvin Kleins largest
licensing and other partners in terms of royalty, advertising
and other revenue earned by Calvin Klein in 2009 were Warnaco,
which accounted for approximately 43%, and Coty, Inc. and G-III
Apparel Group Ltd., which each accounted for approximately 12%.
Calvin Klein has approximately 45 wholesale product licensing
arrangements. The products offered by Calvin Kleins
licensing partners include:
|
|
|
Licensing Partner
|
|
Product Category
|
|
CK Watch and Jewelry Co., Ltd. (Swatch SA)
|
|
Mens and womens watches (worldwide) and womens
jewelry (worldwide, excluding Japan)
|
CK21 Holdings Pte, Ltd.
|
|
Mens and womens bridge apparel, shoes and
accessories (Asia, excluding Japan)
|
Coty, Inc.
|
|
Mens and womens fragrance and bath products
(worldwide)
|
DWI Holdings, Inc./Himatsingka Seide, Ltd.
|
|
Soft home bed and bath furnishings (United States, Canada,
Mexico, Central America and South America)
|
G-III Apparel Group, Ltd.
|
|
Mens and womens coats; womens better suits,
dresses and sportswear; womens active performance wear
(United States, Canada and Mexico)
|
Jimlar Corporation
|
|
Mens and womens footwear: better (United States,
Canada and Mexico); bridge (North America, Europe and Middle
East); collection (worldwide)
|
Marchon Eyewear, Inc.
|
|
Mens and womens optical frames and sunglasses
(worldwide)
|
McGregor Industries, Inc./
American Essentials, Inc.
|
|
Mens and womens socks and womens tights
(United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, Europe, Middle
East and Asia, excluding Japan)
|
Onward Kashiyama Co. Ltd.
|
|
Mens and womens bridge apparel and womens
accessories (Japan)
|
Peerless Delaware, Inc.
|
|
Mens better and bridge tailored clothing (United States,
Canada and Mexico; South America (non-exclusive))
|
Warnaco
|
|
Mens, womens and childrens jeanswear (nearly
worldwide); mens and boys underwear and sleepwear
(worldwide); womens and girls intimate apparel and
sleepwear (worldwide); womens swimwear (worldwide);
mens better swimwear (worldwide); mens and
womens bridge apparel and accessories (Europe, Africa and
Middle East)
|
S-63
Calvin Klein entered into a license agreement during 2009 for
mens and womens golf apparel and certain golf
accessories.
Warnaco is the beneficial owner of the Calvin Klein mark
for mens and boys underwear and sleepwear and
womens and girls intimate apparel and sleepwear.
However, Warnaco pays Calvin Klein an administration fee based
on Warnacos worldwide sales of such products under an
administration agreement between Calvin Klein and Warnaco.
Warnaco, as the beneficial owner of the Calvin Klein mark
for such products, controls the design and advertising related
thereto.
Heritage
Business
Our heritage business encompasses the design,
sourcing and marketing of dress shirts, neckwear, sportswear and
footwear under our portfolio of owned and licensed nationally
recognized brands. Our wholesale business represents our core
business and we believe that it is the basis for our brand
equity. Our products are distributed at wholesale in national
and regional department, mid-tier department, mass market,
specialty and independent stores in the United States. We added
neckwear to our wholesale business in January 2007 in connection
with the Superba acquisition. A few of our customers, including
Macys, JCPenney, Kohls, and Wal-Mart account for
significant portions of our revenue. Sales to our five largest
customers were 31% of our revenue in 2009, 32% of our revenue in
2008 and 30% of our revenue in 2007. Macys, our largest
customer, accounted for 12% of our revenue in 2009, 12% of our
revenue in 2008 and 10% of our revenue in 2007.
Our wholesale customers offer our dress shirts, neckwear and
sportswear, other than Calvin Klein mens better
sportswear, on the main floor of their stores. Calvin Klein
mens better sportswear is offered in the collection
area of our customers stores. In each case, we offer our
customers merchandising support with visual display fixtures and
in-store marketing, with Calvin Klein mens better
sportswear generally being offered in fixtured shops we design
and build. When a line of our products is displayed in a
stand-alone area on the main floor, or, in the case of Calvin
Klein mens better sportswear, an exclusively dedicated
collection area, we are able to further enhance brand
recognition to permit more complete merchandising of our lines
and to differentiate the presentation of our products. We
believe that the broad appeal of our products, with multiple
well-known brands offering differing styles at different price
points, together with our customer, advertising and marketing
support and our ability to offer products with innovative
qualities, enable us to expand and develop relationships with
apparel retailers.
We believe that our investments in logistics and supply chain
management allow us to respond rapidly to changes in sales
trends and consumer demands while enhancing inventory
management. We believe our customers can better manage their
inventories as a result of our continuous analysis of sales
trends, our broad array of product availability and our quick
response capabilities. Certain of our products can be ordered at
any time through our EDI replenishment systems. For customers
who reorder these products, we generally ship these products
within one to two days of order receipt. At the end of 2009 and
2008, our backlog of open customer orders totaled
$114 million and $131 million, respectively.
As a complement to our wholesale business, we also market
products directly to consumers through our Van Heusen,
IZOD, Bass and Calvin Klein retail stores,
principally located in outlet malls throughout the United
States. In addition, into the fourth quarter of 2008, we also
marketed our products directly to consumers through our
Geoffrey Beene outlet retail stores. We announced during
2008 that we would not renew our license to operate Geoffrey
Beene outlet retail stores and ceased operations of our
Geoffrey Beene outlet retail division during the fourth quarter
of 2008. We also license our owned heritage brands (Van
Heusen, IZOD, ARROW, Bass and G.H.
Bass & Co.) to third parties domestically and
internationally for an assortment of products.
Wholesale
Dress Furnishings
Our Wholesale Dress Furnishings segment principally includes the
design and marketing of mens dress shirts and neckwear.
S-64
We market both dress shirts and neckwear principally under the
ARROW, Calvin Klein, ck Calvin Klein,
Calvin Klein Collection, IZOD, Eagle,
Sean John, Trump, Kenneth Cole New York,
Kenneth Cole Reaction, JOE Joseph Abboud,
DKNY, Tommy Hilfiger, Elie Tahari, J.
Garcia and MICHAEL Michael Kors brands. We also
market dress shirts under the Van Heusen, Geoffrey
Beene and CHAPS brands and neckwear under the
Nautica, Michael Kors Collection, Jones New
York, Ike Behar, Ted Baker, Axcess,
U.S. POLO ASSN., Hart Schaffner Marx,
Bugatti, City of London, Claiborne and
Robert Graham brands.
The following provides additional information for some of the
more significant brands, as determined based on 2009 sales
volume:
The Van Heusen dress shirt has provided a strong
foundation for us for most of our history and is the best
selling dress shirt brand in the United States. The Van
Heusen dress shirt targets the updated classical consumer,
is marketed at opening to moderate price points and is
distributed principally in department stores, including Belk,
Inc., Macys and JCPenney.
ARROW is the second best selling dress shirt brand in the
United States. ARROW dress shirts and neckwear target the
updated classical consumer, are marketed at opening to moderate
price points and are distributed principally in mid-tier
department stores, including Kohls and Sears, Roebuck and
Co.
Calvin Klein dress shirts and neckwear target the modern
classical consumer, are marketed at better price points and are
distributed principally in department stores, including
Macys and Dillards, Inc. We also offer our Calvin
Klein Collection and ck Calvin Klein dress shirts to
the more limited channel of luxury department and specialty
stores and freestanding Calvin Klein Collection and ck
Calvin Klein stores.
The Geoffrey Beene dress shirt is the best selling
designer dress shirt brand in the United States. The Geoffrey
Beene dress shirt targets the more style-conscious consumer,
is marketed at moderate to upper moderate price points and is
distributed principally in department and specialty stores,
including Macys and Casual Male Retail Group, Inc. We
market Geoffrey Beene dress shirts under a license
agreement with Geoffrey Beene, Inc. that expires on
December 31, 2013.
Kenneth Cole New York and Kenneth Cole Reaction
dress shirts and neckwear target the modern consumer, are
marketed at bridge and better price points, respectively, and
are distributed principally in department stores, including
Dillards and Macys. We market both brands of
Kenneth Cole dress shirts and neckwear under a license
agreement with Kenneth Cole Productions (Lic), Inc. that expires
on December 31, 2014, which we may extend through
December 31, 2019.
The CHAPS dress shirt targets the updated traditional
consumer and is marketed at moderate price points. The CHAPS
dress shirt is distributed principally at Kohls. We
market CHAPS dress shirts under a license agreement with
PRL USA, Inc. and The Polo/Lauren Company, LP that expires on
March 31, 2014.
JOE Joseph Abboud dress shirts and neckwear target the
more youthful, classical consumer, are marketed at moderate to
better price points and are distributed principally in
department stores, including JCPenney. We market JOE Joseph
Abboud dress shirts and neckwear under a license agreement
with J.A. Apparel Corp. that expires on December 31, 2012
and which we may extend, subject to mutual consent, through
December 31, 2015.
DKNY dress shirts and neckwear target the modern
consumer, are marketed at better price points and are
distributed principally in department stores, including
Macys. We market DKNY dress shirts and neckwear
under license agreements with Donna Karan Studio, LLC that
expire on December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2010,
respectively. We may extend our dress shirt license agreement,
subject to certain conditions, through December 31, 2017.
It is currently our intention to renew the neckwear license
agreement.
IZOD dress shirts and neckwear target the modern
traditional consumer, are marketed at moderate price points and
are distributed principally in department stores, including Belk
and JCPenney.
Trump dress shirts and neckwear target the modern
classical consumer, are marketed at better price points and are
distributed principally at Macys. We market Trump
dress shirts and neckwear under a license agreement with
Trump Marks Menswear LLC that expires on December 31, 2012.
S-65
Tommy Hilfiger dress shirts and neckwear target the
classic American consumer, are marketed at better price points
and are distributed principally at Macys. We market
Tommy Hilfiger dress shirts and neckwear under license
agreements with Tommy Hilfiger Licensing, LLC that expire on
March 31, 2012. The dress shirt license agreement may be
extended for up to two additional terms ending March 31,
2015 and March 31, 2018, subject to certain conditions.
MICHAEL Michael Kors dress shirts and neckwear target the
modern consumer, are marketed at moderate to better price points
and are distributed principally in department stores, including
Macys and The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. We market MICHAEL
Michael Kors dress shirts and neckwear under a license
agreement with Michael Kors, LLC that expires on
January 31, 2013 and which we may extend, subject to mutual
consent, through January 31, 2016.
The Eagle dress shirt, a 100% cotton, no-iron shirt, and
Eagle neckwear target the updated traditional consumer,
are marketed at better price points and are distributed
principally in department stores, including Macys.
We also offer private label dress shirt and neckwear programs to
retailers. Private label offerings enable a retailer to sell its
own line of exclusive merchandise at generally higher margins.
These programs present an opportunity for us to leverage our
design, sourcing, manufacturing and logistics expertise. Our
private label customers work with our designers to develop the
styles, sizes and cuts that the customers desire to sell in
their stores under their private labels. Private label programs
offer the consumer quality product and offer the retailer the
opportunity to enjoy product exclusivity at generally higher
margins. Private label products, however, generally do not have
the same level of consumer recognition as branded products and
private label manufacturers do not generally provide retailers
with the same breadth of services and in-store sales and
promotional support as branded manufacturers. We market private
label dress shirts and neckwear to national department and mass
market stores. Our private label dress shirt program currently
consists of George for Wal-Mart and Apt. 9 for
Kohls. Our private label neckwear programs include
Murano, Daniel Cremieux and
Roundtree & Yorke for Dillards, Club
Room and Via Europe for Macys,
Croft & Barrow and Apt. 9 for
Kohls, Express for Express stores, Merona
for Target Corporation, John W. Nordstrom for Nordstrom,
Inc. and Stafford and J. Ferrar for JCPenney.
Wholesale
Sportswear and Related Products
We market our sportswear, including mens knit and woven
sport shirts, sweaters, bottoms, swimwear, boxers and outerwear,
at wholesale, principally under the IZOD, Van
Heusen, ARROW, Geoffrey Beene, Timberland
(since Fall 2008) and Calvin Klein brands. Since
Fall 2007, we also market womens sportswear, including
knit and woven sport shirts, sweaters, bottoms and outerwear
under the IZOD brand.
IZOD is the best selling branded mens knit sport
shirt in the United States. IZOD mens sportswear
consists of six related separate concepts under the classic
IZOD blue label (updated classic sportswear), IZOD
Golf (golf/resort lifestyle sportswear), IZOD XFG
(functional/performance oriented golf apparel), IZOD
red label (IZOD LX, a line of sportswear exclusive to
Macys), IZOD Jeans (denim bottoms and related tops)
and IZOD PerformX (performance-fabricated activewear)
sub-brands.
IZOD mens sportswear is targeted to the active
consumer, is marketed at moderate to upper moderate price points
and is distributed principally in department stores, including
Macys, Belk, Bon-Ton and JCPenney.
IZOD womens apparel consists of a range of
sportswear targeted to the active consumer. The brand is
marketed at moderate to upper moderate price points and is
distributed principally in department stores, including Belk,
Bon-Ton and JCPenney.
Van Heusen is the best selling branded mens woven
sport shirt in the United States. The Van Heusen
sportswear collection also includes knit sport shirts,
chinos and sweaters. Like Van Heusen dress shirts, Van
Heusen sport shirts, chinos and sweaters target the updated
classical consumer, are marketed at opening to moderate price
points and are distributed principally in department stores,
including JCPenney, Belk, Macys and Bon-Ton.
S-66
ARROW is the second best selling branded mens woven
sport shirt in the United States. ARROW sportswear
consists of mens knit and woven tops, sweaters and
bottoms. ARROW sportswear targets the updated traditional
consumer, is marketed at moderate price points and is
distributed principally in mid-tier department stores, including
Kohls and Sears.
Calvin Klein mens sportswear targets the modern
classical consumer, is marketed at better price points and is
distributed principally in better fashion department and
specialty stores, including Macys and Dillards.
Timberland mens sportswear is targeted to an active
consumer, is marketed at opening better mens collection
price points and is distributed principally in department
stores, including Macys, Belk and Bon-Ton and through The
Timberland Companys outlet retail stores. We market
Timberland mens sportswear at wholesale under a
license agreement with The Timberland Company that expires on
December 31, 2012 and which we may extend, subject to
certain conditions, through December 31, 2017.
Geoffrey Beene sportswear is distributed on a limited
basis and is positioned as an updated classic designer label for
mens woven and knit sport shirts, targeting a
style-conscious consumer. We market Geoffrey Beene
mens sportswear at wholesale under the same
license agreement as we market Geoffrey Beene dress
shirts, which expires on December 31, 2013.
Retail
We operate approximately 650 retail locations under the Van
Heusen, IZOD, Bass, Calvin Klein and
Calvin Klein Collection names. We decided in 2008 not to
renew our license to operate Geoffrey Beene outlet retail
stores and closed our Geoffrey Beene outlet retail division at
the end of 2008. (Please see Note 14, Activity Exit
Costs and Asset Impairments in the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8 of our Annual
report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010 for a further
discussion.)
We operate stores principally in outlet centers in the United
States. We also operate a full price store located in New York
City under the Calvin Klein Collection brand in which we
principally sell mens and womens high-end collection
apparel and accessories, soft home furnishings and tableware.
Additionally, we operate a limited number of retail stores
located principally in the United Kingdom that primarily market
Van Heusen brand dress furnishings. Our outlet stores
range in size from 1,000 to 14,000 square feet, with an
average of approximately 5,000 square feet. We believe our
retail stores are an important complement to our wholesale
operations because we believe that the stores further enhance
consumer awareness of our brands by offering products that are
not available in our wholesale lines, while also providing a
means for managing excess inventory.
Retail Apparel and Related Products
Our Van Heusen stores are located principally in outlet
centers and offer mens dress shirts, neckwear and
underwear, mens and womens suit separates,
mens and womens sportswear, including woven and knit
shirts, sweaters, bottoms and outerwear, and mens and
womens accessories. These stores are targeted to the
value-conscious consumer who looks for classically styled,
moderately priced apparel.
Our IZOD stores are located principally in outlet centers
and offer mens and womens active-inspired
sportswear, including woven and knit shirts, sweaters, bottoms
and activewear and mens fragrance. These stores focus on
golf, travel and resort clothing.
Our Calvin Klein stores are located principally in
premium outlet centers and offer mens and womens
apparel and other Calvin Klein products to communicate
the Calvin Klein lifestyle. We also operate one Calvin
Klein Collection store, located on Madison Avenue in New
York City that offers Calvin Klein Collection mens
and womens high-end collection apparel and accessories and
other products under the Calvin Klein brands.
Retail Footwear and Related Products
Our Bass stores offer casual and dress shoes for men,
women and children. Most of our Bass stores also carry
apparel for men and women, including tops, neckwear, bottoms and
outerwear, as well as accessories such as handbags, wallets,
belts and travel gear.
S-67
Licensing
In addition to our Calvin Klein licensing business, we license
our heritage brands globally for a broad range of products
through approximately 40 domestic and 50 international license
agreements covering approximately 150 territories combined.
We grant licensing partners the right to manufacture and sell at
wholesale specified products under one or more of our brands. In
addition, certain foreign licensees are granted the right to
open retail stores under the licensed brand name. A substantial
portion of the sales by our domestic licensing partners is made
to our largest wholesale customers. We provide support to our
licensing partners and seek to preserve the integrity of our
brand names by taking an active role in the design, quality
control, advertising, marketing and distribution of each
licensed product, most of which are subject to our prior
approval and continuing oversight.
We license our Van Heusen, IZOD, ARROW,
Bass and G.H. Bass & Co. brand names for
various products worldwide. We also sublicense the Geoffrey
Beene brand name for certain products.
The products offered by our licensing partners under these
brands include:
|
|
|
Licensing Partner
|
|
Product Category
|
|
Arvind Mills, Ltd.
|
|
ARROW mens and womens dresswear, sportswear
and accessories (India, Middle East, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh,
Maldives and Nepal); IZOD mens sportswear and
accessories (India)
|
Clearvision Optical Company, Inc.
|
|
IZOD mens and childrens optical eyewear and
related accessories (United States)
|
E.C.C.E.
|
|
ARROW mens and womens dresswear, sportswear
and accessories (France, Switzerland, Andorra and Morocco)
|
Fishman & Tobin, Inc.
|
|
Van Heusen and ARROW boys dresswear and
sportswear; IZOD boys sportswear; IZOD and
ARROW boys and girls school uniforms;
ARROW mens tailored clothing; IZOD
boys tailored clothing (United States)
|
Gazal Apparel Pty Limited
|
|
Van Heusen mens dresswear and accessories
(Australia and New Zealand)
|
Gemini Cosmetics, Inc.
|
|
IZOD mens fragrances (United States)
|
Harbor Wholesale, Ltd.
|
|
Bass and G.H. Bass & Co. wholesale footwear
(worldwide)
|
Industrias Jatu S.A.
|
|
ARROW mens dresswear and sportswear (Venezuela)
|
Knothe Corp.
|
|
IZOD mens and boys sleepwear and loungewear
(United States)
|
Manufacturas Interamericana S.A.
|
|
ARROW mens and womens dresswear, sportswear
and accessories (Chile and Uruguay)
|
Peerless Delaware, Inc.
|
|
Van Heusen and IZOD mens tailored clothing
(United States and Mexico)
|
Humphreys Accessories LLC/Randa Corp. d/b/a Randa
Accessories
|
|
ARROW mens and boys small leather goods,
belts and accessories (United States and Canada); Van Heusen
mens and boys neckwear (United States)
|
Thanulux Public Company, Ltd.
|
|
ARROW mens dresswear, sportswear and accessories;
ARROW womens dresswear and sportswear (Thailand and
Vietnam)
|
S-68
|
|
|
Licensing Partner
|
|
Product Category
|
|
Wear Me Apparel Corp. d/b/a Kids Headquarters
|
|
IZOD childrenswear (United States)
|
WestPoint Home, Inc.
|
|
IZOD home products (United States)
|
Design
Our businesses depend on our ability to stimulate and respond to
consumer tastes and demands, as well as on our ability to remain
competitive in the areas of quality and price.
A significant factor in the continued strength of our brands is
our in-house design teams. We form separate teams of designers
and merchandisers for each of our brands, creating a structure
that focuses on the special qualities and identity of each
brand. These designers and merchandisers consider consumer taste
and lifestyle and trends when creating a brand or product plan
for a particular season. The process from initial design to
finished product varies greatly, but generally spans six to ten
months prior to each selling season. Our product lines are
developed primarily for two major selling seasons, Spring and
Fall. However, certain of our product lines offer more frequent
introductions of new merchandise.
Calvin Klein has developed a cohesive team of senior design
directors who share a vision for the Calvin Klein brands
and who each lead a separate design team. These teams control
all design operations and product development for most licensees
and other strategic alliances.
Advertising
and Promotion
We market substantially all of our products on a
brand-by-brand
basis targeting distinct consumer demographics and lifestyles.
Our marketing programs are an integral feature of our product
offerings. Advertisements generally portray a lifestyle rather
than a specific item. We intend for each of our brands to be a
leader in its respective market segment, with strong consumer
awareness and consumer loyalty. We believe that our brands are
successful in their respective segments because we have
strategically positioned each brand to target a distinct
consumer demographic. We will continue to design and market our
products to complement each other, satisfy lifestyle needs,
emphasize product features important to our target consumers and
produce consumer loyalty.
We advertise our brands in national print media (including
fashion, entertainment/human interest, business, mens,
womens and sports magazines and The New York
Times), on the Internet, on television, in movie theaters
and through outdoor signage and sports sponsorships. We recently
entered into an agreement for our IZOD brand to be the
title sponsor of the newly renamed IZOD IndyCar Series
for a five-year term commencing with the 2010 season and
also continue to be the official apparel partner of the Indy
Racing League and the Indianapolis Motor Speedway. We have also
contracted with the New Jersey Sports and Exposition Authority
for the naming rights to the IZOD Center sports and
entertainment arena and are also a sponsor of the National
Basketball Associations New Jersey Nets. Our Van Heusen
brand is the sponsor of the Van Heusen Pro Football Hall of
Fame Fans Choice, through which football fans can express
their opinions on who should get elected to the Pro Football
Hall of Fame. We also participate in cooperative advertising
programs with our customers, as we believe that brand awareness
and in-store positioning are further strengthened by our
contributions to such programs.
With respect to our retail operations, we generally rely upon
local outlet mall developers to promote traffic for their
centers. Outlet center developers employ multiple formats,
including signage (highway billboards, off-highway directional
signs,
on-site
signage and
on-site
information centers), print advertising (brochures, newspapers
and travel magazines), direct marketing (to tour bus companies
and travel agents), radio and television and special promotions.
We believe Calvin Klein is one of the most well-known
designer names in the world. One of the efforts that has helped
to establish and maintain the Calvin Klein name and image
is its high-profile, often cutting-edge advertising campaigns
that have stimulated publicity, curiosity and debate among
customers and consumers, as well as within the fashion industry
over the years. Calvin Klein has a dedicated in-house
S-69
advertising agency, with experienced in-house creative and media
teams that develop and execute a substantial portion of the
institutional consumer advertising placement for products under
the Calvin Klein brands. The advertising team works
closely with other functional areas within Calvin Klein and its
licensing and other partners to deliver a consistent and unified
brand message to the consumer. Calvin Klein oversees a worldwide
marketing, advertising and promotions program. In 2009, over
$275 million was spent globally in connection with the
advertisement, marketing and promotion of the Calvin Klein
brands and products sold by us, Calvin Kleins
licensees and other authorized users of the Calvin Klein
name.
Calvin Klein products are advertised primarily in
national print media, through outdoor signage and on television.
We believe promotional activities throughout the year further
strengthen brand awareness of the Calvin Klein brands.
The Spring and Fall Calvin Klein Collection apparel lines
are presented at fashion shows in New York City and Milan, which
typically generate extensive media coverage. Other Calvin Klein
promotional efforts include in-store events, product launch
events, gift-with-purchase programs, participation in charitable
and special corporate-sponsored events and providing outfits to
celebrities for award ceremonies and premieres.
Product
Sourcing
To address the needs of our customers, we are continuing to make
investments and develop strategies to enhance our ability to
provide our customers with timely product availability and
delivery. Our investments in sophisticated systems should allow
us to reduce the cycle time between the design of products to
the delivery of those products to our customers. We believe the
enhancement of our supply chain efficiencies and working capital
management through the effective use of our distribution network
and overall infrastructure will allow us to better control costs
and provide improved service to our customers.
We began implementing a series of restructuring initiatives
during the fourth quarter of 2008 and we completed substantially
all of them by the end of 2009. These initiatives included a
realignment of our global sourcing organization and the shutdown
of domestic production of machine-made neckwear. We decided to
realign our global sourcing organization structure to make more
efficient use of our internal resources with the intended goals
of reducing product development cycle times and improving the
efficiency of our sourcing operations. Our decision to shut down
domestic production of machine-made neckwear was made to lower
our neckwear product costs.
In 2009, approximately 160 different manufacturers produced our
apparel products in approximately 200 factories and
approximately 25 countries worldwide. With the exception of
handmade neckwear, which is made in our Los Angeles, California
facility and which accounts for less than 10% of our total
quantity of neckwear sourced and produced, virtually all of our
products are produced by independent manufacturers located in
foreign countries. We source finished products and raw
materials. Raw materials include fabric, buttons, thread, labels
and similar materials. Raw materials and production commitments
are generally made two to six months prior to production and
quantities are finalized at that time. We believe we are one of
the largest users of shirting fabric in the world. Finished
products consist of manufactured and fully assembled products
ready for shipment to our customers and our stores. Most of our
dress shirts and all of our sportswear are sourced and
manufactured in the Far East, the Indian subcontinent, the
Middle East, the Caribbean and Central America. Our footwear is
sourced and manufactured through third-party suppliers
principally in the Far East, Europe, South America and the
Caribbean. Our neckwear fabric is sourced primarily from Europe
and the Far East. The manufacturers of all of these items are
required to meet our quality, cost and human rights
requirements. No single supplier is critical to our production
needs, and we believe that an ample number of alternative
suppliers exist should we need to secure additional or
replacement production capacity and raw materials. Given our
extensive network of sourcing partners, we believe we are able
to obtain goods at a low cost and on a timely basis.
Our foreign offices and buying agents enable us to monitor the
quality of the goods manufactured by, and the delivery
performance of, our suppliers, which includes the enforcement of
human rights and labor standards through our ongoing approval
and monitoring system. In addition, sales are monitored
regularly at both the retail and wholesale levels and
modifications in production can be made either to increase or
reduce
S-70
inventories. We continually seek additional suppliers throughout
the world for our sourcing needs and place our orders in a
manner designed to limit the risk that a disruption of
production at any one facility could cause a serious inventory
problem. We have not experienced significant production delays
or difficulties in importing goods. Our purchases from our
suppliers are effected through individual purchase orders
specifying the price and quantity of the items to be produced.
Warehousing
and Distribution
To facilitate distribution, our products are shipped from
manufacturers to our wholesale and retail warehousing and
distribution centers for inspection, sorting, packing and
shipment. Ranging in size from 20,000 to 747,000 square
feet, our centers are located in Arkansas, California, Georgia,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Trento, Italy. Our
warehousing and distribution centers are designed to provide
responsive service to our customers and our retail stores, as
the case may be, on a cost-effective basis. This includes the
use of various forms of electronic communications to meet
customer needs, including advance shipping notices for all major
customers. In addition, we contract with third parties for
warehousing and distribution in Canada and Europe to provide
responsive service for our foreign wholesale operations.
Trademarks
We own the Van Heusen, Bass, G.H.
Bass & Co., IZOD, ARROW and Eagle
brands, as well as related trademarks and lesser-known
names. We beneficially own the Calvin Klein marks and
derivative marks (for products other than underwear, sleepwear
and loungewear, which are beneficially owned by Warnaco). Calvin
Klein and Warnaco are each an owner (for their respective
products) of the Calvin Klein Trademark Trust, which is the sole
and exclusive title owner of substantially all registrations of
the Calvin Klein trademarks. The sole purpose of the
Trust is to hold these marks. Calvin Klein maintains and
protects the marks on behalf of the Trust pursuant to a
servicing agreement. The Trust licenses to Warnaco on an
exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual and royalty-free basis the use
of the marks on mens and boys underwear and
sleepwear and womens and girls intimate apparel and
sleepwear, and to Calvin Klein on an exclusive, irrevocable,
perpetual and royalty-free basis the use of the marks on all
other products. Warnaco pays us an administrative fee based on
Warnacos worldwide sales of underwear, intimate apparel
and sleepwear products bearing any of the Calvin Klein
marks under an administration agreement between Calvin Klein
and Warnaco.
We allow Mr. Calvin Klein to retain the right to use his
name, on a noncompetitive basis, with respect to his right of
publicity, unless those rights are already being used in the
Calvin Klein business. We also grant Mr. Klein a
royalty-free worldwide right to use the Calvin Klein mark
with respect to certain personal businesses and activities, such
as motion picture, television and video businesses, a book
business, writing, speaking
and/or
teaching engagements, non-commercial photography, charitable
activities and architectural and industrial design projects,
subject to certain limitations designed to protect the image and
prestige of the Calvin Klein brands and to avoid
competitive conflicts.
Our trademarks are the subject of registrations and pending
applications throughout the world for use on a variety of
apparel, footwear and related products, and we continue to
expand our worldwide usage and registration of new and related
trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable
as long as the marks continue to be used in connection with the
products and services with which they are identified and, as to
registered tradenames, the required registration renewals are
filed. In markets outside of the United States, particularly
those where products bearing any of our brands are not sold by
us or any of our licensees or other authorized users, our rights
to the use of trademarks may not be clearly established.
We regard the license to use our trademarks and our other
intellectual property rights in the trademarks as valuable
assets in marketing our products and vigorously seek to protect
them, on a worldwide basis, against infringement. We are
susceptible to others imitating our products and infringing on
our intellectual property rights. This is especially the case
with respect to the Calvin Klein brands, as the Calvin
Klein brands enjoy significant worldwide consumer
recognition and their generally higher pricing provides
significant opportunity and incentive for counterfeiters and
infringers. Calvin Klein has a broad, proactive enforcement
program, which we believe has been generally effective in
controlling the sale of counterfeit products in the United
S-71
States and in major markets abroad. We have taken enforcement
action with respect to our other marks on an as-needed basis.
Competition
The apparel and footwear industries are competitive as a result
of their fashion orientation, mix of large and small producers,
the flow of domestic and imported merchandise and the wide
diversity of retailing methods. Some of our larger branded
apparel and footwear competitors include Polo Ralph Lauren
Corporation, V.F. Corporation, Perry Ellis International, Inc.,
The Timberland Company and The Rockport Company, LLC. With
respect to Calvin Klein, we believe The Donna Karan Company,
LLC, Polo Ralph Laurens Purple Label, Giorgio Armani SPA,
Gucci Group N.V. and Prada SPA Group also are our competitors.
In addition, we face significant competition from retailers,
including our own wholesale customers, through their private
label programs.
We compete primarily on the basis of style, quality, price and
service. Our business depends on our ability to stimulate
consumer tastes and demands, as well as on our ability to remain
competitive in these areas. We believe we are well-positioned to
compete in the apparel and footwear industries. Our diversified
portfolio of apparel brands and apparel and footwear products
and our use of multiple channels of distribution have allowed us
to develop a business that produces results that are not
dependent on any one demographic group, merchandise preference
or distribution channel. We have developed a portfolio of brands
that appeal to a broad spectrum of consumers. Our owned brands
have long histories and enjoy high recognition within their
respective consumer segments. We develop our owned and licensed
brands to complement each other and to generate strong consumer
loyalty. The Calvin Klein brands generally provide us
with the opportunity to develop businesses that target different
consumer groups at higher price points and in higher-end
distribution channels than our other brands, as well as with
significant global opportunities due to the worldwide
recognition of the brands.
Seasonality
Our business generally follows a seasonal pattern. Our wholesale
businesses tend to generate higher levels of sales and income in
the third quarter, due to selling to our customers in advance of
the holiday selling season. Royalty, advertising and other
revenue tends to be earned somewhat evenly throughout the year,
although the third quarter has the highest level of royalty
revenue due to higher sales by licensees in advance of the
holiday selling season.
S-72
TOMMY
HILFIGER BUSINESS
Overview
We believe that Tommy Hilfiger is one of the best known
and best-selling designer apparel brands in the world, with
estimated worldwide retail sales of 3.1 billion for
the year ended March 31, 2009. Tommy Hilfiger generated
revenue, net income and adjusted EBITDA of
1,612 million, 24 million and
265 million, respectively, for the year ended
March 31, 2009, and 1,179 million,
8 million and 188 million, respectively,
for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2009. For a
description of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted
EBITDA to net income, see Summary Summary
Consolidated Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Information.
Tommy Hilfiger brand products are known for their
classic American cool design, and are positioned as
premium, yet affordable, covering a wide range of apparel and
lifestyle accessories. Tommy Hilfiger sells products under two
major brands: Tommy Hilfiger, which is targeted at the 25
to 45 year old consumer, and Hilfiger Denim, which
is targeted at the 20 to 35 year old consumer. Tommy
Hilfiger product offerings include sportswear for men, women
and children, footwear, athletic apparel (for fitness/training,
golfing, skiing, swimming and sailing), bodywear (underwear,
robes and sleepwear), eyewear, sunwear, watches, socks,
handbags, mens tailored clothing, dress shirts, ties,
suits, belts, wallets, small leather goods, fragrances, home and
bedding products, bathroom accessories and luggage. The
Hilfiger Denim product line consists of denim apparel for
men, women and children, footwear, bags, accessories, eyewear
and fragrance, and is positioned as being more fashion
forward than the Tommy Hilfiger label. As of
March 31, 2010, products under the Tommy Hilfiger
brand could be found in approximately 1,000 Tommy
Hilfiger retail stores operated worldwide by Tommy Hilfiger
and its partners, as well as approximately 7,400 doors worldwide
operated by retail customers of Tommy Hilfiger and its
licensees. Tommy Hilfiger brand products are also
distributed in China, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Taiwan, Singapore,
India, South Korea, Australia, Mexico, Central and South America
and the Caribbean through licensees, franchisees and
distributors.
Tommy Hilfiger divides its business into three geographic
regions: Europe, North America and the rest of the world. The
rest of the world region consists of its owned operations in
Japan, as well as the countries and regions covered by
geographic licenses (China, Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia,
Taiwan, India, South Korea, Australia, Central and South
America, the Caribbean and Mexico). In the year ended
March 31, 2009, Europe accounted for approximately 49% of
Tommy Hilfigers total revenue, North America accounted for
approximately 39% of total revenue, the rest of the world
accounted for approximately 11% of its total revenue, with other
businesses accounting for the remainder.
Tommy Hilfiger distributes its products at wholesale and retail
and also licenses its brands for an assortment of products in
the countries and regions discussed above.
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale Tommy Hilfigers wholesale
business consists of the distribution and sale of its products
under the Tommy Hilfiger brands to approximately 500
stores operated by franchisees and distributors and through
approximately 7,400 doors, as of March 31, 2010, operated
by approximately 4,600 retail customers. The European retail
customers range from large department stores to small
independent stores. Tommy Hilfiger has, since the Fall of 2008,
conducted the majority of its North American wholesale
operations through Macys, which is currently the exclusive
department store retailer of most of Tommy Hilfiger
mens, womens, womens plus-size and
childrens sportswear in the United States. In 2009, Tommy
Hilfiger discontinued its unprofitable Canadian wholesale
business.
|
|
|
|
Retail Tommy Hilfigers retail business
principally consists of the distribution and sale of its
products through company-operated specialty stores (anchor
stores and satellite stores), company stores and outlet stores
in Europe, the United States and Canada, as well as
multi-jurisdictional
e-commerce
sites. Tommy Hilfigers anchor stores are generally larger
stores situated in high-profile locations in major cities and
are intended to enhance local exposure of the brand. Satellite
stores are regular street and mall stores, which are located in
secondary cities and are based on a model that provides
incremental revenue and profitability. Company stores in North
America are primarily located in outlet centers and carry
specially designed merchandise that is sold at a lower price
point than merchandise
|
S-73
|
|
|
|
|
sold in our specialty stores. Company stores operated by Tommy
Hilfiger in Europe and Japan are used primarily to clear excess
inventory from previous seasons at discounted prices. As of
March 31, 2010, Tommy Hilfiger had 244 specialty stores
(including its only global anchor store on Fifth Avenue in New
York City) and 249 company (outlet) stores worldwide. Tommy
Hilfiger re-launched its
e-commerce
business in September 2009 using a new platform in select
European countries, Canada and the United States.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing Tommy Hilfiger licenses the
Tommy Hilfiger brands to third parties both for specific
product categories (such as fragrances, watches and eyewear) and
in certain geographic regions. Tommy Hilfiger currently has 17
separate product license agreements, three global product
license agreements, 11 product license agreements in the United
States and three product license agreements in Europe. In
addition, Tommy Hilfiger currently has six geographic license
agreements covering Asia-Pacific (China, Hong Kong, Malaysia,
Taiwan and Singapore), India, South Korea, Australia, Mexico,
and Central and South America and the Caribbean. Tommy Hilfiger
recently announced it had entered into an agreement to assume
control over its licensees business in China. We have
agreed with Apax to license the China business to a company
jointly owned by us and Apax, but largely controlled by Apax,
and to potentially bring on a joint venture partner in China to
operate the business in China.
|
For the year ended March 31, 2009, the wholesale business
accounted for approximately 50% of Tommy Hilfigers total
revenue, retail accounted for approximately 47% of its total
revenue and licensing accounted for approximately 2% of its
total revenue, with other business accounting for the remainder.
History
Designer Thomas J. Hilfiger founded Tommy Hilfiger in 1982. The
North American business grew significantly in the 1990s and the
European operations were launched in 1997. For the year ended
March 31, 2000, the United States wholesale business, which
was the largest division at the time, began to experience a
significant decline. Tommy Hilfigers overall sales
remained relatively stable between its years ended
March 31, 2000 and March 31, 2006, primarily as a
result of growth in its European business; sales in its United
States wholesale business, however, deteriorated significantly
during this period. The Tommy Hilfiger brand image was
adversely affected in the United States, including as a result
of over-exposure due to excessive distribution of heavily
branded apparel through channels that sold Tommy Hilfiger
products below the companys recommended price points
for such products, which detracted from its classic
American cool premium brand position.
In May 2006, Tommy Hilfigers European management, acting
together with funds advised by Apax, acquired Tommy Hilfiger.
Upon completion of this transaction, Fred Gehring and Ludo
Onnink, both of whom had been with Tommy Hilfigers
European business since its inception in 1997 and had been
instrumental to its success, were appointed as Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Operating Officer/Chief Financial Officer,
respectively. Mr. Gehring and Mr. Onnink remain with
Tommy Hilfiger as its Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Operating Officer, respectively. In addition, Mr. Hilfiger
himself remains in an active role, serving as Principal Designer
and Chairman of Tommy Hilfigers Strategy and Design Board,
and as brand ambassador, representing the company at fashion,
publicity and other events throughout the world.
Tommy Hilfiger management has, since the completion of the
management buyout, aggressively focused on strengthening the
global presence and premium brand image, and positioning of the
Tommy Hilfiger brand and products, improving Tommy
Hilfigers operating structure and eliminating loss-making
activities. These activities included:
|
|
|
|
|
Continued expansion of specialty stores in Europe
Tommy Hilfiger has opened approximately 80 stores in
additional and existing markets since 2006 that it operates.
|
|
|
|
Strengthened brand in the United States Tommy
Hilfiger has sought to refocus its United States marketing and
advertising brand development on its core global premium
lifestyle image, placing particular emphasis on developing the
image of its iconic flag logo, eliminating product lines and
distribution in retail channels that diluted the Tommy
Hilfiger brands premium image and opening the
|
S-74
|
|
|
|
|
brands first global anchor store in New York City in
September 2009 and the brands return to the New York
runway in 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Establishment and growth of strategic alliance with
Macys Prior to the management buyout,
Tommy Hilfigers North American wholesale business involved
selling its products to a large number of retail customers,
including small businesses, in the United States and Canada.
Tommy Hilfiger entered into a strategic alliance agreement with
Macys in 2007 under which Macys became its exclusive
department store retailer of most of Tommy Hilfiger
mens, womens, womens plus-size and
childrens sportswear in the United States, beginning with
the Fall 2008 collections. In 2009, Tommy Hilfiger discontinued
its unprofitable Canadian wholesale business.
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of licensees, distributors and franchisees on
commercially attractive terms Tommy
Hilfiger has pursued a focused acquisition strategy with respect
to select licensees, distributors and franchisees where
management believes it can achieve greater scale and success
compared to its partners. Examples of these are the acquisitions
of its licensees businesses in Japan and Turkey and of its
licensees United States handbag and footwear
businesses.
|
|
|
|
Revitalization of North American corporate culture
The United States management structure was
reorganized to conform to Tommy Hilfigers European model,
replacing a hierarchical centralized organization with a more
simplified organization. This was followed by the integration of
United States and Canadian operations into Tommy Hilfiger North
America.
|
|
|
|
Sale of buying office activities Tommy
Hilfiger sold its sourcing operations in Asia to Li &
Fung Limited and entered into a nonexclusive agreement with
Li & Fung to carry out most of its sourcing work in
March 2007.
|
We expect to expand upon the successful repositioning of the
Tommy Hilfiger business worldwide with strategic initiatives
outlined in our business strategy in Summary
Business Strategy.
Products
and Brands
Tommy Hilfiger is a distinctive and premium yet
affordable global lifestyle brand known for its classic
American cool brand position. Tommy Hilfiger and its
licensees offer a lifestyle collection consisting of a broad
range of products with a unified vision that combines American
style with added details to give time-honored classics an
updated look.
The Tommy Hilfiger brands are comprised primarily of
Tommy Hilfiger and Hilfiger Denim, each one being
associated with a variation of the iconic flag logo.
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Hilfiger: The Tommy Hilfiger
collection consists of sportswear for men, women and
children, footwear, athletic apparel (for fitness/training,
golfing, skiing, swimming and sailing), bodywear (underwear,
robes and sleepwear), eyewear, sunwear, watches, socks,
handbags, mens tailored clothing, dress shirts, ties,
suits, belts, wallets, small leather goods, fragrances, home and
bedding products, bathroom accessories and luggage, emphasizing
classic American cool styling and characterized as
preppy with a twist. The label is targeted at the 25
to 45 year old consumer and is sold around the world.
|
|
|
|
Hilfiger Denim: The Hilfiger Denim
label was launched in the year ended March 31, 2002 and
consists of denim apparel for men, women and children, footwear,
bags, accessories, eyewear and fragrance, targeted at the 20 to
35 year-old consumer, and positioned as being more
fashion forward than the Tommy Hilfiger
label. Designs are inspired by American classics and
finished with a modern edge and fresh spirit, characterized as
the jeanswear lifestyle. The label is sold primarily
outside the United States.
|
Products offered by licensees of product categories include
eyewear, sunwear, watches, handbags, accessories, mens
tailored clothing, belts, wallets, small leather goods,
fragrances, home and bedding products, bathroom accessories and
luggage. We are currently the licensee for mens dress
shirts and neckwear in North America.
S-75
Design
Tommy Hilfiger seeks to reinforce the premium positioning of the
Tommy Hilfiger brands by taking a coordinated and
consistent worldwide approach to brand management. Products are
then adapted and executed on a regional basis in order to adjust
for local or regional sizing, fitting, weather, trends and
demand. Tommy Hilfiger believes that regional execution helps it
anticipate, identify and respond more readily to changing
consumer demand, fashion trends and local taste. It also reduces
the importance of any one collection and enables the brand to
appeal to a wider range of customers.
Agreement
with Mr. Hilfiger
Thomas J. Hilfiger serves as Tommy Hilfigers Principal
Designer and as Chairman of Tommy Hilfigers Strategy and
Design Board under Tommy Hilfigers lifetime employment
agreement with him. Although Mr. Hilfiger does not
participate in
day-to-day
design decisions, he performs an active role as ambassador of
the Tommy Hilfiger brand, representing Tommy Hilfiger at
fashion, publicity and other events throughout the world.
Mr. Hilfiger is entitled to an annual cash payment and a
number of other benefits under the employment agreement. The
annual cash payment to Mr. Hilfiger was fixed at
$14.5 million for the first three years of the agreement.
For the year ended March 31, 2010 and future years,
Mr. Hilfiger will receive an annual amount based on Tommy
Hilfigers global revenue in that year. It is currently
estimated that the payment for the year ended March 31,
2010 will be approximately $21 million. In the event of
Mr. Hilfigers death or termination following
disability, his employment agreement provides for payment of the
full annual cash compensation amount otherwise payable to
Mr. Hilfiger for both the year in which his death or
disability occurs and the following year but no further payments
thereafter. If Mr. Hilfigers employment agreement is
terminated by the company without cause or he resigns for good
reason, the company will continue to pay Mr. Hilfiger the
annual cash compensation otherwise payable to him for the
remainder of his life.
Mr. Hilfiger had the option under his employment agreement
to terminate the agreement and receive a lump sum payment upon
certain pre-defined exit events, including an initial public
offering or a change of control. The amount of such a payment
would be based on Mr. Hilfigers compensation in the
year prior to the year in which the exit event occurs and an
applicable exit multiple for the exit event. Concurrently with
the execution of the Tommy Hilfiger purchase agreement and
conditioned upon the consummation of our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger, Mr. Hilfiger executed a binding memorandum of
understanding with Tommy Hilfiger amending his employment
agreement to terminate this option.
European
Wholesale and Retail
Tommy Hilfigers European wholesale, retail and licensing
businesses accounted for, in the aggregate, approximately 43%
and 49% of Tommy Hilfigers total net revenue for the nine
months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended
March 31, 2009, respectively. The European business has
achieved a compound annual growth rate of approximately 21% over
the last three years ended March 31, 2009. Like other
companies, Tommy Hilfigers business has been affected by
the global economic slowdown, which resulted in a reduction of
the overall historic growth rate in the wholesale business.
Tommy Hilfigers European retail business continued to grow
notwithstanding the recession, achieving approximately 23%
growth in net revenue during the nine months ended
December 31, 2009 and approximately 6% growth in revenue
during the year ended March 31, 2009. Tommy Hilfiger
believes it has significant potential for continued pan-European
growth, in part based on its strong performance and presence in
Germany, Spain, Italy, the Netherlands and Belgium, which
provide useful examples for other European markets. Tommy
Hilfigers comparative sales in its European business
increased approximately 3% during the nine months ended
December 31, 2009, as compared to the prior year period,
and increased approximately 1% during the year ended
March 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended
March 31, 2008.
Tommy Hilfigers European operations have a
matrix operational structure, which arranges
regional management by country and divisional management by its
merchandising categories and subcategories. Tommy Hilfiger
believes this decentralized approach to operational structure
incentivizes managers, giving them ownership of
overlapping parts of the business and placing decision-making
responsibilities with those
S-76
best positioned to understand the needs of the business as to a
particular product or region. The structure puts in place a
number of checks and balances, with material
decisions requiring approval at both the regional and divisional
level. Divisional responsibilities broadly track decisions
related to the product itself (such as design and merchandising,
key supplier management, order book control and stock control),
as well as divisional profit and loss for Europe, while regional
responsibilities broadly track decisions related to sales (such
as sales planning, key account management, gross margins,
accounts receivable and customer service), as well as regional
profit and loss.
European Wholesale. Tommy Hilfigers
European wholesale business consists of the distribution and
sale of products to third-party retailers, including to
approximately 272 franchise and distributor stores and
through approximately 6,300 doors operated by its retail
customers. Tommy Hilfiger recently reduced its European retail
customer base in order to strengthen and stabilize it from a
branding financial perspective. The economic slowdown over the
past two years has negatively impacted the financial stability
of some of Tommy Hilfigers retail customers and, to reduce
credit risk and avoid the potential bankruptcies or liquidations
of customers, the company selectively terminated some of its
smaller and less financially stable retail customers. As a
result, during the year ended March 31, 2010, the number of
European retail customers was reduced to approximately
4,600 from approximately 5,400 at the end of the year
ended March 31, 2009.
The European wholesale business accounted for approximately 70%
of Tommy Hilfigers European business for the nine months
ended December 31, 2009 and approximately 80% of Tommy
Hilfigers European revenue for the year ended
March 31, 2009. The apparel business generates most of its
revenues in Germany and Spain (approximately 41% and 40% of
total European wholesale revenue for the nine months ended
December 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2009,
respectively). Tommy Hilfigers largest European retail
customers include El Corte Ingles, Peek & Cloppenburg,
Bijenkorf, Galleries Lafayette, Breuninger and House of Fraser.
The European wholesale business top 20 customers accounted
for approximately 31% of European wholesale net revenue
(excluding clearance channels) for the year ended March 31,
2009. Across product divisions, menswear accounted for
approximately 32% of European wholesale revenue for the year
ended March 31, 2009, while Hilfiger Denim and
womenswear accounted for approximately 26% and 17%,
respectively, during the same period.
European Retail. Retail revenue accounted for
approximately 29% and 19% of European revenue in the nine months
ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31,
2009, respectively, and comparable sales (excluding
e-commerce)
increased by approximately 3% and 1%, respectively, during those
periods.
As of March 31, 2010, Tommy Hilfiger operated
110 specialty stores and 33 company (outlet) stores in
Europe. We plan to continue Tommy Hilfigers strategy of
increasing its overall presence in Europe through the opening of
additional Tommy Hilfiger specialty, concession and
outlet stores, including the opening of anchor stores in Moscow,
Prague, Geneva, Rome and Stuttgart. Tommy Hilfigers
e-commerce
business was re-launched in September 2009 using a new platform
in select European countries. Order fulfillment and website
management is provided by a third-party vendor.
North
American Wholesale and Retail
Tommy Hilfigers North American wholesale, retail and
licensing businesses accounted for, in the aggregate,
approximately 46% of Tommy Hilfigers total revenue for the
nine months ended December 31, 2009 and 39% of Tommy
Hilfigers total revenue for the year ended March 31,
2009. The North American business includes both the United
States and Canadian operations.
Tommy Hilfigers Canadian operations began as a licensed
sportswear business in December 1989. The Canadian business
experienced significant growth throughout the 1990s by focusing
exclusively on wholesale. Tommy Hilfiger acquired the Canadian
business in 1998. In 1999, Canadas leading department
store, Eatons, went bankrupt, and Tommy Hilfigers
focus for the business shifted from wholesale to retail. Tommy
Hilfiger began downsizing the Canadian operations and
consolidating the business with the United States operations
during the year ended March 31, 2007, culminating in the
full integration of the Canadian operations and the
discontinuance of the Canadian wholesale business during the
nine months ended December 31, 2009.
S-77
North American Wholesale. With Tommy
Hilfigers entrance into the strategic alliance agreement
with Macys, under which Macys became the exclusive
department store retailer of most of Tommy Hilfiger
mens, womens, womens plus-size and
childrens sportswear in the United States, and the closing
of the Canadian wholesale business in 2009, Tommy
Hilfigers wholesale distribution in North America is
primarily through Macys. For the nine months ended
December 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2009,
Macys accounted for approximately 58% and 56%,
respectively, of Tommy Hilfigers North American wholesale
revenue and 7% and 6%, respectively, of Tommy Hilfigers
overall revenue. Sales through Tommy Hilfigers United
States military exchange stores, the corporate and collegiate
channels (which are permitted so long as merchandise is
co-branded) and certain clearance channels, which are not
prohibited under the Macys agreement, as well as sales of
footwear and accessories, which are not exclusive to Macys
and can be sold to any retail customer, accounted for the
remainder of Tommy Hilfigers North American wholesale
revenue. The Macys agreement does not extend to Tommy
Hilfigers retail store collection in the United States,
which continues to be independently designed and distributed
through Tommy Hilfigers own retail channels (including
www.tommy.com).
The initial term of the Macys agreement expires on
January 30, 2011 and is renewable at the option of
Macys for up to three renewal terms of three years each,
for a total possible term of approximately 12 years.
Renewal is subject to certain conditions, including, among other
things, the satisfaction of certain minimum sales thresholds and
Macys delivery of written notice of its desire to renew
not later than 12 months before the then-current
terms expiration. Macys has indicated that it wishes
to renew the agreement for the first renewal term and the
parties are currently negotiating modifications to the agreement
for the first renewal term. Under the current agreement,
Macys is required to use commercially reasonable efforts
to gradually:
|
|
|
|
|
build the business and improve the brand positioning of the
merchandise covered by the agreement;
|
|
|
|
support the launch of new Tommy Hilfiger merchandise in
Macys stores and on www.macys.com;
|
|
|
|
increase and enhance the prominence and position of Tommy
Hilfiger
shop-in-shop
stores in high-volume Macys stores;
|
|
|
|
renovate and upgrade existing Tommy Hilfiger
shops; and
|
|
|
|
feature Tommy Hilfiger collections in Macys
marketing campaigns.
|
Tommy Hilfiger and Macys work together closely on
strengthening, improving and expanding the alliance. While
Macys business has been affected by the economic slowdown,
Tommy Hilfigers overall sales at Macys increased by
36% during the year ended March 31, 2009, compared to the
year ended March 31, 2008.
North American Retail. As of March 31,
2010, Tommy Hilfiger had 232 stores in North America, consisting
of 203 company stores and 29 specialty stores, including
the first global flagship anchor store in New York City, which
opened in September 2009. Tommy Hilfigers North American
retail revenue accounted for approximately 74% of Tommy
Hilfigers overall net revenue in North America for the
nine months ended December 31, 2009 and 72% of Tommy
Hilfigers overall revenue in North America for the year
ended March 31, 2009.
Tommy Hilfigers company stores, similar to our own outlet
store chains, primarily carry proprietary first-cut
merchandise designed exclusively for these stores and specially
priced for this distribution channel.
Rest
of the World
Tommy Hilfiger products are sold outside of Europe and
North America through licensees, franchisees and distributors,
as well as stores Tommy Hilfiger directly operates in Japan.
Japan is the largest market for Tommy Hilfiger products
outside of Europe and North America. Tommy Hilfiger acquired its
Japanese licensee in January 2008, as a result of which it now
operates 116 stores in Japan as of March 31, 2010. Tommy
Hilfiger also operates 50 concession stores in Japanese
department stores. These are
shop-in-shop
stores where Tommy Hilfiger owns the inventory and employs the
staff that operates the stores.
S-78
Tommy Hilfiger currently has six geographic license agreements
covering Asia-Pacific (China, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Taiwan and
Singapore), India, South Korea, Australia, Mexico, and Central
and South America and the Caribbean. Tommy Hilfiger
products were available in approximately 640 doors and
stores in the rest of the world, all operated by licensees and
distributors as of March 31, 2010. Tommy Hilfigers
sales in the rest of the world accounted for 11% and 11% of
Tommy Hilfigers total net revenues for the nine months
ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31,
2009, respectively. Tommy Hilfiger has announced an agreement to
assume control over its licensees business in China in
March 2011. This will put us in a better position to support the
development and expansion of the business in this important
market where we believe there are many opportunities for growth.
We have agreed with Apax to license the China business to a
company jointly owned by us and Apax, but largely controlled by
Apax, and to potentially bring on a joint venture partner in
China to operate the business in China.
Tommy Hilfiger has been increasing its marketing and product
support to licensees in high-growth markets outside of Europe
and North America through seasonal sales events at the beginning
of each new season to support further growth. In the
Asia-Pacific region, Tommy Hilfiger has expanded the size and
scope of work performed by its regional hub in Hong Kong,
focusing on support for local market needs.
Licensing
Tommy Hilfiger continually pursues opportunities to license
additional product categories that the company believes to be
complementary to the existing Tommy Hilfiger product
lines and in geographic territories that the company believes
will enhance Tommy Hilfigers international
presence. Licensing and distribution agreements provide the
opportunity to offer products with respect to which the company
has no expertise
and/or there
are other barriers to the company offering them directly and to
penetrating geographic markets where Tommy Hilfiger has no
operations or entry, or where direct operation would be
difficult, costly
and/or
inefficient. Licensing provides significant financial benefits,
including the receipt of royalties and advertising contribution
and the placement of the burden of providing capital and
operating expenses on the licensee. Tommy Hilfiger currently has
17 separate product license agreements, three global product
license agreements, 11 product license agreements in the United
States and three product license agreements in Europe. In
addition, Tommy Hilfiger currently has six geographic license
agreements covering Asia-Pacific (China, Hong Kong, Malaysia,
Taiwan and Singapore), India, South Korea, Australia, Mexico,
and Central and South America and the Caribbean.
Trademarks
Tommy Hilfiger regards its trademarks and other proprietary
intellectual property rights as valuable assets in the marketing
of its products and brands and we intend to continue to
vigorously protect them.
Tommy Hilfiger owns and utilizes the following principal
trademarks: Tommy Hilfiger, Tommy,
Tommy Jeans, Tommy Sport, Hilfiger
Athletics, Hilfiger Sport, Hilfiger Denim,
TH and the distinctive flag logo, the crest design and
the signature tartan design. These trademarks are registered for
use in each of the primary countries where Tommy Hilfiger
products are sold and additional applications for
registration of these and other trademarks are made in
jurisdictions to accommodate new marks, uses in additional
trademark classes or additional categories of goods or expansion
into new countries.
Tommy Hilfiger is party to an agreement with Mr. Hilfiger
that (i) acknowledges the companys ownership of the
Hilfiger-related trademarks, (ii) prohibits, in perpetuity,
Mr. Hilfiger from using, or authorizing others to use,
these marks (except for the use by Mr. Hilfiger of his name
personally and in connection with certain specified activities)
and (iii) prohibits, in perpetuity, the company from
selling products not ordinarily sold under the names of prestige
designer businesses or prestige global lifestyle brands without
Mr. Hilfigers consent, from engaging in new lines of
business or from disparaging or intentionally tarnishing the
Hilfiger-related marks or Mr. Hilfigers personal
name. The products that the company is prohibited from selling
include cigarettes, dog food and alcohol. Certain lines of
business will not be considered new lines of
business for purposes of the agreement, including apparel,
fashion, eyewear,
S-79
accessories, housewares, home and bedding products, personal
care products, footwear, watches and leather goods.
Sourcing
Tommy Hilfiger uses third parties to manufacture its finished
products, which allows the company to maximize production
flexibility and avoid significant capital expenditures,
work-in-process
inventory
build-ups
and the costs of managing a large production workforce.
Approximately 330 different manufacturers worldwide produce
apparel, footwear and accessories for Tommy Hilfiger, with no
one manufacturer providing more than 12% of Tommy
Hilfigers total production for the year ended
March 31, 2009. In the year ended March 31, 2009,
approximately 40% of Tommy Hilfigers merchandise was
sourced from China, approximately 17% from countries in
Southeast Asia and approximately 6% from NAFTA countries (the
United States, Canada and Mexico), with the remainder of Tommy
Hilfigers sourcing coming from various other countries
around the world.
Tommy Hilfigers sourcing operations in Asia were sold to
Li & Fung in March 2007 and, in connection therewith,
Tommy Hilfiger entered into a nonexclusive agreement with
Li & Fung to perform most of Tommy Hilfigers
sourcing work. Under the terms of the agreement, Tommy Hilfiger
is required to use Li & Fung for at least 54% of its
global sourcing needs. Tommy Hilfiger also uses other
third-party buying offices for a portion of its sourcing needs
and has a small in-house sourcing team.
Tommy Hilfigers products are manufactured according to
plans prepared each year, which reflect prior years
results, current fashion trends, economic conditions and
management estimates of product performance. In certain limited
cases, Tommy Hilfiger separately negotiates with suppliers for
the purchase of required raw materials by the companys
contractors in accordance with its specifications. Tommy
Hilfiger seeks to limit its exposure to holding excess inventory
by initially committing to purchase only a portion of total
projected demand at the beginning of the season and has
historically been able to satisfy any excess demand through
reorders.
Advertising,
Marketing and Public Relations
Advertising by Tommy Hilfiger, its licensees and most of its
distributors is coordinated by the company and appears in
magazines, newspapers, outdoor media and on television. Selected
personal appearances by Mr. Hilfiger, fashion shows, brand
events, corporate sponsorships and anchor stores are also used
as marketing and public relations media. Tommy Hilfiger employs
advertising, marketing and communications staff, as well as
outside agencies, to implement these efforts. Most of Tommy
Hilfigers licensees and distributors are required to
contribute a percentage of their net sales of Tommy Hilfiger
products, generally subject to minimum amounts, to the
advertising and promotion of Tommy Hilfiger products.
Tommy Hilfigers marketing campaigns are developed and
directed principally from Tommy Hilfigers executive
offices in Amsterdam and New York. Tommy Hilfiger maintains
showroom facilities and sales offices in Europe, North America
and Japan. Tommy Hilfiger markets the Spring/Summer and
Fall/Winter collections to consumers after such collections have
hit stores in order to ensure availability of the products
advertised and to maximize the impact of such campaigns that
reflect a change in seasonal weather. In addition to offering a
broad array of Tommy Hilfiger apparel and licensed
products, Tommy Hilfigers website, www.tommy.com, also
serves as a marketing vehicle to complement the ongoing
development of the Tommy Hilfiger lifestyle brand. Tommy
Hilfiger incurred approximately 61 million of
advertising and marketing expenses in the year ended
March 31, 2009, which amounts to 4% of Tommy
Hilfigers net revenue.
Competition
The global apparel industry is highly fragmented and includes a
wide variety of participants offering products aimed to address
differentiated consumer preferences and needs. Evolving consumer
demographics, spending patterns and individual preferences
require industry participants to adapt their products and
strategies to meet changing demand needs.
S-80
Tommy Hilfiger faces extensive competition from various
domestic and foreign brands. Each of Tommy Hilfigers
geographic segments faces various competitors that span a broad
variety of product categories, including premium designer
apparel, accessories and footwear for men, women and children,
sportswear and denim and licensed products including fragrance,
accessories, tailored clothing and home and bedding products.
Some of Tommy Hilfigers competitors include
Burberry, Gant, Hugo Boss, Lacoste,
Diesel, Pepe Jeans, Nautica, Guess?
and Polo Ralph Lauren. Tommy Hilfiger also competes
against its retail customers, who may offer private label
programs with competing goods.
Employees
As of March 31, 2009, Tommy Hilfiger had
6,662 full-time employees (Europe: 1,973; North America:
4,156 and rest of the world: 533).
None of Tommy Hilfigers employees is a member of a union
and Tommy Hilfiger is not a party to a collective bargaining
agreement. Tommy Hilfiger has not experienced any labor-related
work stoppages.
Properties
Tommy Hilfigers headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the
Netherlands on leased premises. The company also leases retail,
office, showroom and warehouse space in Europe, North America
and Asia. Tommy Hilfiger does not own any real estate property
except for its showroom located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
As of March 31, 2010, Tommy Hilfiger leased 143 stores
in Europe, 232 stores in North America and 118 stores
in the rest of the world. Retail stores are typically leased
pursuant to long-term leases of five to ten years. As of
March 31, 2010, Tommy Hilfiger also leased
20 administrative and sales offices in 15 countries
and 10 warehouse facilities in eight countries.
Tommy Hilfiger has obtained renewal rights for most of its
leased properties and anticipates that it will be able to extend
these leases on satisfactory terms or, if necessary, locate
substitute facilities on acceptable terms. Tommy Hilfiger
believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its
operations for the foreseeable future. It is possible that we
will close or consolidate facilities as part of our integration
of Tommy Hilfiger.
S-81
DESCRIPTION
OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
In this section, Description of Other
Indebtedness, PVH, the Company,
we, our or us refer only to
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation and not to any of its
subsidiaries.
New
Senior Secured Credit Facility
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreement
that will govern our new senior secured credit facility. As the
final terms of our new senior secured credit facility have not
been agreed upon, the final terms may differ from
those set forth herein and any such differences may be
significant. This summary is not a complete description of all
of the terms of the relevant agreements. Each component of the
new senior secured credit facility is described below and
individually is referred to as a facility.
Simultaneously with the closing of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new senior secured credit facility, which we expect
to include a Euro-denominated term loan A facility, a United
States Dollar-denominated term loan A facility, a
Euro-denominated term loan B facility, a United States
Dollar-denominated term loan B facility and two multi-currency
revolving facilities. It is expected that we will be the
borrower under the United States Dollar-denominated term loan
facilities and one of the revolving credit facilities and that
one or more of our Dutch subsidiaries will be the borrower under
the Euro-denominated term loan facilities and the other
revolving credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the net
proceeds from this offering and from borrowings under the new
senior secured credit facility to refinance certain outstanding
indebtedness of us and our subsidiaries and intend to use a
portion of such proceeds to fund our acquisition of Tommy
Hilfiger and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith.
See Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the revolving
credit facilities will be allowed to be used for working capital
or general corporate purposes.
The new senior secured credit facility initially provides for
aggregate borrowings of $2.45 billion, consisting of
(i) $2 billion of term loan facilities and
(ii) $450 million of revolving credit facilities which
amounts may include a portion in Euro equivalent. Portions of
the revolving credit facilities will be available for the
issuances of letters of credit and a portion of the revolving
credit facilities will be available for the making of swingline
loans. Any such issuance of letters of credit or making of a
swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the
applicable revolving credit facility. At our option, at any time
after the effective date of the new senior secured credit
facility, we may add one or more term loan facilities or
increase the commitments under the revolving credit facilities
in up to an aggregate amount to be agreed so long as certain
conditions are satisfied.
We expect that obligations under the new senior secured credit
facility will be guaranteed by substantially all of our existing
and future direct and indirect United States subsidiaries, with
certain customary or
agreed-upon
exceptions. We expect that obligations of the Dutch borrower or
borrowers under the new senior secured credit facility will be
guaranteed by us and substantially all of our existing and
future direct and indirect United States subsidiaries and
certain of our foreign subsidiaries, in each case with certain
customary or
agreed-upon
exceptions. The guarantors will pledge certain of their assets
as security for their obligations.
We expect that the new term loan A facilities and the new
revolving credit facilities will mature in 2015 and that the new
term loan B facilities will mature in 2016. We expect that the
terms of each of the new term loan A facilities will require the
applicable borrower to repay amounts outstanding under each such
facility in amounts equal to 5% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof during the first year following the closing date,
10% of the aggregate principal amount thereof during the second
year following the closing date, 15% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof during the third year following the closing date,
25% of the aggregate principal amount thereof during the fourth
year following the closing date and 45% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof during the fifth year following the
closing date, in each case paid in equal quarterly installments
during the course of each such year and in each case subject to
certain customary adjustments. We expect that the terms of the
new term loan B facilities will require the applicable borrower
to repay amounts outstanding under each such facility in equal
quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate
principal amount per annum, with the balance due on the maturity
date. The outstanding borrowings under the new senior secured
credit facility will be prepayable without penalty (other than
customary breakage costs). We expect that the terms of the new
senior secured credit facility will require us to repay certain
S-82
amounts outstanding thereunder with (i) net cash proceeds
of the incurrence of certain indebtedness, (ii) net cash
proceeds of certain asset sales or other dispositions (including
as a result of casualty or condemnation) that exceed certain
thresholds, to the extent such proceeds are not reinvested in
the business in accordance with customary reinvestment
provisions and (iii) a percentage of excess cash flow,
which percentage will be based upon our leverage ratio during
the relevant fiscal period.
We expect that the United States Dollar-denominated
borrowings under the new senior secured credit facility will
bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, as
determined at our option, either (a) a base rate determined
by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate,
(2) the United States federal funds rate plus 1/2 of
1% and (3) a one-month adjusted eurocurrency rate plus 1%
(provided, that, we expect that in no event will the base rate
be deemed to be less than an amount to be agreed) or (b) an
adjusted eurocurrency rate, calculated in a manner to be agreed
and more fully set forth in the new senior secured credit
facility (provided, that, we expect that in no event will the
adjusted eurocurrency rate be deemed to be less than an amount
to be agreed).
We expect that the Canadian Dollar-denominated borrowings under
the new senior secured credit facility will bear interest at a
rate equal to an applicable margin plus, as determined at our
option, either (a) the greater of (i) a prime rate
determined in a manner to be agreed and more fully set forth in
the new senior secured credit facility and (ii) the sum of
(x) the average of the rates per annum for Canadian Dollar
bankers acceptances having a term of one month that
appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as of 10:00 a.m.
(Toronto time) on the date of determination, as reported by the
administrative agent (and if such screen is not available, any
successor or similar service as may be selected by the
administrative agent), and (y) 1%, or (b) an adjusted
eurocurrency rate, calculated in a manner to be agreed and more
fully set forth in the new senior secured credit facility
(provided, that, we expect that in no event will the adjusted
eurocurrency rate be deemed to be less than an amount to be
agreed).
We expect that the borrowings under the new senior secured
credit facility in currencies other than United
States Dollars or Canadian Dollars will bear interest at a
rate equal to an applicable margin plus an adjusted eurocurrency
rate, calculated in a manner to be agreed and more fully set
forth in the new senior secured credit facility (provided, that,
in no event will the adjusted eurocurrency rate be deemed to be
less than an amount to be agreed).
The initial applicable margins will be rates to be agreed. The
applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan A
facilities and the revolving credit facilities will be adjusted
depending on our leverage ratio.
We expect that the new senior secured credit facility will
require us to comply with customary affirmative, negative and
financial covenants. We expect that the new senior secured
credit facility will require that we maintain a minimum interest
coverage ratio and a maximum total debt to adjusted EBITDA
ratio, or leverage ratio. We expect that the interest coverage
ratio covenant will require that the ratio of our adjusted
EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters to our
consolidated total cash interest expense for such period not be
less than a specified ratio for each fiscal quarter beginning
with a fiscal quarter to be agreed. We expect that the leverage
ratio covenant will require that the ratio of our total debt to
our adjusted EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters not
be more than a specified ratio for each fiscal quarter beginning
with a fiscal quarter to be agreed. We expect that the method of
calculating all of the components used in the covenants will be
set forth in the new senior secured credit facility.
We expect the new senior secured credit facility to contain
customary events of default, including but not limited to
nonpayment; material inaccuracy of representations and
warranties; violations of covenants; certain bankruptcies and
liquidations; any cross-default to material indebtedness;
certain material judgments; certain events related to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or
ERISA; certain events related to certain of the
guarantees by us and certain of our subsidiaries and certain
pledges of our assets and those of certain of our subsidiaries
as security for, the obligations under the new senior secured
credit facility; and a change in control (as defined in the new
senior secured credit facility).
S-83
73/4% Debentures
Due 2023
In November 1993, we issued $100 million in aggregate
principal amount of
73/4% debentures
due 2023, all of which remain outstanding as of the date of this
prospectus supplement. Interest on the debentures is payable
semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year.
The debentures are senior to all of our existing and future
subordinated indebtedness and rank pari passu in right of
payment with our
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and
81/8% senior
notes due 2013.
The
73/4% debentures
were issued under an indenture dated as of November 1, 1993
between us and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as
trustee, as amended. The indenture contains certain covenants
which, subject to certain exceptions, limit our ability to incur
liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions, limit the
ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur debt and limit
our ability to merge with or into or consolidate with any other
person or sell our assets substantially as an entirety to any
other person.
The debentures are not redeemable at our option prior to
maturity. If we pay any dividend on our capital stock or if we
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire our capital stock when,
in either case, it would cause our consolidated net worth to be
less than $175 million plus 50% of our cumulative
consolidated net income (or, in the case that our consolidated
net income is negative, less 100% of our consolidated net loss)
since the issuance of the debentures, then the holders of the
debentures, may, at their option, require us to redeem their
debentures, in whole or in part, at a redemption price in cash
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
The debentures are currently secured by liens on the collateral
securing our existing credit facility, which liens rank equally
with the liens securing our existing credit facility. Upon
closing of the transaction, the debentures will be secured by
liens on all collateral securing our new senior secured credit
facility, which liens on all such collateral (other than the
assets of and equity interests in our Calvin Klein, Inc. and CK
Service Corp. subsidiaries and their respective subsidiaries)
will rank equally with the liens securing our new senior secured
credit facility. The liens securing the debentures with respect
to assets of and equity interests in Calvin Klein, Inc. and CK
Service Corp. and their respective subsidiaries will be senior
to the liens on such collateral in favor of our new senior
secured credit facility lenders and equal to the liens on such
collateral in favor of Mr. Calvin Klein and his successors
and assigns, securing our obligations to him pursuant to the
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2002,
between Mr. Calvin Klein, Phillips-Van Heusen
Corporation and other parties thereto, and the related security
agreement, in each case as amended.
Events of default under the indenture governing the debentures
include, but are not limited to (1) our failure to pay
principal or interest when due, (2) covenant defaults,
(3) cross-defaults to other indebtedness in excess of an
agreed amount and (4) events of bankruptcy.
S-84
DESCRIPTION
OF THE NOTES
The % senior notes due 2020
(the notes) constitute a series of senior debt
securities referred to in the accompanying prospectus. The
notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the
indenture for voting and other purposes. This description
supplements and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, replaces
the descriptions of the general terms and provisions contained
in Description of Debt Securities in the
accompanying prospectus.
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation will issue the notes under an
indenture (the indenture) between itself and
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the
trustee). The terms of the notes include those
stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act.
Certain terms used in this Description of the Notes
are defined under the subheading Certain
Definitions. In this Description of the Notes,
Phillips-Van Heusen refers only to Phillips-Van
Heusen Corporation and not to any of its Subsidiaries.
The following description and the Description of Debt
Securities in the accompanying prospectus are only
summaries of the material provisions of the indenture.
Phillips-Van Heusen urges you to read the indenture because it,
not this description or the description in the accompanying
prospectus, defines your rights as holders of the notes.
Brief
Description of the Notes
The notes will:
|
|
|
|
|
be unsecured unsubordinated obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen;
|
|
|
|
be senior in right of payment to any existing and future
obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen that are by their terms
expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the
notes;
|
|
|
|
not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen on
the Issue Date and may not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of
Phillips-Van Heusen for their tenor;
|
|
|
|
be effectively junior to any of Phillips-Van Heusens
existing and future secured obligations to the extent of the
value of the assets securing such obligations; and
|
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated to all existing and future
obligations, including trade payables, of
Phillips-Van
Heusens Subsidiaries.
|
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
Phillips-Van Heusen will initially issue an aggregate principal
amount of $525.0 million of notes. The notes will mature
on
2020. Phillips-Van Heusen will issue the notes in minimum
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. Subject to Phillips-Van Heusens compliance
with the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Indebtedness,
Phillips-Van
Heusen may issue additional notes under the indenture which will
be treated as a single class with the notes for all purposes of
the indenture including, without limitation, waivers,
amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. There is no
limit on the total aggregate principal amount of debt
securities, including the notes, that Phillips-Van Heusen can
issue under the indenture.
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate
of % per annum payable semiannually
in arrears
on
and ,
commencing
on ,
2010. Phillips-Van Heusen will make each interest payment to the
registered holders of the notes on the immediately
preceding
and ,
each a record date.
Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original
issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
S-85
Optional
Redemption
Except as set forth below, Phillips-Van Heusen will not be
entitled to redeem the notes at its option prior to their stated
maturity.
At any time prior
to ,
2015, the notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, from
time to time, at Phillips-Van Heusens option upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days notice at a redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date
(subject to the right of registered holders of the notes on the
related record date to receive interest due on the relevant
redemption date).
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any
notes on any redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of the note
at ,
2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table
appearing below), plus (ii) all required interest payments
due on such note
through ,
2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to but not including
the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to
the Treasury Yield, as of such redemption date, plus
50 basis points; over
(b) the principal amount of such note.
Comparable Treasury Issue means the United
States Treasury security selected, in accordance with customary
financial practice, by an Independent Investment Banker as
having a constant maturity most nearly equal to the period from
such redemption date
to ,
2015; provided that if the period from such redemption
date
to ,
2015 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall
be used.
Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect
to any redemption date, (i) the average of the applicable
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date,
after excluding the highest and lowest such applicable Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the trustee obtains
fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the
average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations.
Independent Investment Banker means Barclays
Capital Inc. or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select
the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent
investment banking institution of national standing appointed by
Phillips-Van Heusen.
Reference Treasury Dealer means
(i) Barclays Capital Inc. and its successors; provided
however, that if the foregoing shall cease to be a primary
United States Government securities dealer in New York City (a
Primary Treasury Dealer), Phillips-Van Heusen
shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and
(ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by
Phillips-Van Heusen.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation means,
with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and redemption
date, the average, as determined by the trustee, of the bid and
ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the notes
(expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury
Dealer at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third
Business Day preceding such redemption date.
Treasury Yield means, with respect to any
redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the yield to
maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue for the notes,
assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as
a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable
Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury
Yield shall be calculated by Phillips-Van Heusen on the third
Business Day preceding such redemption date.
On and
after ,
2015, Phillips-Van Heusen will be entitled at its option to
redeem all or a portion of the notes upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days notice, at the redemption prices
(expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption
date), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not
including the redemption date (subject to the right of
registered holders of the notes on the related record date
S-86
to receive interest due on the relevant redemption date), if
redeemed during the
12-month
period commencing
on
of the years set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption price of
|
Period
|
|
notes
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
|
%
|
2017
|
|
|
|
%
|
2018 and thereafter
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Prior
to ,
2013, Phillips-Van Heusen may at its option on one or more
occasions redeem the notes in an aggregate principal amount not
to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes
originally issued at a redemption price (expressed as a
percentage of principal amount)
of %, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date
(subject to the right of registered holders of the notes on the
related record date to receive interest due on the relevant
redemption date), with the net cash proceeds from one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the
notes outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of each
such redemption (other than notes held, directly or indirectly,
by Phillips-Van Heusen or its Subsidiaries), remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such
redemption; and
(2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after
the closing date of the related Equity Offering.
Selection
and Notice of Redemption
On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue
on the notes or any portion of the notes called for redemption
(unless Phillips-Van Heusen defaults in the payment of the
redemption price and accrued interest). On or before the
redemption date, Phillips-Van Heusen will deposit with the
trustee money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and
(unless the redemption date shall be an interest payment date)
accrued and unpaid interest to but not including the redemption
date on the notes to be redeemed on such date.
If Phillips-Van Heusen is redeeming less than all of the notes
at any time, the trustee will select notes on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such other method as the trustee in its
sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate.
No notes of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. Phillips-Van Heusen will cause notices of
redemption to be mailed at least 30 but not more than
60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes
to be redeemed at its registered address.
If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Phillips-Van Heusen
will issue a new note in a principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the original note in the name of the
holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. Notes
called for redemption become due on the date fixed for
redemption.
Mandatory
Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
Phillips-Van Heusen is not required to make any mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.
However, under certain circumstances, Phillips-Van Heusen may be
required to offer to purchase notes as described under the
captions Change of Control and
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. Phillips-Van Heusen
may at any time and from time to time purchase notes in the open
market or otherwise.
S-87
Ranking
Senior
Indebtedness Versus Notes
The Indebtedness evidenced by the notes will be unsecured and
will rank pari passu in right of payment to the Senior
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen. As of January 31,
2010, as adjusted for the use of net proceeds of this offering
and the consummation of the Transactions, Phillips-Van Heusen
would have approximately $2.6 billion of long-term debt
(including $100 million aggregate principal amount of 2023
Debentures), not including $201 million of letters of
credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement and
$249 million of additional amounts available for borrowing.
Secured
Indebtedness and Subsidiary Liabilities Versus
Notes
The notes will be unsecured Obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen.
Secured debt and other secured obligations of Phillips-Van
Heusen aggregating approximately $2.1 billion as of January
31, 2010, as adjusted for the use of the net proceeds of this
offering and the consummation of the Transactions (including
$2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of loans
outstanding under the Credit Agreement and $100 million
aggregate principal amount of 2023 Debentures, but excluding
Phillips-Van Heusens obligation to make contingent
purchase price payments to Mr. Calvin Klein), not including
$201 million of letters of credit outstanding under the
Credit Agreement and $249 million of additional amounts
available for borrowing, will be effectively senior to the notes
to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt or
other obligations. See the caption of Phillips-Van Heusens
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010 entitled
Our Business Contingent Purchase Price
Payments for a description of Phillips-Van Heusens
obligation to make contingent purchase price payments to
Mr. Calvin Klein.
A portion of Phillips-Van Heusens operations is conducted
through its Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of the
Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and
creditors holding indebtedness and guarantees issued by the
Subsidiaries, will have priority with respect to the assets and
earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of
Phillips-Van Heusen, including holders of the notes. The notes
will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of
Phillips-Van Heusens Subsidiaries. As of January 31,
2010, after giving pro forma effect to the use of the net
proceeds of this offering and the consummation of the
Transactions, the total indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusens Subsidiaries would have been approximately
$2.0 billion, not including $201 million of letters of
credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement, $249 million
of additional amounts available for borrowing and
$100 million aggregate principal amount of 2023 Debentures
(in respect of which certain subsidiaries of Phillips-Van Heusen
have pledged their assets). In addition, the CK Companies have
guaranteed Phillips-Van Heusens obligation to make
contingent purchase price payments to Mr. Calvin Klein,
which obligation is secured by a first-priority pledge of all of
the equity interests of the CK Companies and a first-priority
lien on substantially all of Phillips-Van Heusens domestic
CK Companies assets.
Change of
Control
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless Phillips-Van
Heusen has exercised its right to redeem the notes as described
above in Optional Redemption, each
holder of the notes shall have the right to require that
Phillips-Van Heusen repurchase such holders notes at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but not including the date of purchase
(subject to the right of registered holders of the notes on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
date of purchase).
Change of Control means any of the following
events:
(1) Phillips-Van Heusen becomes aware (by way of a report
or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) that any
person (as such term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause
(1), such person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all shares that any such person has the
S-88
right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately
or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
Phillips-Van Heusen (for the purposes of this clause (1), such
person shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a
Person (the specified person) held by any
other Person (the parent entity), if such
person is the beneficial owner (as defined above in this clause
(1)), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting
power of the Voting Stock of the parent entity);
(2) the date the Continuing Directors cease for any reason
to constitute a majority of Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors then in office; or
(3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of Phillips-Van Heusen.
Continuing Directors means individuals who on
the Issue Date constituted the board of directors of
Phillips-Van Heusen (together with any new directors whose
election by such board of directors or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of Phillips-Van Heusen was approved
by a vote of a majority of the directors of Phillips-Van Heusen
then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date
or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
Phillips-Van Heusen will cause a notice to be mailed to each
holder of the notes at its registered address (the
Change of Control Offer) stating:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred, the transaction
or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and that
such holder has the right to require Phillips-Van Heusen to
purchase such holders notes at a purchase price in cash
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of
purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not
including the date of purchase (subject to the right of
registered holders of the notes on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant date of purchase);
(2) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed); and
(3) the instructions, as determined by Phillips-Van Heusen,
consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a holder
of notes must follow in order to have its notes purchased.
Phillips-Van Heusen will not be required to make a Change of
Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third
party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer
made by Phillips-Van Heusen and purchases all notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or
(ii) Phillips-Van Heusen has exercised its right to redeem
the notes as described above in Optional
Redemption unless and until there is a default in payment
of the applicable redemption price.
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, and be conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place in respect of the Change of
Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
Phillips-Van Heusen will comply, to the extent applicable, with
the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the
repurchase of notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of the covenant described
hereunder, Phillips-Van Heusen will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under the covenant described hereunder
by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or
regulations.
Under clause (2) of the definition of Change of Control
above, a Change of Control will occur when a majority of
Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors are not Continuing
Directors. In a recent decision in connection with a proxy
contest, the Delaware Court of Chancery held that the occurrence
of a change of control under a similar indenture provision may
nevertheless be avoided if the existing directors were to
approve the slate of new director nominees (who would constitute
a majority of the new board) as continuing
directors, provided the incumbent directors give their
approval in the good faith exercise of their fiduciary
S-89
duties owed to the corporation and its stockholders. Therefore,
in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the
composition of Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors,
including in connection with a proxy contest where Phillips-Van
Heusens board of directors does not endorse a dissident
slate of directors but approves them as Continuing Directors,
holders of the notes may not be entitled to require Phillips-Van
Heusen to make a Change of Control Offer.
The Change of Control purchase feature of the notes may in
certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale
or takeover of Phillips-Van Heusen and, thus, the removal of
incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is
a result of negotiations between Phillips-Van Heusen and the
underwriters. Phillips-Van Heusen has no present intention to
engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although
it is possible that it could decide to do so in the future.
Subject to the limitations discussed below, Phillips-Van Heusen
could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including
acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that
would not constitute a Change of Control under the indenture,
but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding
at such time or otherwise affect Phillips-Van Heusens
capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on
Phillips-Van Heusens ability to Incur additional
Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Indebtedness, Limitation on Liens
and Limitation on Sale/Leaseback
Transactions. Such restrictions can only be waived with
the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained
in such covenants, however, the indenture will not contain any
covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the notes
protection in the event of such transactions.
In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the
Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility restricts or
prohibits Phillips-Van Heusen from purchasing notes, then prior
to the mailing of the notice to holders of the notes provided
for above but in any event within 45 days following any
Change of Control, Phillips-Van Heusen shall (a) repay in
full all Indebtedness Incurred under the Credit Agreement
and/or such
other Credit Facility or, if doing so will allow the purchase of
notes, offer to repay in full all Indebtedness Incurred under
the Credit Agreement
and/or such
other Credit Facility and repay the Indebtedness of each lender
or holder that has accepted such offer or (b) obtain the
requisite consent under the agreements governing such
Indebtedness Incurred under the Credit Agreement
and/or such
other Credit Facility to permit the repurchase of the notes as
provided for above. If Phillips-Van Heusen does not obtain such
consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain prohibited from
purchasing notes. In such case, Phillips-Van Heusens
failure to offer to purchase notes would constitute a Default
under the indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default
under the Credit Agreement or such other Credit Facility, as
applicable.
Future indebtedness that Phillips-Van Heusen may Incur may
contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that
would constitute a Change of Control or require the repurchase
of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the
exercise by the holders of their right to require Phillips-Van
Heusen to repurchase the notes could cause a default under such
indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due
to the financial effect of such repurchase on Phillips-Van
Heusen. Finally, Phillips-Van Heusens ability to pay cash
to the holders of notes following the occurrence of a Change of
Control may be limited by its then existing financial resources.
There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be
available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
The provisions under the indenture relative to Phillips-Van
Heusens obligation to make an offer to repurchase the
notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or
modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the notes.
Certain
Covenants
The indenture contains the following covenants:
Limitation
on Indebtedness
(a) Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any
Indebtedness; provided, however, that Phillips-Van
Heusen and any future Subsidiary Guarantor will be entitled to
Incur Indebtedness if, on the date of such Incurrence and after
giving effect thereto on a pro
S-90
forma basis, no Default has occurred and is continuing
and the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0 to
1.0.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a),
Phillips-Van Heusen and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be
entitled to Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:
(1) Indebtedness Incurred by Phillips-Van Heusen and the
Restricted Subsidiaries (including Restricted Subsidiaries that
become Subsidiaries after the Issue Date) pursuant to one or
more Credit Facilities including, but not limited to the Credit
Agreement; provided, however, that, after giving
effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of
all Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (1) and then
outstanding does not exceed the greater of
(A) $2.70 billion and (B) the Borrowing Base,
less in the case of clause (A) the sum of all mandatory
principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness permitted
under paragraph (a)(3)(A) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock (which principal payments in the case of revolving
loans are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment
reduction);
(2) Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen owed to a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary)
or of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization
Subsidiary) owed to Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary);
provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or
transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any Restricted
Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness
(other than to Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary
(other than a Securitization Subsidiary)) shall be deemed, in
each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by
the obligor thereon;
(3) the notes (other than any additional notes);
(4) the Existing Notes and any other Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of
the net proceeds of the sale of the notes as described in this
prospectus supplement (other than Indebtedness described in
clause (1), (2), (3) or (10) of this covenant);
(5) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; provided
that Phillips-Van Heusen would be permitted to Incur an
additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under paragraph (a) above
or the pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio for
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
greater than or equal to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such transaction;
(6) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause
(1), (3), (4) (but not including Phillips-Van Heusens
81/8% senior
notes due 2013 or
71/4% senior
notes due 2011, it being understood, however, that the
satisfaction and discharge of such senior notes on the Issue
Date together with the subsequent redemption of such senior
notes following the Issue Date is permitted under the
indenture), (5), (11), (13), (21) (with respect to the ITOCHU
Obligations only), (29) or (30) or this clause (6), in
each case, of this paragraph (b); provided,
however, that to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness
directly or indirectly Refinances Indebtedness of a Subsidiary
Incurred pursuant to clause (5), such Refinancing Indebtedness
shall be Incurred only by such Subsidiary;
(7) Hedging Obligations;
(8) Obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety
bonds and completion guarantees provided by Phillips-Van Heusen
or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(9) Indebtedness arising (a) from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its
Incurrence, (b) under any customary cash pooling or Cash
Management Agreement with a bank or other financial institution
in the ordinary course of business or (c) pursuant to any
Treasury Transaction in the ordinary course of business;
S-91
(10) Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen consisting of
(A) guarantees of payments of accounts payable of
third-party manufacturing facilities up to an aggregate amount
not to exceed $15.0 million and (B) Obligations for
the payment of letters of credit in commitment amounts not to
exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate, excluding commitment
amounts for any letters of credit issued pursuant to the Credit
Facilities;
(11) (a) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capital Lease
Obligations Incurred by Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary to acquire or construct property in the ordinary
course of business and which do not in the aggregate exceed the
greater of $40.0 million and 0.75% of Total Assets
(calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such
property acquisition or construction) at any time outstanding
and (b) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease
Obligations arising from any Permitted Sale/Leasebacks;
(12) the Subsidiary Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(13) (a) any Permitted Guarantee by a Restricted
Subsidiary described in clause (iii) of the definition of
Permitted Guarantees or any Indebtedness Incurred by
a Restricted Subsidiary as a co-borrower of Indebtedness of
Phillips-Van Heusen described in clause (iii) of the
definition of Permitted Guarantees and (b) any
Guarantee by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary in
respect of Indebtedness Incurred by Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to this Limitation on
Indebtedness covenant to the extent such Person would have
itself been able to originally Incur such Indebtedness;
(14) Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or a
CKI Company which at any time outstanding does not exceed the
greater of an amount which, when taken together with all
Indebtedness Incurred by all other Foreign Restricted
Subsidiaries and CKI Companies pursuant to this clause (14)
and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of
$125.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets in the aggregate;
(15) Indebtedness Incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary
in a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
(16) Indebtedness Incurred from the accrual of interest,
the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of
additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of
dividends on Preferred Stock (including Disqualified Stock) in
the form of additional shares of the same class of Preferred
Stock (including Disqualified Stock);
(17) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Phillips-Van
Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase
price or other compensation or similar obligations, in each
case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the making of any
Permitted Investment or the acquisition or disposition of a
Restricted Subsidiary or any business or assets of Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion
of such Restricted Subsidiary or business or assets for the
purposes of financing such acquisition; provided,
however, that the maximum liability in respect of all
such Indebtedness Incurred in connection with a disposition
shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash
proceeds (the fair market value (as determined in good faith by
the board of directors of Phillips-Van Heusen (or a duly
authorized committee thereof)) of such noncash proceeds being
measured at the time received and without giving any effect to
any subsequent changes in value) actually received by
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with such disposition;
(18) Indebtedness supported by a letter of credit, bank
guarantee or similar instrument, in a principal amount not in
excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit, bank
guarantee or similar instrument;
(19) Attributable Debt on account of all Permitted
Sale/Leasebacks;
(20) the disposition of accounts receivable in connection
with receivables factoring arrangements in the ordinary course
of business;
(21) Indebtedness, if any, in respect of the CKI
Obligations and the ITOCHU Obligations;
S-92
(22) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of obligations of
Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress
payments in connection with such goods and services; provided
that such obligations are Incurred in connection with open
accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms (which
require that all such payments be made within 60 days after
the Incurrence of the related obligations) in the ordinary
course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of
money or any Hedging Obligation or Treasury Transaction;
(23) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to
employees of Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(24) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of
credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar
instruments issued in the ordinary course of business, and
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen in respect of letters of
credit issued by Phillips-Van Heusen for its own account or for
the account of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(25) guarantees by Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation of
Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor incurred for working capital purposes in
the ordinary course of business on ordinary business terms so
long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred under
clauses (14) of this covenant, to the extent such
guarantees are permitted by the covenant described under
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(26) Indebtedness arising as a result of (the establishment
of) a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) between Restricted
Subsidiaries incorporated in the Netherlands;
(27) Indebtedness pursuant to a declaration of joint and
several liability used for the purpose of Section 2:403 of
the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such
declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the
Dutch Civil Code);
(28) Indebtedness arising under any domination
and/or
profit transfer agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder
Gewinnabführungsvertrag) with a Restricted Subsidiary
incorporated in Germany which is in force at the date hereof;
(29) Indebtedness on account of the 2023
Debentures; and
(30) Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen and any future
Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount which,
when taken together with all other Indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date
of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by
clauses (1) through (29) above or paragraph (a)) does
not exceed $150.0 million.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Phillips-Van
Heusen nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness
pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) if the proceeds
thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any
Subordinated Obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness shall be
subordinated to the notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guaranty
to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
covenant:
(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement
on the Issue Date will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date
under clause (1) of paragraph (b) above;
(2) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described
above, Phillips-Van Heusen, in its sole discretion, will
classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of Incurrence and
from time to time may reclassify and will only be required to
include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the
above clauses; and
(3) Phillips-Van Heusen will be entitled to divide and
classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types
of Indebtedness described above.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Limitation on
Indebtedness covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness
that may be Incurred pursuant to this Limitation on
Indebtedness covenant will not
S-93
be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding
Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the
exchange rates of currencies. The amount of any particular
Indebtedness Incurred in a foreign currency will be calculated
based on the relevant exchange rate for such currency
vis-à-vis the U.S. dollar in effect on the date such
Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first
committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower
U.S. dollar-denominated equivalent), in the case of
revolving credit or delayed draw term debt; provided that
if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness
denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would
cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to
be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate
in effect on the date of such refinancing, such
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount (or if
Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate issue
price) of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount,
the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed
(plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance
costs) of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit
relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the
determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not
be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness;
provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness
represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case
may be, was in compliance with this covenant.
Limitation
on Restricted Payments
(a) Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a
Restricted Payment if at the time Phillips-Van Heusen or such
Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:
(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
would result therefrom);
(2) Phillips-Van Heusen is not entitled to Incur an
additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph
(a) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness; or
(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all
other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the
sum of (without duplication):
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (excluding any
dividends or distributions included in clauses (1)(d) or
(12) of the definition of Permitted Investment)
accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period)
from the beginning of Phillips-Van Heusens fiscal quarter
commencing February 1, 2010 to the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available on
or prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case
such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of
such deficit), including, for the avoidance of doubt, 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of Tommy Hilfiger B.V. for the period
commencing February 1, 2010 and ending May 5, 2010;
plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by
Phillips-Van Heusen from the issuance or sale of its Capital
Stock, including Capital Stock issued pursuant to a stock option
or similar plan established by Phillips-Van Heusen (other than
Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an
issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen and
other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership
plan or to a trust established by Phillips-Van Heusen or any of
its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) and 100% of
any cash capital contribution received by Phillips-Van Heusen
from its stockholders subsequent to the Issue Date; plus
(C) the amount by which Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen
is reduced on Phillips-Van Heusens balance sheet upon the
conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue Date of any
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen into Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of
Phillips-Van
Heusen (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of
any other property, distributed by Phillips-Van Heusen in
respect of such conversion or exchange); provided,
however,
S-94
that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the Net Cash Proceeds
received by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary
from the sale of such Indebtedness; plus
(D) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the reduction,
net of costs, in the Investments (other than Permitted
Investments) made by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases, repayments
or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds
realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds
representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and
distributions), in each case received by Phillips-Van Heusen or
any Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) to the extent such
Person is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate
to Phillips-Van Heusens equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary
is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the
case of any such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount
of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made
(and treated as a Restricted Payment) by Phillips-Van Heusen or
any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted
Subsidiary; plus
(E) $40.0 million.
(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit:
(1) any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash
Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by
exchange for, Capital Stock of Phillips-Van Heusen (other than
Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold
to a Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen or an employee stock
ownership plan or to a trust established by Phillips-Van Heusen
or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees)
or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received
by Phillips-Van Heusen from its stockholders; provided,
however, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments
and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale or such cash
capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted
Payment) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under
clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above;
(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated
Obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary Guarantor
(A) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) the substantially concurrent sale of, Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock, in each case, which is permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness or
(ii) the issuance, sale or exchange, within six months
prior thereto, of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
provided that to the extent used as provided in this
clause (b)(2)(A), the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance, sale
or exchange shall not increase the amount described under clause
(3)(B) of paragraph (a) above or (B) deemed to occur as a
result of the conversion of all or a portion of such
Subordinated Obligations into Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of Phillips-Van Heusen; provided,
however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(3) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend
would have complied with this covenant; provided,
however, that at the time of payment of such dividend, no
other Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result
therefrom); provided, further, however, that such
dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments;
(4) the payment of dividends by Phillips-Van Heusen on
(a) its common stock in an annual amount of up to $0.20 per
outstanding share of common stock and (b) its Series A
Preferred Stock in an annual amount of up to $0.20 per share of
common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of any
outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject, in
each case, to adjustment for any stock split or similar
occurrence); provided, however, that such payment
will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
S-95
(5) repurchases by Phillips-Van Heusen of Capital Stock
deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants,
restricted stock units or similar rights if such Capital Stock
represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or is
deemed to occur in connection with the satisfaction of any
withholding tax obligation Incurred relating to the vesting or
exercise of such options, warrants, restricted stock units or
similar rights; provided, however, that such
repurchases will be excluded from the calculation of the amount
of Restricted Payments;
(6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Phillips-Van Heusen
or any Restricted Subsidiary held by any current or former
officer, director or employee of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen in connection with any
management equity subscription agreement, any compensation,
retirement, disability, severance or benefit plan or agreement,
any stock option or incentive plan or agreement, any employment
agreement or any other similar plans or agreements;
provided, however, that the aggregate price paid
for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital
Stock pursuant to this clause (6) shall not exceed
$15.0 million in any calendar year; provided,
further, that such repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions or retirements will be excluded in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(7) declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or
accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described
under Limitation on Indebtedness to the
extent such dividends are included in the calculation of
Consolidated Interest Expense; provided, however,
that such declarations and payments will be excluded from the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(8) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a
consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that complies with the provisions of the indenture
applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the assets of Phillips-Van Heusen;
provided that, as a result of such consolidation, merger
or transfer of assets, Phillips-Van Heusen has made a Change of
Control Offer pursuant to the covenant described under
Change of Control (if required) and any notes
tendered in connection therewith have been purchased;
provided, however, that such payments or
distributions will be excluded in the calculation of the amount
of Restricted Payments;
(9) other Restricted Payments not to exceed the greater of
$60.0 million and 1.00% of Total Assets, in the aggregate
at any one time outstanding; provided, however,
that (A) at the time of such Restricted Payments, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing (or result therefrom) and (B) such Restricted
Payments will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments;
(10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing
or would be caused thereby, upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control and within 60 days after the completion of the
related Change of Control Offer (if required), any purchase or
redemption of Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen that is
contractually subordinated to the notes required pursuant to the
terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a
purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of the
outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that
such purchases or redemption will be excluded in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
(11) any payment of the ITOCHU Obligations.
For purposes of determining compliance with this
Limitation on Restricted Payments covenant, in the
event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than
one of the types of Restricted Payments described above,
Phillips-Van Heusen may order and classify, and from time to
time may reclassify, such Restricted Payment if that
classification would have been permitted at the time such
Restricted Payment was made and at the time of the
reclassification.
Limitation
on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries
Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any
S-96
Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on its Capital Stock to Phillips-Van Heusen
or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to
Phillips-Van Heusen, (b) make any loans or advances to
Phillips-Van Heusen or (c) transfer any of its property or
assets to Phillips-Van Heusen, except:
(1) with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c),
(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date (after giving
effect to the use of the net proceeds of the sale of the notes
as described in this prospectus supplement);
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any
Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior
to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by
Phillips-Van Heusen (other than Indebtedness Incurred as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds
or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or
series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by
Phillips-Van Heusen) and outstanding on such date;
(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an
agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or
(ii) of clause (1) of this covenant or this clause
(iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances
and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary
contained in any such refinancing agreement are no less
favorable in any material respect to the holders of the notes
than encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such
Restricted Subsidiary contained in such predecessor agreements;
(iv) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered
into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of
the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary
pending the closing of such sale or disposition and so long as
the consummation of such transaction would not result in a
Default or Event of Default;
(v) any encumbrance or restriction under applicable
corporate law or regulation relating to the payment of dividends
or distributions;
(vi) any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms
of any Indebtedness or agreements relating to Liens, in each
case, permitted to be Incurred under the indenture; provided
that Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or a
duly authorized committee thereof) determines that any such
encumbrance or restriction will not adversely affect
Phillips-Van Heusens ability to make principal or interest
payments on the notes;
(vii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to
Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a
Securitization Subsidiary in connection with and, in the good
faith determination of Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof), necessary to
effectuate, a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
provided, however, that such encumbrance or
restriction applies only to such Securitization Subsidiary;
(viii) any encumbrance or restriction contained in any of
the CKI Agreements, ITOCHU Stockholders Agreement or any
agreement related to the China JV Obligations; provided
that with respect to any such encumbrance or restriction created
after the Issue Date, Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) determines
that any encumbrance or restriction will not adversely affect
Phillips-Van Heusens ability to make principal or interest
payments on the notes;
(ix) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary organized
under the laws of Japan, any encumbrance or restriction imposed
pursuant to an agreement restricting (a) the creation or
assumption of any Lien upon any such Subsidiarys inventory
and receivables or (b) the transfer of assets of any such
Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
S-97
(x) any encumbrances or restrictions with respect to cash
or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered
into in the ordinary course of business; and
(xi) any encumbrance or restriction imposed by any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the
contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in this
clause (1) or clause (2) below; provided that
such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
will not, in the good faith judgment of Phillips-Van
Heusens board of directors (or a duly authorized committee
thereof), adversely affect Phillips-Van Heusens ability to
make principal or interest payments on the notes;
(2) with respect to clause (c) only,
(i) any encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary
nonassignment provisions in leases governing leasehold
interests, licenses, joint venture agreements and agreements
similar to any of the foregoing to the extent such provisions
restrict the transfer of the property subject to such leases,
licenses, joint venture agreements or similar
agreements; and
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction contained in security
agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction
restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security
agreements or mortgages.
Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
(a) Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any
Asset Disposition unless:
(1) Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at
least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value
of all non-cash consideration) of the shares and assets subject
to such Asset Disposition, as determined in good faith
(i) by an Officer of Phillips-Van Heusen, as evidenced in
an Officers Certificate delivered to the trustee, for any
Asset Disposition of less than $25.0 million or
(ii) by Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or a
duly authorized committee thereof) for any Asset Disposition of
$25.0 million or greater;
(2) in the case of an Asset Disposition other than an Asset
Swap, at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form
of cash or cash equivalents; and
(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from
such Asset Disposition is applied by Phillips-Van Heusen (or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be), at its option:
(A) to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Senior
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen or Indebtedness (other than
any Disqualified Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case
other than Indebtedness owed to Phillips-Van Heusen or an
Affiliate of Phillips-Van Heusen) within one year from the later
of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash;
(B) to acquire Additional Assets within one year from the
later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of
such Net Available Cash; and
(C) as set forth in clause (b) of this covenant to the
extent required thereby;
provided, however, that in connection with any
prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to
clause (A) above, Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted
Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall
cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently
reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid,
repaid or purchased; provided, further, however, that
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed
to have complied with clause (B) above if it has entered
into a binding agreement with respect to the application of such
Net Available Cash; provided that such binding agreement
shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net
S-98
Available Cash from the date thereof until the earlier of
(x) the date on which such acquisition is consummated and
(y) 365 days.
Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this
covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in Temporary
Cash Investments or applied to temporarily reduce revolving
credit indebtedness.
For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to
be cash or cash equivalents:
(1) the assumption of Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen
or any Restricted Subsidiary by another Person (other than by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen)
and the release of Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted
Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection
with such Asset Disposition; and
(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary from the
transferee to the extent converted within 180 days by
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or
Temporary Cash Investments.
(b) Any Net Available Cash from any Asset Disposition that
is not applied as provided in clause (a)(3) of this
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock covenant (including the proviso thereto) within the
time period provided therein (it being understood that any
portion of such Net Available Cash used to purchase notes, as
described in clause (a)(3)(A) of this covenant, shall be deemed
to have been applied as provided in clause (a)(3)(A) above)
shall be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds. When
the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$50.0 million, Phillips-Van Heusen shall make an offer to
all holders of the notes (and, at the option of Phillips-Van
Heusen, to holders of any other Senior Indebtedness of
Phillips-Van Heusen) to purchase the maximum principal amount of
notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness), in minimum
denominations of $2,000 principal amount and in integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, out of the Excess
Proceeds at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount
(or, in the event such other Senior Indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusen was issued with significant original issue discount, 100%
of the accreted value thereof) without premium, plus accrued but
unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen, such lesser price, if any,
as may be provided for by the terms of such Senior Indebtedness)
in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the
event of oversubscription) set forth in the indenture.
Phillips-Van Heusen shall not be required to make such an offer
to purchase notes (and other Senior Indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusen) pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash
available therefor is less than $50.0 million (which amount
shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether
such an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash
from any subsequent Asset Disposition). To the extent that the
aggregate amount of notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness)
tendered pursuant to such an offer is less than the Excess
Proceeds, Phillips-Van Heusen may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate
principal amount of notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness)
surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the trustee shall select the notes to be purchased in
the manner described in the indenture. Upon completion of any
such offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
(c) Phillips-Van Heusen will comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in
connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to this
covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant,
Phillips-Van Heusen will comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this covenant by virtue of its compliance with
such securities laws or regulations.
Limitation
on Affiliate Transactions
(a) Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
any property, employee compensation
S-99
arrangements or the rendering of any service) with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of Phillips-Van Heusen (an
Affiliate Transaction) unless:
(1) the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are no less
favorable to Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary
than those that could be obtained at the time of the Affiliate
Transaction in
arms-length
dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate;
(2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in
excess of the greater of $25.0 million and 0.50% of Total
Assets, a majority of the non-employee directors of Phillips-Van
Heusen disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction
(or a duly authorized committee of Phillips-Van Heusens
board of directors consisting solely of directors disinterested
with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in
good faith that the criteria set forth in clause (1) are
satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction
as evidenced by a resolution of Phillips-Van Heusens board
of directors (or such duly authorized committee); and
(3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in
excess of the greater of $35.0 million and 0.75% of Total
Assets, the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are set forth in
writing and a majority of the non-employee directors of
Phillips-Van Heusen disinterested with respect to such Affiliate
Transaction (or a duly authorized committee of Phillips-Van
Heusens board of directors consisting solely of directors
disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have
determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in
clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant
Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of
Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or such duly
authorized committee); and Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors shall have received a written opinion from an
Independent Qualified Party to the effect that such Affiliate
Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint, to
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is not
less favorable to Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted
Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at
the time in an arms-length transaction with a Person who
was not an Affiliate.
(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph (a) will
not prohibit:
(1) any Permitted Investment;
(2) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to
the covenant described under Limitation on
Restricted Payments;
(3) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards
or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock
ownership plans in the ordinary course of business;
(4) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course
of business in accordance with past practices of Phillips-Van
Heusen or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to
exceed $15.0 million, in the aggregate outstanding at any
one time;
(5) the payment of fees and compensation to, and the
provision of employee benefit arrangements, any health,
disability or similar insurance plan which covers employees and
indemnity for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees
of Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(6) any transaction between Phillips-Van Heusen and a
Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than Securitization Subsidiaries);
(7) any transaction with a Restricted Subsidiary or joint
venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate
Transaction solely because Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such
Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;
(8) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of Phillips-Van Heusen to any Person;
S-100
(9) any agreement or arrangement in effect on the Issue
Date (after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the
sale of the notes as described in this prospectus supplement)
and any amendment or replacement thereof and, in each case, the
transactions pursuant thereto; provided, however,
that any such amendment or replacement is not less favorable in
any material respect to Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries than that in effect on the Issue Date;
(10) sales or other dispositions of accounts receivable or
licensing royalties and related assets to a Securitization
Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction which are
customarily transferred in such a transaction;
(11) any transactions between Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and China JV or any of its Affiliates;
(12) any transactions between Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and (A) Apax Partners L.P.
(i) in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in
respect of China JV or (B) any funds or portfolio companies
of Apax Partners L.P. in the ordinary course of business which
satisfy clause (a)(1) of this Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions covenant;
(13) any employment agreements entered into by Phillips-Van
Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business and the transactions pursuant thereto;
(14) any satisfaction or discharge of the ITOCHU
Obligations;
(15) any transactions between Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and ITOCHU Corporation or any joint
venture of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary, in
each case in the ordinary course of business;
(16) transactions entered into by a Person prior to the
time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or
consolidated into Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary
(provided such transaction is not entered into in contemplation
of such event);
(17) any transactions between Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and the CKI Trust pursuant to the CKI
Trust Agreement; and
(18) any transactions between Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and Pepe Jeans SL (or any successor or
replacement sales and collection agent and franchisee in Spain
and Portugal) in the ordinary course of business.
Limitation
on Liens
Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness for
borrowed money secured by any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien)
on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary without making
effective provision whereby any and all notes then or thereafter
outstanding will be secured by a Lien equally and ratably with
or prior to any and all Indebtedness for borrowed money thereby
secured for so long as any such Indebtedness for borrowed money
shall be so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the
holders of the notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall
provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and
discharge of the initial Lien.
Limitation
on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction other
than a (a) Sale/Leaseback Transaction in respect of which
the Attributable Debt does not, when taken together with the
Attributable Debt as of such date with respect to all other
Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into pursuant to this clause
(a), exceed $35.0 million (each such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction entered into pursuant to this clause (a), a
Permitted Sale/Leaseback); and (b) any
other Sale/Leaseback Transaction so long as
(i) Phillips-Van Heusen or such Subsidiary would be
entitled to (A) Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to
the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale/Leaseback
S-101
Transaction pursuant to the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness and (B) create a
Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without
equally and ratably securing the notes pursuant to the covenant
described under Limitation on Liens,
(ii) the net proceeds received by Phillips-Van Heusen or
any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as
determined by Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or
a duly authorized committee thereof)) of such property and
(iii) Phillips-Van Heusen applies the proceeds of such
transaction in compliance with the covenant described under
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock.
Merger
and Consolidation
Phillips-Van Heusen will not consolidate with or merge with or
into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of in one
transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly,
all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
Successor Company) shall be a Person
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any
State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor
Company (if not Phillips-Van Heusen) shall expressly assume, by
an indenture supplemental thereto, executed and delivered to the
trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, all of
the obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen under the notes and the
indenture;
(2) immediately after giving pro forma effect to
such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an
Obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a
result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such
Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing;
(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to
such transaction, (x) the Successor Company would be able
to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness or (y) the Successor
Company would have a Consolidated Coverage Ratio that is greater
than or equal to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of Phillips-Van
Heusen immediately prior to such transaction; and
(4) Phillips-Van Heusen shall have delivered to the trustee
an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or
lease and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the
indenture;
provided, however, that clauses (3) and
(4) will not be applicable to Phillips-Van Heusen merging,
consolidating or amalgamating with an Affiliate of Phillips-Van
Heusen solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of
reincorporating Phillips-Van Heusen in another jurisdiction.
For purposes of this covenant, the conveyance, transfer, lease
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of one or more Subsidiaries of Phillips-Van Heusen, which
assets, if held by Phillips-Van Heusen instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the
assets of Phillips-Van Heusen on a consolidated basis, shall be
deemed to be the conveyance, transfer lease, or other
disposition, as applicable, of all or substantially all of the
assets of Phillips-Van Heusen.
The Successor Company, if not Phillips Van-Heusen, will be the
successor to Phillips-Van Heusen and shall succeed to and be
substituted for Phillips-Van Heusen, and may exercise every
right and power of Phillips-Van Heusen under the indenture, and
Phillips-Van Heusen, except in the case of a lease, shall be
released from all obligations under the notes and the indenture,
including, without limitation, the Obligation to pay the
principal of and interest on the notes.
Except as permitted under the covenant described under
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock, Phillips-Van Heusen will not permit any Subsidiary
Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of in one transaction or a
series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets
to any Person unless:
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not
such Subsidiary) shall be a Person organized and existing under
the laws of the jurisdiction under which such Subsidiary was
organized or under the
S-102
laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the District
of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a
Guaranty Agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary, if any, under
its Subsidiary Guaranty;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or
transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any
Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person as a result of such transaction
as having been issued by such Person at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; and
(3) Phillips-Van Heusen delivers to the trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with the indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Subsidiary Guarantor
may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate thereof
solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of
reincorporating such Subsidiary Guarantor in another
jurisdiction (which jurisdiction shall, in the case of a
Subsidiary Guarantor that is not a Foreign Restricted
Subsidiary, be a jurisdiction in the United States, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia), provided that such
Affiliate must become a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with
the terms of the indenture and (2) a Subsidiary Guarantor
may consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer,
lease or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to, another
Subsidiary Guarantor or Phillips-Van Heusen.
The successor Subsidiary Guarantor will be the successor to the
Subsidiary Guarantor and shall succeed to and be substituted for
such Subsidiary Guarantor, and may exercise every right and
power of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the indenture, and such
Subsidiary Guarantor, except in the case of a lease, shall be
released from all obligations under the indenture and the notes.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, this
Merger and Consolidation covenant shall
not apply to a conveyance, transfer or lease of assets between
or among Phillips-Van Heusen and any Subsidiary Guarantor.
Except as provided above, this covenant applies in the case of a
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
Phillips-Van Heusen to any Person. Although there is a limited
body of case law interpreting the phrase substantially
all, there is no precise established definition of the
phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain
circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether
a particular transaction would involve a disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of
Phillips-Van Heusen. As a result, it may be unclear as to
whether this covenant has been breached and whether a holder of
notes may declare an Event of Default in accordance with the
terms described in Defaults.
Future
Subsidiary Guarantors
Phillips-Van Heusen will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly, (i) to Guarantee any Indebtedness
of Phillips-Van Heusen (other than Permitted Guarantees and
Guarantees in respect of the 2023 Debentures) or (ii) to
Incur any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Guarantees) under
paragraph (a) or paragraph (b)(30) of the covenant
described under Limitation on
Indebtedness unless such Restricted Subsidiary promptly
executes and delivers a Guaranty Agreement providing for the
unconditional and irrevocable Guarantee of the notes by such
Restricted Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other
Subsidiary Guarantors. If the Indebtedness to be Guaranteed is
subordinated to the notes, the Guarantee of such Indebtedness
will be subordinated to the Guarantee of the notes to the same
extent as the Indebtedness to be Guaranteed is subordinated to
the notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Guarantee by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the notes will provide by its terms
that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and
discharged:
(1) upon the release or discharge of (x) such
Guarantee of such other Indebtedness or (y) such
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b)(30) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness;
S-103
(2) upon any sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer
(including through merger, consolidation or otherwise), other
than to Phillips-Van Heusen or a Subsidiary of Phillips-Van
Heusen, of all of Phillips-Van Heusens capital stock in,
or all or substantially all of the assets of, such Restricted
Subsidiary, which sale, disposition, exchange or transfer is
made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the
indenture;
(3) upon Phillips-Van Heusen designating such Subsidiary
Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with
the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
(4) upon Phillips-Van Heusens exercise of its legal
defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described
under Defeasance below, or if
Phillips-Van Heusens obligations under the indenture and
notes are discharged in accordance with the terms of the
indenture.
Covenant
Removal
Following the first day (the Suspension Date)
that both (1) the notes are rated Investment Grade by
Moodys and S&P and (2) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to
the covenants described under Limitation on
Indebtedness, Limitation on Restricted
Payments, Limitation on Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries,
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock, Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions, Limitation on Liens
and clause (3) of the first paragraph under
Merger and Consolidation (together, the
Suspended Covenants); provided that,
during the Suspension Period (as defined below), Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be subject to the
covenant described under Limitation on Secured
Indebtedness below.
As a result of the foregoing, the notes will be entitled to
substantially reduced covenant protection during any Suspension
Period (as defined below). In the event that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended
Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing,
and on any subsequent date (the Reversion
Date) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its
Investment Grade rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the
notes below an Investment Grade rating, then Phillips-Van Heusen
and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject
to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The
period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion
Date is referred to in this description as the
Suspension Period. Notwithstanding that the
Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default will occur or
be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a failure to
comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period
or the continued existence of circumstances or obligations that
occurred without complying with the Suspended Covenants during
the Suspension Period.
On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the
Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred
pursuant to paragraph (a) of Limitation
on Indebtedness or one of the clauses set forth in
paragraph (b) of Limitation on
Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness would be
permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and
after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the
Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the
extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of the
covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness will be deemed to have
been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as
permitted under clause (4) of paragraph (b) of the
covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness. Calculations made after the Reversion Date
of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under
the covenant described under Limitation on
Restricted Payments will be made as though such covenant
had been in effect since the Issue Date and during the
Suspension Period. For purposes of the
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions
from Restricted Subsidiaries covenant, on the Reversion
Date, any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary described under clauses (a), (b) or
(c) of the first paragraph thereof created, otherwise
caused or permitted to exist or become effective during the
Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been outstanding on
the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under
clause (i) of paragraph (1) of such covenant. For
purposes of the Limitation on Sales of Assets
and Subsidiary Stock covenant, on the Reversion Date, the
unutilized Net Available Cash amount will be reset to zero. For
purposes of the Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions covenant, on the Reversion
S-104
Date, any Affiliate Transaction entered into or permitted to
exist during the Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been
outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as
permitted under clause (9) of paragraph (b) of such
covenant. For purposes of the Limitation on
Liens covenant, on the Reversion Date, any Lien created
during the Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been
outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as a
Permitted Lien under clause (a) of the
definition thereof.
There can be no assurance that the notes will ever achieve an
Investment Grade rating or that any such rating will be
maintained.
Limitation
on Secured Indebtedness
During any Suspension Period, Phillips-Van Heusen will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any
Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on
any Principal Property or on any share of stock or Indebtedness
of a Subsidiary without making effective provisions whereby
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, will secure the notes equally and ratably with (or, if
the Indebtedness to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in
right of payment to the notes, prior to) the Indebtedness so
secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer
secured by a Lien, unless the aggregate amount of all
Indebtedness secured by all such Liens (excluding any Permitted
Lien) would not exceed 2.50% of Total Assets.
SEC
Reports
The indenture will provide that so long as the notes are
outstanding Phillips-Van Heusen will deliver to the trustee
within 15 days after the filing of the same with the SEC,
copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the
information, documents and other reports, if any, which
Phillips-Van Heusen is required to file with the SEC pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The indenture
further provides that, notwithstanding that Phillips-Van Heusen
may not be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as the
notes are outstanding Phillips-Van Heusen will file with the
SEC, to the extent permitted, and provide the trustee with such
annual reports and such information, documents and other reports
specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
In addition, Phillips-Van Heusen will make such information
available to the holders of the notes upon reasonable request.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Phillips-Van Heusen will be
deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the
trustee and the holders of the notes if Phillips-Van Heusen has
filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and
such reports are publicly available.
Defaults
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) a default in the payment of interest on the notes when
due, continued for 30 days;
(2) a default in the payment of principal of any note when
due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
(3) the failure by Phillips-Van Heusen to comply with its
obligations under Certain
Covenants Merger and Consolidation above;
(4) the failure by Phillips-Van Heusen to comply for
30 days after notice with any of its obligations in the
covenants described above under Change of Control
(other than a failure to purchase notes) or under
Certain Covenants under
Limitation on Indebtedness,
Limitation on Restricted Payments,
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions
from Restricted Subsidiaries, Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock (other than a
failure to purchase notes), Limitation on
Affiliate Transactions, Limitation on
Liens, Limitation on Sale/Leaseback
Transactions, Future Subsidiary
Guarantors, SEC Reports or
Limitation on Secured Indebtedness;
S-105
(5) the failure by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its
other covenants, obligations, warranties or agreements contained
in the indenture;
(6) Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen, any Subsidiary
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated
by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount
of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds
$50.0 million (the cross acceleration
provision);
(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of Phillips-Van Heusen, a Subsidiary Guarantor or
any Significant Subsidiary (the bankruptcy
provisions);
(8) a final, non-appealable judgment or order is rendered
against Phillips-Van Heusen, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary, which requires the payment in money by
Phillips-Van Heusen, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary either individually or in the aggregate, of an amount
(to the extent not covered by insurance) in excess of
$50.0 million and such judgment or order remains
unsatisfied, undischarged, unvacated, unbonded and unstayed for
60 days (the judgment default
provision); or
(9) a Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be in full force and
effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such
Subsidiary Guaranty or the indenture) or a Subsidiary Guarantor
denies or disaffirms its Obligations under its Subsidiary
Guaranty.
However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) will not
constitute an Event of Default until the trustee or the holders
of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes notify
Phillips-Van Heusen of the default and Phillips-Van Heusen does
not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of
such notice.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued but
unpaid interest on all the notes to be due and payable. Upon
such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and
payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of
Phillips-Van Heusen occurs and is continuing, the principal of
and interest on all the notes will ipso facto become and
be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other
act on the part of the trustee or any holders of the notes.
Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding notes may rescind any such
acceleration with respect to the notes and its consequences.
Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the
duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request
or direction of any of the holders of the notes unless such
holders have offered to the trustee reasonable security or
indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against any loss,
liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no
holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the
indenture or the notes unless:
(1) such holder has previously given the trustee notice
that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding notes have requested in writing the trustee to
pursue the remedy;
(3) such holders have offered the trustee reasonable
security or indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against any
loss, liability or expense;
(4) the trustee has not complied with such request within
60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security
or indemnity; and
(5) holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction
inconsistent with such request within such
60-day
period.
Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding notes are given the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the trustee or of exercising any
trust or power conferred on the trustee. The trustee, however,
may refuse to follow
S-106
any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture or that
the trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of
any other holder of a note or that would involve the trustee in
personal liability.
If a Default occurs, is continuing and is known to the trustee,
the trustee must mail to each holder of the notes notice of the
Default within 90 days after it occurs; provided,
however, that in any event the trustee shall not be required
to mail such notice until 10 days after a Responsible
Officer of the trustee has actual knowledge of such Default.
Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of
or interest on any note, the trustee may withhold notice if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers determines
that withholding notice is in the best interests of the holders
of the notes. In addition, Phillips-Van Heusen is required to
deliver to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers
thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous
year. Phillips-Van Heusen is required to deliver to the trustee,
within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice
of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their
status and what action it is taking or proposes to take in
respect thereof.
Amendments
and Waivers
Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture and notes may be
amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the notes then outstanding (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
for the notes) and any past default or compliance with any
provisions may also be waived with the consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange for the notes). However, without the consent of each
holder of an outstanding note adversely affected thereby, an
amendment or waiver may not:
(1) reduce the aggregate principal amount of notes the
holders of which must consent to an amendment or waiver;
(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any note;
(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity
of any note;
(4) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any
note or change the time at which any note may be redeemed as
described under Optional Redemption
above; provided that the notice period for redemption may
be reduced to not less than three (3) Business Days with
the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the notes then outstanding if a notice of redemption has not
prior thereto been sent to such holders;
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated
in the note;
(6) impair the right of any holder of the notes to receive
payment of principal of and interest on such holders notes
on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such
holders notes;
(7) make any change in the ranking or priority of any note
that would adversely affect the holders of the notes; or
(8) make any change in any Subsidiary Guaranty that would
adversely affect the holders of the notes.
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder
of the notes, Phillips-Van Heusen, and the trustee, may amend
the indenture:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or
inconsistency;
(2) to provide for the assumption by a successor of the
obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary Guarantors
under the indenture and the notes;
S-107
(3) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or
in place of certificated notes (provided that the
uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the
uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of
the Code);
(4) to add any additional Events of Default with respect to
the notes;
(5) to supplement any of the provisions of the indenture to
such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the
defeasance or discharge of the notes; provided, however,
that any such action shall not adversely affect the
interests of the holders of the notes;
(6) to add guarantees with respect to the notes, including
any Subsidiary Guaranties, or to secure the notes;
(7) to add to the covenants of Phillips-Van Heusen or a
Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the holders of the
notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
appointment by a successor trustee with respect to the notes and
to add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture as
shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the trusts thereunder by more than one trustee;
(9) to make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any holder of the notes;
(10) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in
connection with the qualification of the indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act;
(11) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guaranty pursuant to the terms of the indenture when permitted
or required pursuant to the terms of the indenture; or
(12) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in
accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture.
The consent of the holders of the notes is not necessary under
the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves
the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.
For purposes of determining whether the holders of the requisite
principal amount of notes have taken any action under the
indenture, notes owned by Phillips-Van Heusen or by any
Affiliate shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, for the purpose of determining whether the trustee
shall be protected in relying on any direction, waiver or
consent, only notes which the trustee knows are so owned shall
be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only notes
outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such
determination.
After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective,
Phillips-Van Heusen is required to mail to holders of the notes
a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure
to give such notice to all holders of the notes, or any defect
therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
Transfer
The notes will be issued in fully registered book-entry form,
without coupons. Phillips-Van Heusen may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other
governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers
and exchanges. The notes will be represented by one or more
Global Securities registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.
Except as set forth under Book-Entry System for
Notes below, the notes will not be issued in certificated
form.
S-108
Satisfaction
and Discharge
The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further
effect as to all outstanding notes when:
(1) either (a) all the notes theretofore authenticated
and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have
been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has
theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in
trust by Phillips-Van Heusen and thereafter repaid to
Phillips-Van
Heusen or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the
trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the notes not
theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation
(i) have been called for redemption by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise and
(ii) will become due and payable at their stated maturity
within one year, and Phillips-Van Heusen has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee
U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in an
amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness
on the notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for
cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable
instructions from Phillips-Van Heusen directing the trustee to
apply such funds to the payment thereof at redemption or
maturity, as the case may be;
(2) Phillips-Van Heusen has paid all other sums payable
under the indenture; and
(3) Phillips-Van Heusen has delivered to the trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that all conditions precedent under the indenture relating to
the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture have been
satisfied or waived.
Defeasance
At any time, Phillips-Van Heusen may terminate all of its
obligations under the notes and the indenture (legal
defeasance), except for certain obligations, including
those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to
register the transfer or exchange of the notes, to replace
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and to maintain a
registrar and paying agent in respect of the notes.
In addition, at any time Phillips-Van Heusen may terminate its
obligations under Change of Control and
under the covenants described under Certain
Covenants (other than the covenant described under
Merger and Consolidation with respect to
Phillips-Van Heusen), the operation of the cross acceleration
provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries and Subsidiary Guarantors and the judgment default
provision described under Defaults above
and the limitations contained in clause (3) of the first
paragraph under Certain Covenants
Merger and Consolidation above (covenant
defeasance).
Phillips-Van Heusen may exercise its legal defeasance option
notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance
option. If Phillips-Van Heusen exercises its legal defeasance
option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of
an Event of Default with respect thereto. If Phillips-Van Heusen
exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the notes
may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified
in clause (4), (5) (with respect to all obligations described
under Certain Covenants above other than
those described under Certain
Covenants Merger and Consolidation above),
(6), (7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and
Subsidiary Guarantors) or (8) under
Defaults above or because of the failure
of Phillips-Van Heusen to comply with clause (3) of the
first paragraph under Certain
Covenants Merger and Consolidation above. If
Phillips-Van Heusen exercises its legal defeasance option or its
covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be
released from all of its obligations with respect to its
Subsidiary Guaranty.
In order to exercise either of its defeasance options,
Phillips-Van Heusen must irrevocably deposit in trust (the
defeasance trust) with the trustee
U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in such
amounts as will be sufficient, as evidenced by an Officers
Certificate of Phillips-Van Heusen, for the payment of principal
and interest on the notes to redemption or maturity, as the case
may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including
delivery to the trustee of an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States of America to the effect that holders of the notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be
subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in
S-109
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in
the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must
be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other
change in applicable Federal income tax law). In addition, in
order to exercise Phillips-Van Heusens defeasance option,
the defeasance must not result in or constitute a Default or
Event of Default under the indenture.
Concerning
the Trustee
U.S. Bank National Association is to be the trustee under
the indenture. Phillips-Van Heusen will maintain one or more
paying agents for the notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of
New York.
Phillips-Van
Heusen has appointed the trustee as registrar and paying agent
with regard to the notes.
Phillips-Van
Heusen may, however, change the registrar or paying agent
without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and
Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may
act as paying agent or registrar.
The indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the
trustee, should it become a creditor of Phillips-Van Heusen, to
obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on
certain property received in respect of any such claim as
security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage
in other transactions; provided, however, if it
acquires any conflicting interest it must either eliminate such
conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue or resign.
If an Event of Default occurs (and is not cured), the trustee
will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the
degree of care of a prudent Person in the conduct of his own
affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under
no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
indenture at the request of any holder of the notes, unless such
holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and
then only to the extent required by the terms of the indenture.
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees or
Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary will have any liability
for any obligations of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary
under the notes, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each holder of the notes by
accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the U.S. Federal securities laws.
Governing
Law
The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without
giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to
the extent that the application of the law of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Certain
Definitions
2023 Debentures means Phillips-Van
Heusens
73/4% Debentures
due 2023 issued under an indenture dated as of November 1,
1993 between Phillips-Van Heusen and the Bank of New York, as
trustee, as amended.
2023 Permitted Liens means Liens securing the
Obligations in respect of the 2023 Debentures.
Additional Assets means:
(1) any property, plant or equipment used in a Related
Business;
(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock
(including by merger with or into or consolidation with) by
Phillips-Van Heusen or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
S-110
(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any
Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that any such Restricted
Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) above is
primarily engaged in a Related Business.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any
other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control with such
specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
control when used with respect to any Person means
the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
controlling and controlled have meanings
correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of the covenants
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions and
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock only,
Affiliate shall also mean any beneficial owner of
Capital Stock representing 10% or more of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of Phillips-Van
Heusen or of rights or warrants to purchase such Capital Stock
(whether or not currently exercisable).
Asset Disposition means (i) an Asset
Swap or (ii) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions)
by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary, including
any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a disposition), of:
(1) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
(other than directors qualifying shares or shares required
by applicable law to be held by a Person other than of
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary);
(2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or
line of business of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary; or
(3) any other assets of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business
of Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary;
other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and
(3) above,
(A) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to
Phillips-Van Heusen or by Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Securitization Subsidiary);
(B) for purposes of the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock only, (x) a
disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by
the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments or
a Permitted Investment and (y) a disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the covenant described
under Merger and Consolidation;
(C) any disposition of assets with a fair market value of
less than $7.5 million;
(D) disposals of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or
property or property that is no longer useful in the conduct of
Phillips-Van Heusens or any Restricted Subsidiarys
business and that, in either case, is disposed of in the
ordinary course of business;
(E) any disposition of accounts receivable, licensing
royalties and related assets to or of a Securitization
Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
(F) the sale of any property in a Sale/Leaseback
Transaction within 12 months of the acquisition of such
property in an amount at least equal to the cost of such
property and for consideration that is at least 75% in the form
of cash or cash equivalents;
(G) the disposition of accounts receivable in connection
with receivables factoring arrangements in the ordinary course
of business;
S-111
(H) any disposition of cash or Temporary Cash Investments
in the ordinary course of business;
(I) any lease, assignment, or sublease in the ordinary
course of business which does not materially interfere with the
business of Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole;
(J) any grant of any license of patents, trademarks,
know-how or any other intellectual property in the ordinary
course of business which does not materially interfere with the
business of
Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (for the
avoidance of doubt, other than perpetual licenses of any
material intellectual property); and
(K) the sale or discounting, in each case without recourse
and in the ordinary course of business, of accounts receivable
arising in the ordinary course of business (x) which are
overdue, or (y) which Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, may reasonably determine are
difficult to collect but only in connection with the compromise
or collection thereof consistent with prudent business practice
(and not as part of any bulk sale or financing of receivables).
Asset Swap means any exchange of property or
assets of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary
(including shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary)
for property or assets of another Person (including shares of
Capital Stock of a Person whose primary business is a Related
Business) that are intended to be used by Phillips-Van Heusen or
any Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business, including, to
the extent necessary to equalize the value of the assets being
exchanged, cash of any party to such asset swap.
Attributable Debt in respect of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the interest
rate borne by the notes, compounded annually) of the total
obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the
remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).
Average Life means, as of the date of
determination, with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient
obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from
the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled principal payment of or redemption or similar payment
with respect to such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of
such payment by
(2) the sum of all such payments.
Borrowing Base means, as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the sum without duplication of
(x) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable of
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis and (y) 65% of the book value of the
inventory of Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis, in each case as of the most recently
ended fiscal quarter of Phillips-Van Heusen, preceding the date
on which Indebtedness is Incurred under paragraph (b)(1)(B) of
the covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness (calculated on a pro forma basis to
reflect all transactions consummated between the most recently
ended fiscal quarter of Phillips-Van Heusen and such date of
determination). For purposes of this definition any pro forma
calculations shall be made in the good faith by a financial
or accounting Officer of Phillips-Van Heusen.
Business Day means each day that is not a
Legal Holiday.
Capital Lease Obligation means an Obligation
that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital
lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP,
the amount of Indebtedness represented by which shall be the
capitalized amount of such Obligation determined in accordance
with GAAP and the Stated Maturity of which shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be
terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For
purposes of the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Liens, a Capital Lease Obligation will be deemed to be
secured by a Lien on the property being leased.
S-112
Capital Stock of any Person means any and all
shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options,
participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however
designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred
Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such
equity.
Cash Management Agreement means any agreement
or arrangement to provide treasury, depository, overdraft,
credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer
(including automated clearinghouse transfer services) and other
cash management services.
China JV Obligations means all obligations of
Phillips-Van Heusen and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed
to the China JV.
China JV means that certain joint venture
that Phillips-Van Heusen (or any of its Subsidiaries) and
certain other Persons may form in the future to operate and use
the Tommy Hilfiger brands or brands of Phillips-Van Heusen in
the Peoples Republic of China and, in certain
circumstances, Hong Kong.
CK Amount for any period means the Design
Services Purchase Payments (as defined in the CK Purchase
Agreement) paid or payable by Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its
Subsidiaries to Mr. Calvin Klein or the Klein Heirs (as
defined in the CK Purchase Agreement) for such period pursuant
to the CK Purchase Agreement.
CK Purchase Agreement means the Stock
Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2002, among
Phillips-Van Heusen, Calvin Klein, Inc., Calvin Klein (Europe),
Inc., Calvin Klein (Europe II) Corp., Calvin Klein Europe
S.r.l., CK Service, Calvin Klein, Barry Schwartz, Trust for the
Benefit of the Issue of Calvin Klein, Trust for the Benefit of
the Issue of Barry Schwartz, Stephanie Schwartz-Ferdman and
Jonathan Schwartz, as the same has been or may hereafter be
amended from time to time.
CK Service means CK Service Corporation, a
Delaware corporation.
CKI means Calvin Klein, Inc., a New York
corporation.
CKI Agreement and Assignment means that
certain Agreement and Assignment, dated February 12, 2003,
among the U.S. Borrower, CKI, Mr. Klein and certain
other parties signatory thereto (as the same has been or may be
hereafter amended from time to time).
CKI Agreements means the CK Purchase
Agreement, the CKI Pledge and Security Agreement, the CKI
Pledgor Guarantees, the CKI Agreement and Assignment and any
other agreement related thereto.
CKI Companies means CKI and CK Service and
any of their Subsidiaries.
CKI Obligations means all obligations of
Phillips-Van Heusen, the CKI Companies and any Subsidiary of any
CKI Company under or with respect to the CKI Agreements.
CKI Pledge and Security Agreement means that
certain Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement,
dated as of the Issue Date, among Phillips-Van Heusen, the CKI
Companies, Mr. Klein and the collateral agent party thereto
(as the same has been or may hereafter be amended from time to
time).
CKI Pledgor Guarantees means the Pledgor
Guarantees (as the same has been or may hereafter be amended
from time to time) into which each of the CKI Companies has
entered, and certain Subsidiaries of the CKI Companies may enter
from time to time after the date hereof, pursuant to which each
CKI Company and, if any, the Subsidiaries of the CKI Companies
party thereto have guaranteed the payment in full of the
U.S. Borrowers obligations under the CKI Stock
Purchase Agreement.
CKI Trust means that certain trust
established pursuant to the Delaware Business Trust Act, as
amended, and the CKI Trust Agreement.
CKI Trust Agreement means that certain
Trust Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1994, between
CKI and Wilmington Trust Company, relating to the CKI
Trust, and the other agreements related thereto.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.
S-113
Commodity Agreement means any commodity or
raw materials futures contract, commodity or raw materials
option, or any other agreement designed to protect against or
manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity or raw materials
pricing.
Consolidated Coverage Ratio as of any date of
determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount
of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive
fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available on
or prior to the date of such determination to
(y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal
quarters; provided, however, that:
(1) if Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary has
Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period
that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to
the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an
Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness
as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of
such period;
(2) if Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary has
repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any
Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any
Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise
discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under
any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been
permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of
such period and as if Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted
Subsidiary has not earned the interest income actually earned
during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash
Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise
discharge such Indebtedness;
(3) if since the beginning of such period Phillips-Van
Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset
Disposition, EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an
amount equal to EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to
the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for
such period, or increased by an amount equal to EBITDA (if
negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced
by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly
attributable to any Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise
discharged with respect to Phillips-Van Heusen and its
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset
Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense
for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent Phillips-Van Heusen and
its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for
such Indebtedness after such sale);
(4) if since the beginning of such period Phillips-Van
Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise)
shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or
any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an
acquisition of assets (including any acquisition of assets
(including Capital Stock) occurring in connection with a
transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, which
constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a
business), EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in
connection therewith) as if such Investment or acquisition
occurred on the first day of such period; and
(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with
or into Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary since
the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset
Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would
have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (3) or
(4) above if made by Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition,
Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such
period.
S-114
For purposes of this definition, in the event that Phillips-Van
Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issues, repurchases
or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the
period for which the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is being
calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of
the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is made (the
Calculation Date), then the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Preferred Stock, as
if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period.
If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is
being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness
shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation
Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking
into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such
Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining
term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capital Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate
reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting
Officer of Phillips-Van Heusen to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with
GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility
computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the
average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable
period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or
similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other
rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually
chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen
as Phillips-Van Heusen may designate.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any
period, the consolidated interest expense (to the extent that
such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income)
of Phillips-Van Heusen and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries, minus interest income for such period, plus, to
the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense,
and to the extent Incurred by Phillips-Van Heusen or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and deducted in computing Consolidated
Net Income, without duplication in each case for such period:
(1) interest expense attributable to capital leases and the
interest expense attributable to leases constituting part of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction;
(2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;
(3) capitalized interest;
(4) non-cash interest expense;
(5) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance
financing;
(6) net payments pursuant to Interest Rate Agreements;
(7) Except for payments in respect of the Itochu
Obligations, dividends declared and paid or payable in cash or
Disqualified Stock in respect of (A) all Disqualified Stock
of Phillips-Van Heusen and (B) all Preferred Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case held by Persons other than
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such dividends will be
multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the effective combined tax
rate of the issuer of such stock (expressed as a decimal) for
such period (as estimated by the Chief Financial Officer of
Phillips-Van Heusen in good faith);
(8) interest Incurred in connection with Investments in
discontinued operations;
(9) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other
Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or
secured by the assets of) Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary; and
(10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership
plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used
by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person
(other than Phillips-Van Heusen) in connection with Indebtedness
Incurred by such plan or trust.
S-115
Consolidated Net Income means, for any
period, the net income of Phillips-Van Heusen and its
consolidated Subsidiaries, less the CK Amount and less the
ITOCHU Amount; provided, however, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
(1) any net income (or loss) of any Person that is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, except that:
(A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4)
below, Phillips-Van Heusens equity in the net income of
any such Person for such period shall be included in such
Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
actually distributed by such Person during such period to
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or
other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other
distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
contained in clause (3) below); and
(B) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4)
below and without duplication, Phillips-Van Heusens equity
in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be
included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the
extent of any cash actually contributed by Phillips-Van Heusen
or a Restricted Subsidiary to such Person during such period;
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary in a pooling of
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition;
(3) any net income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary
if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions,
directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the
making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, which
restrictions actually prohibited the payment of dividends or
making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary on the
last day of such period, directly or indirectly, to Phillips-Van
Heusen, except that:
(A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4)
below, Phillips-Van Heusens equity in the net income of
any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included
in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of
cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted
Subsidiary during such period to Phillips-Van Heusen or another
Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution
(subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid
to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in
this clause); and
(B) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4)
below and without duplication Phillips-Van Heusens equity
in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period
shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to
the extent of any cash actually contributed by Phillips-Van
Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary to such Person during such
period;
(4) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any assets of Phillips-Van Heusen, its
consolidated Subsidiaries or any other Person (including
pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or
otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any
gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of
any Capital Stock of any Person;
(5) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses
or expenses or charges, including, without limitation (in each
case, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent extraordinary,
unusual or non-recurring), (a) restructuring charges,
(b) any fees, expenses or charges relating to plant
shutdowns and discontinued operations, (c) acquisition
integration costs and (d) any expenses or charges relating
to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition or
Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the indenture (in each
case under this clause (d) whether or not successful);
(6) any (a) severance, other employee termination
benefits or relocation costs, expenses or charges, (b) one
time non-cash compensation charges recorded from grants of stock
options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other
equity equivalents to officers, directors and employees,
(c) the costs and expenses after the Issue Date relating to
the employment of terminated employees, (d) lease
termination costs and (e) fees, expenses, charges or change
in control payments made under the Transaction Documents or
otherwise realized in connection with resulting from, related to
or in anticipation of the Transactions;
S-116
(7) restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for
the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the
effect of facility consolidations, retention, headcount
reductions, systems establishment costs, contract termination
costs and excess pension charges);
(8) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles; and
(9) if during any period, Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its
Subsidiaries repays the ITOCHU Amount in whole, then for such
period, the excess of the amount of such amounts repaid over the
regularly scheduled payment of the ITOCHU Amount for such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments only, there shall be
excluded from Consolidated Net Income any repurchases,
repayments or redemptions of Investments, proceeds realized on
the sale of Investments or return of capital to Phillips-Van
Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
repurchases, repayments, redemptions, proceeds or returns
increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such
covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof.
Credit Agreement means that certain Credit
and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation, certain Subsidiaries of
Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation, various lenders, Barclays Bank
PLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other
agents party thereto, as the same has been and may hereafter be
amended, extended, renewed, restated, replaced, restructured,
supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and
without limitation as to amount of Indebtedness which may be
Incurred thereunder, terms, conditions, covenants and other
provisions) from time to time, and any agreement (and related
document) governing Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance, in whole
or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or
permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a
successor Credit Agreement, whether by the same or any other
lender or group of lenders.
Credit Facility or Credit
Facilities means one or more debt facilities,
commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with
banks, institutional or other lenders, institutional investors
or a trustee providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
debt securities, receivables financing (including through the
sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose
entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables), letters of credit or similar obligations, in each
case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended,
refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time
to time.
Crown means the government of Canada, any
provincial or territorial government therein and any of their
political subdivisions.
Currency Agreement means in respect of a
Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or
other similar agreement designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency values.
Default means any event which is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of
any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the
happening of any event:
(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than
redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not
itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
or otherwise;
(2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the
holder thereof for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or
(3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the
occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part;
in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after
the Stated Maturity of the notes; provided,
however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute
Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders
thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an
S-117
asset sale or change of
control occurring prior to the first anniversary of
the Stated Maturity of the notes shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock if:
(1) the asset sale or change of
control provisions applicable to such Capital Stock
are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than
the terms applicable to the notes and described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock and
Certain Covenants Change of
Control; and
(2) any such requirement only becomes operative after
compliance with such terms applicable to the notes, including
the purchase of any notes tendered pursuant thereto.
The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed
redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in
accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such
Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any
date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be
determined pursuant to the indenture; provided,
however, that if such Disqualified Stock could not be
required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of
such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase
price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as
reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.
DTC means the Depositary Trust Company
or any of its successors.
EBITDA for any period means Consolidated Net
Income plus, without duplication, the following to the extent
deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
(1) all income tax expense of Phillips-Van Heusen and its
consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(3) depreciation and amortization expense of Phillips-Van
Heusen and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding
amortization expense attributable to a prepaid operating expense
that was paid in cash in a prior period);
(4) all other non-cash charges of Phillips-Van Heusen and
its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without
limitation, any non-cash charge related to writing up inventory
in connection with the Transactions, but excluding any such
non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of
or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period); and
(5) the amount of any deduction in Consolidated Net Income
for such period from a write-off of goodwill attributable to the
payment of the CK Amount or ITOCHU Amount; provided that
such amount shall in no event be greater than the CK Amount or
ITOCHU Amount deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income.
in each case for such period. In addition, for purposes of
making the calculation referred to above, Investments,
acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and
discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
that Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
has made, including through mergers or consolidations and
including any related financing transactions, during the
relevant period or subsequent to such period and on or prior to
the date of such calculation (each, for purposes of this
definition, a pro forma event), shall be
given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day
of the relevant period. If since the beginning of such period
any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or
was merged with or into Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made
any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation
or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment
pursuant to this definition, then EBITDA shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if
such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued
operation, merger, or consolidation had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or
profits, and the depreciation and amortization and other noncash
charges, of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent
(and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority
interest) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was
included in calculating Consolidated Net
S-118
Income and only if a corresponding amount could have been
distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to
Phillips-Van Heusen or another Restricted Subsidiary as a
dividend or other distribution (which other Restricted
Subsidiary could also have made such dividend or other
distribution).
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma
effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the
pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting Officer of Phillips-Van
Heusen. Any such pro forma calculation may include
adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith
determination of Phillips-Van Heusen as set forth in an
Officers Certificate, to reflect (1) cost savings and
other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to
be realized within 12 months from the applicable pro
forma event (other than in connection with the TH
Acquisition) and (2) with respect to any four-fiscal
quarter measurement period ending on or prior to the end of the
eighth full fiscal quarter following the Issue Date, the amount
of cost savings and other operating improvements and synergies
projected by Phillips-Van Heusen in good faith to be realized as
a result of the TH Acquisition (calculated on a pro forma basis
as though such cost savings and other operating improvements and
synergies had been realized on the first day of such period),
without duplication of the amount of actual benefits realized
during such period from such actions to the extent already
included in the Consolidated Net Income for such period, in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000.
If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is
being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness
shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of
determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period
(taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to
such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a
remaining term in excess of 12 months).
Equity Offering means a primary public or
private offering of Capital Stock (excluding Disqualified Stock)
of Phillips-Van Heusen.
Existing Notes means Phillips-Van
Heusens
81/8% Senior
Notes due 2013 issued under an indenture dated May 5, 2003
between Phillips-Van Heusen and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee and
Phillips-Van
Heusens
71/4% Senior
Notes due 2011 issued under an indenture dated February 18,
2004 between Phillips-Van Heusen and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee.
Exchange Act means the United States
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Foreign Restricted Subsidiary means any
Restricted Subsidiary not incorporated or organized under the
laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States as in effect as of the Issue
Date, including those set forth in:
(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Boards FASB
Accounting Standards Codification; and
(2) the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to
generally accepted accounting principles, including those
governing the inclusion of financial statements (including
pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports
required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange
Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting
bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting
staff of the SEC.
Guarantee means any Obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any Person and any Obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities
or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise); or
(2) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof
or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in
whole or in part);
S-119
provided, however, that the term
Guarantee shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The
term Guarantee used as a verb has a corresponding
meaning.
Guaranty Agreement means a supplemental
indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee,
pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees Phillips-Van
Heusens Obligations with respect to the notes on the terms
provided for in the indenture.
Hedging Obligations of any Person means the
Obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate
Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement entered
into for non-speculative purposes.
holder means, with respect to the notes, the
Person in whose name a note is registered on the
registrars books.
Incur means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur
or otherwise become liable for; provided, however,
that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at
the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by
merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed
to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary. The term Incurrence
when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any
Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
(1) the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of
such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness
evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar
instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible
or liable, including, in each case, any premium on such
indebtedness to the extent such premium has become due and
payable;
(2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all
Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions
entered into by such Person;
(3) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
Obligations of such Person and all Obligations of such Person
under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade
accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary
course of business which are not overdue or which are being
contested in good faith);
(4) all Obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of
any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers acceptance or
similar credit transaction;
(5) the amount of all Obligations of such Person with
respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any
Disqualified Stock of such Person or, with respect to any
Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, other than a
Subsidiary Guarantor;
(6) all Obligations of the type referred to in
clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all
dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either
case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by
means of any Guarantee;
(7) all Obligations of the type referred to in
clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by
any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not
such Obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such
Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such
property or assets and the amount of the Obligation so
secured; and
(8) to the extent not otherwise included in this
definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be
the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional
Obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon
the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the Obligation,
of any contingent Obligations at such date; provided,
however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a
discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be
the accreted value thereof at such time.
Independent Qualified Party means an
investment banking firm, accounting firm or appraisal firm of
national standing; provided, however, that such
firm is not an Affiliate of Phillips-Van Heusen.
S-120
Interest Rate Agreement means in respect of a
Person any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar
financial agreement or arrangement, including, without
limitation, any such arrangement whereby, directly or
indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time
periodic payments calculated by applying either a fixed or
floating rate of interest on a stated notional amount in
exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by
applying a floating or fixed rate of interest on the same
notional amount.
Investment means, with respect to any Person,
all investments by such Person in other Persons in the form of
advances, loans (other than advances to customers in the
ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts
receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other
extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar
arrangement) or capital contributions to (by means of any
transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), or any
purchases or acquisitions of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or
other similar instruments issued by such other Person. Except as
otherwise provided for herein, the amount of an Investment shall
be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the definition of Restricted
Payment and the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Restricted Payments:
(1) Investment shall include the portion
(proportionate to Phillips-Van Heusens equity interest in
such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of
any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen at the time that such
Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon a redesignation of
such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Phillips-Van Heusen
shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent
Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an
amount (if positive) equal to (A) Phillips-Van
Heusens Investment in such Subsidiary at the
time of such redesignation less (B) the portion
(proportionate to Phillips-Van Heusens equity interest in
such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of
such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time
of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by
the board of directors of Phillips-Van Heusen (or a duly
authorized thereof).
Issue Date means the date on which the notes
(other than any additional notes) are originally issued.
Investment Grade means (1) with respect
to S&P, any of the ratings categories from and including
AAA to and including BBB- and (2) with respect to
Moodys, any of the ratings categories from and including
Aaa to and including Baa3.
ITOCHU Amount means payments to be made in
accordance with the terms of a ITOCHU Stockholders
Agreement.
ITOCHU Guarantee means that certain
Guarantee, dated as of January 23, 2008, by Fortis Bank
(Nederland) N.V. of certain obligations of Tommy Hilfiger Group
B.V. under the ITOCHU Stockholders Agreement for the
benefit of ITOCHU Corporation (as amended, amended and restated,
replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
ITOCHU Obligations means all obligations of
any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen under or with respect to
the ITOCHU Guarantee, the ITOCHU Stockholders Agreement
and the preferred shares of Tommy Hilfiger Japan Corporation.
ITOCHU Stockholders Agreement means
that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
December 27, 2007, among ITOCHU Corporation, Tommy Hilfiger
Group B.V., Tommy Hilfiger Japan Corporation and certain other
parties signatory thereto (as amended, amended and restated,
replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a
day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to
be open in the State of New York.
S-121
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in
the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an
operating lease be deemed to be constitute a Lien.
Limited Originator Recourse means a
reimbursement obligation of Phillips-Van Heusen in connection
with a drawing on a letter of credit, revolving loan commitment,
cash collateral account or other such credit enhancement issued
to support Indebtedness of a Securitization Subsidiary that
Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or a duly
authorized committee thereof) determines is necessary to
effectuate a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided
that the available amount of any such form of credit
enhancement at any time shall not exceed 10% of the principal
amount of such Indebtedness at such time; and provided,
further, that such reimbursement obligation is permitted
to be Incurred by Phillips-Van Heusen pursuant to the covenant
described under Limitation on
Indebtedness and that any Lien securing such reimbursement
obligation is permitted pursuant to the covenant described under
Limitation on Liens.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.
Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition
means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash
payments received by way of deferred payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and
proceeds of the sale or other disposition of any securities
received as consideration, but only as and when received, but
excluding any other consideration received in the form of
assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other
obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in
any other noncash form), in each case net of:
(1) all legal, accounting, financial advisory, title and
recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local
taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a
consequence of such Asset Disposition;
(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured
by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance
with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of
any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its
terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds
of such Asset Disposition;
(3) all distributions and other payments required to be
made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as
a result of such Asset Disposition;
(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the
seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
liabilities associated with the property or other assets
disposed in such Asset Disposition and retained by Phillips-Van
Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
Disposition; provided, however, that any reduction
in such reserve after consummation of the Asset Disposition will
be deemed a new Asset Disposition with Net Available Cash equal
to the amount of such reduction; and
(5) in the case of any such Asset Disposition occurring in
a jurisdiction other than the United States, the amount of all
taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) by
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are
directly attributable to the distribution of such cash proceeds
from such jurisdiction or to the repatriation of such cash
proceeds into the United States, but only to the extent that
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries have used
commercially reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate such
taxes.
Net Cash Proceeds, with respect to any
issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, means
(A) the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of
attorneys fees, accountants fees, underwriters
or placement agents fees, discounts or commissions and
brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof and (B) solely for purposes of
paragraph (a)(3)(B) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Restricted Payments, the
fair market value (as of the date of the transaction and as
determined in good faith by the board of directors of
Phillips-Van Heusen (or a duly authorized committee thereof)) of
the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Person
(whose primary business is a Related Business) that thereupon
becomes a Restricted
S-122
Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary), which
Capital Stock constitutes the proceeds received by Phillips-Van
Heusen from an issuance or sale of its Capital Stock, net of the
fees and taxes described in clause (A) above.
Obligations means with respect to any
Indebtedness all obligations for principal, premium, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements and other
amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such
Indebtedness.
Officer means the Chairman of the Board, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of
Phillips-Van Heusen.
Officers Certificate means a
certificate signed by two Officers.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion
from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the trustee.
The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Phillips-Van
Heusen or the trustee.
Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness means
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it merges or consolidates
with or into Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or assumed by Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of
assets from such Person and in each case not Incurred by such
Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation
of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such
acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided that
Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness shall include Indebtedness
Incurred to finance such acquisition, merger or consolidation if
immediately after consummation of such acquisition, merger or
consolidation such Indebtedness is Indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusen or a Subsidiary Guarantor.
Permitted Guarantees means any guarantee by a
Restricted Subsidiary (i) outstanding on the Issue Date
after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the notes
as described in this prospectus supplement, (ii) of
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen Incurred under clause (b)(1)
of the covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness or (iii) of Indebtedness of Phillips-Van
Heusen Incurred under a Credit Facility that is Incurred in
compliance with the covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness and secured in compliance with the covenant
described under Limitation on Liens.
Permitted Investment means an Investment by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary in:
(1) (a) Phillips-Van Heusen, (b) a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary), (c) a
Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary)
or (d) China JV (provided that Investments in
respect of China JV shall not exceed an amount equal to
$50.0 million plus 100% of the aggregate cash
dividends and distributions received by Phillips-Van Heusen or
any Restricted Subsidiary from China JV); provided,
however, that in the case of clauses (b) and
(c) the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a
Related Business;
(2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such
other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to,
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Persons primary business is a
Related Business;
(3) cash and Temporary Cash Investments;
(4) receivables owing to Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance
with customary trade terms; provided, however,
that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms
as Phillips-Van Heusen or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems
reasonable under the circumstances;
(5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters
that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in
the ordinary course of business;
S-123
(6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices of
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary but in any
event not to exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate
outstanding at any one time;
(7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement
of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary or in
satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or
insolvency of a debtor;
(8) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the
non-cash portion of the consideration received for an Asset
Disposition as permitted pursuant to the covenant described
under Certain Covenants Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock;
(9) Hedging Obligations and Treasury Transactions entered
into in compliance with the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness above;
(10) any Person to the extent such Investment is in
existence on the Issue Date (after giving effect to the use of
the net proceeds of the sale of the notes as described in this
prospectus supplement) or an Investment consisting of any
extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on
the Issue Date; provided that such Investment, as
extended, modified or renewed, will not, in the good faith
judgment of Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or a
duly authorized committee thereof) adversely affect Phillips-Van
Heusens ability to make principal or interest payments on
the notes;
(11) a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a
Qualified Securitization Transaction which Investments are
customary for such transaction;
(12) other Investments, at any one time outstanding, in any
Person having a fair market value (measured on the date each
such Investment was made), when taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at
that time outstanding, not exceeding the greater of
$135.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of
such Investment, plus, in each case, 100% of the
aggregate cash dividends and distributions received by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary from such
Investments;
(13) any Investment in connection with a transaction
permitted under paragraph (b)(11) of the covenant described
under Limitation on Affiliate Transactions above;
(14) Guarantees issued in accordance with the covenants
described under Limitation on
Indebtedness and Future Subsidiary
Guarantors;
(15) Any Investment made pursuant to the CKI Trust
Agreement; and
(16) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so
long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with
customary trade terms of Phillips-Van Heusen or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business.
Permitted Liens means:
(a) Liens existing on the Issue Date after giving effect to
the use of the net proceeds of the sale of the notes as
described in this prospectus supplement and replacements,
renewals or extensions of such Liens; provided that such
Lien shall not apply to additional property other than
(A) after-acquired property that is directly related to the
property secured by such Lien and is required to be pledged
pursuant to the agreement granting such Lien as in effect on the
Issue Date, and (B) proceeds and products thereof and such
Lien shall secure only those obligations it secures on the Issue
Date and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that, to
the extent constituting Indebtedness, qualify as a Refinancing
Indebtedness thereof;
(b) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such
Hedging Obligations are not incurred in violation of the
indenture;
(c) Lien securing the CKI Obligations;
S-124
(d) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness that is
otherwise permitted under the indenture; provided that
(i) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of
securing Indebtedness representing, or Incurred to finance, the
cost of the acquisition or construction that is the subject of
the Purchase Money Indebtedness and (ii) such Lien is
limited in the manner described in the definition of Purchase
Money Indebtedness;
(e) Liens securing Capital Lease Obligations;
provided, however, that such Lien does not extend
to any property other than property subject to the underlying
lease, after-acquired property that is required to be pledged
pursuant to such underlying lease on customary terms and
proceeds and products thereof;
(f) Liens granted by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary in favor of landlords contained in leases and
subleases of real property or in inventory or fixtures located
on such leased real property; provided, however,
that such Liens are in the ordinary course of business, are on
terms customary for leases of such type and do not materially
impair the use of the liened property in the operation of the
business of Phillips-Van Heusen or the Restricted Subsidiary;
(g) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities
arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties
in connection with the importation of goods and Liens in the
ordinary course of business in favor of issuers of performance
and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to health, safety
and environmental regulations (other than for borrowed money) or
letters of credit or bank guarantees issued to support such
bonds or requirements pursuant to the request of and for the
account of such Person in the ordinary course of business;
(h) Liens imposed by law, including, carriers,
warehousemens and mechanics Liens, in each case for
sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings; provided that any reserve or other
appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has
been made therefor;
(i) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges
(i) not yet due and payable or (ii) not yet subject to
penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided that any
reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in
conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under clause
(b)(1) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness above and any
Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;
(k) Liens securing Indebtedness owed by (i) a
Restricted Subsidiary to Phillips-Van Heusen or to any other
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary)
and (ii) Phillips-Van Heusen to a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(l) Liens on the property of any Restricted Subsidiary
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and not
Incurred as a result of (or in connection with or in
anticipation of) such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Liens do not extend
to or cover any property or assets of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (A) the property
encumbered at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary,
(B) after-acquired property that is directly related to the
property secured by such Lien and is required to be pledged
pursuant to the agreement granting such Lien as in effect on the
date such Person becomes a Subsidiary and (C) proceeds and
products thereof) and do not secure Indebtedness with a
principal amount in excess of the principal amount of such
Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness secured by such Liens
outstanding at such time;
(m) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such
Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Phillips-Van
Heusen or any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen; provided
that such Liens were not Incurred as a result of (or in
connection with or in anticipation of) such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those
of the Person merged into or consolidated with Phillips-Van
Heusen or such Subsidiary;
(n) Liens on property of assets existing at the time such
assets were acquired in connection with the purchase of all or
substantially all of the assets of a Related Business by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen;
provided that such Liens were not Incurred as a result of
(or in
S-125
connection with or in anticipation of) such acquisition and do
not extend to any assets other than those acquired by
Phillips-Van Heusen or such Subsidiary;
(o) Liens securing the notes;
(p) Liens securing Attributable Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to any Permitted Sale/Leaseback;
(q) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to
refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured;
provided that such Lien extends to or covers only the
same property that secures the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(r) Liens (excluding in all cases Liens securing Limited
Originator Recourse obligations) on (i) accounts receivable
and related assets transferred to, or on accounts receivable and
related assets of, a Securitization Subsidiary in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Transaction and
(ii) licensing royalties and related assets transferred to,
or on licensing royalties and related assets of, a
Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction;
(s) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred by a Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary under clause (b)(14) of the covenant
described under Limitation on
Indebtedness above;
(t) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under any Credit
Facility, so long as the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of
Phillips-Van Heusen is less than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0 (for the
avoidance of doubt, all Secured Debt outstanding at the time of
the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be
included in such calculation);
(u) Liens in connection with attachments or judgments
(including judgment or appeal bonds that do not result in an
Event of Default under clause (8) under
Defaults above;
(v) Liens Incurred or deposits made by Phillips-Van Heusen
or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business
in connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security or to secure the
performance of statutory obligations, bids, leases, performance
and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations
(exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
(w) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements
or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone
lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental to the conduct of the business of Phillips-Van Heusen
or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary thereof or to the
ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in
connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate
materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of
such Person;
(x) Liens arising from financing statement filings under
the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statute of another
jurisdiction regarding operating leases entered into by
Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business;
(y) any reservations, limitations, exceptions, provisos and
conditions, if any, expressed in any original grants from the
Crown, including, without limitation, the reservation of any
mines and minerals in the Crown or any other Person;
(z) Liens arising under any retention of title, hire
purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having
similar effect in respect of goods supplied to Phillips-Van
Heusen and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of trading
and on the suppliers standard or usual terms and arising
as a result or omission by Phillips-Van Heusen or its
Subsidiaries, including, for the avoidance of doubt,
verlängerte Eigentumsvorbehalte and erweiterte
Eigentumsvorbehalte;
(aa) any Lien created pursuant to the general conditions of
a bank operating in the Netherlands based on the general
conditions drawn up by the Netherlands Bankers Association
(Nederlandse
S-126
Vereniging van Banken) and the Consumers Union
(Consumentenbond) or pursuant to any other general
conditions of, or any contractual arrangement with, any such
bank to substantially the same effect;
(bb) Liens securing obligations pursuant to Cash Management
Agreements and Treasury Transactions;
(cc) the 2023 Permitted Liens;
(dd) Liens, if any, consisting of leases, assignments,
subleases or grants of licenses of the type described in
clauses (I) and (J) of the definition of Asset
Disposition;
(ee) Liens securing obligations in respect of letters of
credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar
instruments issued to support performance obligations (other
than Obligations in respect of Indebtedness) and trade-related
letters of credit, in each case, outstanding on the Issue Date
or issued thereafter in the ordinary course of business and
covering the goods (or the documents of title in respect of such
goods) financed by such letters of credit, bankers
acceptances or bank guarantees and the proceeds and products
thereof;
(ff) Liens in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
paragraph (b)(28) of the covenant described under
Limitation on Indebtedness; and
(gg) Liens (exclusive of any Lien of any type otherwise
permitted under clauses (a) through (ff) above) securing
Indebtedness for borrowed money of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount which does
not at the time such Indebtedness is incurred exceed the amount
of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under paragraph (b)(30)
of the covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness.
Person means any individual, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Stock, as applied to the Capital
Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes
(however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of
dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of
such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of
such Person.
Principal Property means any real property or
other tangible assets or group of tangible assets having a fair
market value in excess of $2.5 million, in each case, owned
by Phillips-Van Heusen or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Principal Property shall not include properties or assets
consisting of inventories, furniture, office fixtures and
equipment, including data processing equipment, vehicles and
equipment used on, or useful with, vehicles.
Purchase Money Indebtedness means any
Indebtedness of a Person to any seller or other Person Incurred
to finance the acquisition or construction of any property or
assets and which is Incurred substantially concurrently
therewith, is secured only by the assets so financed, any
after-acquired assets that are directly related to such assets
so financed and are required to be pledged pursuant to the
agreements relating to such Indebtedness and the proceeds and
products thereof and the principal amount of which does not
exceed the cost of the assets acquired or constructed.
Qualified Securitization Transaction means
any accounts receivable or licensing royalty financing facility
or arrangement pursuant to which a Securitization Subsidiary
purchases or otherwise acquires accounts receivable or licensing
royalties and related assets from Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary and enters into a third-party financing
thereof on customary market terms that the board of directors of
Phillips-Van
Heusen (or a duly authorized committee thereof) has concluded
are fair to Phillips-Van Heusen and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Rating Agency means each of S&P or
Moodys or if S&P or Moodys or both shall not
make a rating on the notes publicly available, a nationally
recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case
may be, selected by Phillips-Van Heusen (as certified by a
resolution of the board of directors of Phillips-Van
S-127
Heusen (or a duly authorized committee thereof)) which shall be
substituted for S&P or Moodys, or both, as the case
may be.
Refinance means, in respect of any
Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay,
prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.
Refinanced and Refinancing
shall have correlative meanings.
Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness
that Refinances any Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date (after giving
effect to the use of the net proceeds of the sale of the notes
as described in this prospectus supplement) or Incurred in
compliance with the indenture, including Indebtedness that
Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided,
however, that:
(1) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity
that is not earlier than the earlier of (a) the Stated
Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and
(b) 91 days following the maturity of the notes;
(2) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at
the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal
to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced;
(3) unless otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
the covenant described under Limitation on
Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness has an
aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue
discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less
than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with
original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any
premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being
Refinanced; and
(4) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or the Subsidiary
Guaranty of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such
Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to
the notes or such Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable, on terms
at least as favorable to holders of the notes as those contained
in the documents governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
provided, further, however, that Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include (A) Indebtedness of a
Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Guarantor that Refinances
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen or (B) Indebtedness of
Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances
Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Related Business means any business in which
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary was engaged on
the Issue Date or any extension of such business consistent with
industry developments and any business related, ancillary or
complementary to any business of Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary in which Phillips-Van Heusen or any
Restricted Subsidiary was engaged on the Issue Date or any
extension of such business consistent with industry developments.
Responsible Officer, when used with respect
to the trustee, means any officer within the Corporate
Trust Administration of the trustee (or any successor group
of the trustee) with direct responsibility for the
administration of the indenture or any other officer of the
trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the
indenture customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Payment with respect to any Person
means:
(1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any
other distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock
(including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the
direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (other than
dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions
payable solely to Phillips-Van Heusen or a Restricted
Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other
distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to minority
S-128
stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of
a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));
(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Phillips-Van Heusen
held by any Person or of any Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of Phillips-Van Heusen (other
than a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any
merger or consolidation and including the exercise of any option
to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of
Phillips-Van Heusen that is not Disqualified Stock);
(3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment
of any Subordinated Obligations of such Person (other than the
purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated
Obligations (a) purchased in anticipation of satisfying a
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of
purchase, repurchase or other acquisition and (b) owed by
Phillips-Van Heusen to any Restricted Subsidiary and owed by any
Restricted Subsidiaries to Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary); or
(4) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted
Investment) in any Person.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of
Phillips-Van Heusen that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.
Sale/Leaseback Transaction means any
arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary of Phillips-Van
Heusen, for a period of more than three years, of any real or
tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be
sold or transferred by Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted
Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC means the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission.
Secured Debt means with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the aggregate principal amount
of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis calculated in accordance with GAAP that
is then secured by a Lien on property or assets of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation,
Capital Stock of another Person owned by such Person but
excluding property or assets held in a defeasance or similar
trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured
thereby), provided, however, that the CKI Obligations and
ITOCHU Obligations shall not constitute Secured Debt.
Securitization Subsidiary means a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen
(1) that is designated a Securitization
Subsidiary by the board of directors of Phillips-Van
Heusen (or a duly authorized committee thereof);
(2) that does not engage in any activities other than
Qualified Securitization Transactions and any activity necessary
or incidental thereto;
(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of which
(A) is Guaranteed by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiary other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings or Limited Originator Recourse,
(B) is recourse to or obligates Phillips-Van Heusen or any
other Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings or Limited Originator
Recourse, or
(C) subjects any property or asset of Phillips-Van Heusen
or any other Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof other
than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or Limited
Originator Recourse; and
S-129
(4) with respect to which neither Phillips-Van Heusen nor
any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or
preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve certain
levels of operating results.
Senior Indebtedness means with respect to any
Person:
(1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the
Issue Date (after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds
of the sale of the notes as described in this prospectus
supplement) or thereafter Incurred; and
(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including
interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar
proceeding relating to such Person whether or not post-filing
interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of
Indebtedness described in clause (1) above;
unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the
instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which
the same is outstanding, it is provided that such
Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of
payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person,
as the case may be; provided, however, that Senior
Indebtedness shall not include:
(1) any obligation of such Person to any Subsidiary;
(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes
owed or owing by such Person;
(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade
creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including
guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);
(4) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person
which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other
Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person;
(5) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of
Incurrence is Incurred in violation of the indenture; or
(6) any Capital Stock.
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall mean, for
any Person at any date of calculation (the Transaction
Date), the ratio of (x) Secured Debt of such
Person as of the Transaction Date to (y) EBITDA of such
Person for the most recently ended period of four fiscal
quarters ending prior to the Transaction Date for which internal
financial statements are available, in each case with such
pro forma adjustments to the amount of consolidated
Secured Debt and EBITDA as are
appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment
provisions set forth in the definition of EBITDA and
Consolidated Coverage Ratio; provided that
solely for the purpose of the calculation of Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio and the covenant described under Limitation
on Liens, Phillips-Van Heusen may elect pursuant to an
Officers Certificate delivered to the trustee to treat all
or any portion of the commitment under any Secured Debt as being
Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence
of Secured Debt under such commitment shall not be deemed, for
purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such
subsequent time.
Series A Preferred Stock means the
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Phillips-Van Heusen
issued and outstanding as of the Issue Date.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a Significant Subsidiary of
Phillips-Van Heusen within the meaning of
Rule 1-02
under
Regulation S-X
promulgated by the SEC.
Standard Securitization Undertakings means
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered
into by Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary that
are reasonably customary in accounts receivable or licensing
royalty securitization transactions, as the case may be.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any
security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date
on which the final payment of principal of such security is due
and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the
repurchase of such security at
S-130
the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
Subordinated Obligation means, with respect
to a Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (whether
outstanding on the Issue Date (after giving effect to the use of
the net proceeds of the sale of the notes as described in this
prospectus supplement) or thereafter Incurred) which is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the notes or a
Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant
to a written agreement to that effect.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person,
any corporation, association, partnership or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of
shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by:
(1) such Person;
(2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person; or
(3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein or otherwise, CKI
Trust shall not be a Subsidiary of
Phillips-Van
Heusen.
Subsidiary Guarantor means each Restricted
Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen that delivers a Guaranty
Agreement pursuant to the covenant described under Future
Subsidiary Guarantors.
Subsidiary Guaranty means a Guarantee by a
Subsidiary Guarantor of Phillips-Van Heusens Obligations
with respect to the notes.
Temporary Cash Investments means any of the
following:
(1) any investment in direct obligations of the United
States or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the
United States or any agency thereof;
(2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of
deposit and money market deposits maturing within 365 days
of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust
company which is organized under the laws of the United States,
any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the
United States, and which bank or trust company has capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of
$50.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof)
and has outstanding debt which is rated A (or such
similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally
recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in
Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund
sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund
distributor;
(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
30 days for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (1) above entered into with a bank meeting the
qualifications described in clause (2) above;
(4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than
270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a
corporation (other than an Affiliate of Phillips-Van Heusen)
organized and in existence under the laws of the United States
or any foreign country recognized by the United States with a
rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of
P-1
(or higher) according to Moodys or
A-1
(or higher) according to S&P; and
(5) investments in securities with maturities of
270 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or
fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the
United States, or by any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof, and rated at least A by S&P
or A by Moodys.
TH Acquisition means the acquisition by
Phillips-Van Heusen of Tommy Hilfiger B.V. and certain
affiliated entities pursuant to the TH Purchase Agreement.
S-131
TH Purchase Agreement means that certain
Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and
among Tommy Hilfiger B.V., Tommy Hilfiger Corporation, Stiching
Administratiekantoor Elmira, Tommy Hilfiger Holding S.A.R.L.,
Asian and Western Classics B.V. and Phillips-Van Heusen.
Total Assets means, as of any date of
determination, the total assets of Phillips-Van Heusen and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the most recent
consolidated balance sheet of Phillips-Van Heusen as of such
date.
Transaction Documents means the TH Purchase
Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the documents related
thereto, the documents related to the tender offers for and
redemption of the
71/4% senior
notes and 2011 and the
81/8% senior
notes due 2013 and the documents relating to the other
Transactions.
Transactions means the TH Acquisition, the
offering of the notes on the Issue Date, the entry into the
Credit Agreement, the tender offers for and redemption of the
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and the
81/8% senior
notes due 2013, the sale of Series A Preferred Stock in
connection with the TH Acquisition and the public offering of
common stock by Phillips-Van Heusen in connection with the TH
Acquisition.
Treasury Transaction means any derivative
transaction entered into in connection with protection against
or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.
Trust Indenture Act means the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb)
as in effect on the Issue Date.
U.S. Government Obligations means direct
obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest
in such obligations) of the United States (including any agency
or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which are
not callable at the issuers option.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
(2) any Subsidiary of Phillips-Van Heusen which is
designated after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
a resolution of Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors
(or a duly authorized committee thereof);
provided that a Subsidiary may be so designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary only if
(A) such designation is in compliance with
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Restricted Payments above;
(B) such Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or hold any Lien on any property of,
Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(C) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or results therefrom;
(D) such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with Phillips-Van Heusen
or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
favorable to Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who
are not Affiliates of Phillips-Van Heusen;
(E) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which
neither Phillips-Van Heusen nor any Restricted Subsidiaries has
any direct or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for
additional Capital Stock or (2) to maintain or preserve
such Persons financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
(F) such Subsidiary has not Guaranteed or otherwise
directly or indirectly provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of Phillips-Van Heusen or any Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(G) neither Phillips-Van Heusen nor any Restricted
Subsidiary will at any time
S-132
(i) provide a guarantee of, or similar credit support to,
any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking,
agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness),
(ii) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness
of such Subsidiary, or
(iii) be directly or indirectly liable for any other
Indebtedness which provides that the holder thereof may (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon (or
cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its final scheduled maturity) upon the occurrence of a default
with respect to any other Indebtedness that is Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary (including any corresponding right to take
enforcement action against such Subsidiary),
except in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above to the
extent
(i) that Phillips-Van Heusen or such Restricted Subsidiary
could otherwise provide such a guarantee or Incur such
Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Indebtedness above; and
(ii) the provision of such guarantee and the Incurrence of
such Indebtedness otherwise would be permitted under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Restricted Payments above.
Phillips-Van Heusens board of directors (or a duly
authorized committee thereof) may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such
designation (A) Phillips-Van Heusen could Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Indebtedness and (B) no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Any such designation by Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) shall be
evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a
copy of the resolution of Phillips-Van Heusens board of
directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) giving effect
to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
Voting Stock of a Person means all classes of
Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary means a Restricted
Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than
directors qualifying shares) is owned by Phillips-Van
Heusen or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
Book-Entry
System for Notes
The following description of the operations and procedures of
DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These
operations and procedures are solely within the control of
DTCs settlement systems and are subject to changes by
them. Phillips-Van Heusen takes no responsibility for these
operations and procedures and urges investors to contact the
system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.
Upon issuance, the Notes will each be represented by one or more
global securities (each a Global Security).
Each Global Security will be deposited with, or on behalf of DTC
(the Depositary). Upon the issuance of any
such Global Security, the Depositary or its nominee will credit
the accounts of persons held with it with the respective
principal or face amounts of the notes represented by any such
Global Security. Ownership of beneficial interests in any such
Global Security will be limited to persons that have accounts
with the Depositary (participants) or persons
that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of
beneficial interests by participants in any such Global Security
will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary.
Ownership of beneficial interests in any such Global Security by
persons that hold through participants will be shown on, and the
transfer of that ownership interest within such participant will
be effected only through, records maintained by such
participant. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain
purchasers of securities take physical
S-133
delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and
such laws may impair the ability to acquire or transfer
beneficial interests in any such Global Security. Payment of
principal of and interest on the notes will be made to the
Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole
registered owner and holder of any Global Security for such
series for all purposes under the indenture. None of
Phillips-Van Heusen, the trustee or any agent of Phillips-Van
Heusen or the trustee will have any responsibility or liability
for any aspect of the Depositarys records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in
any such Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of the Depositarys records relating to such
beneficial ownership interests.
Phillips-Van Heusen has been advised by the Depositary that upon
receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on any Global
Security, the Depositary will immediately credit, on its
book-entry registration and transfer system, the accounts of
participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal or face amount
of such Global Security as shown on the records of the
Depositary. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial
interests in such Global Security held through such participants
will be governed by standing instructions and customary
practices as is now the case with securities held for customer
accounts registered in street name and will be the
sole responsibility of such participants.
No Global Security may be transferred except as a whole by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary. Each Global Security
is exchangeable for certificated notes only if (x) the
Depositary notifies Phillips-Van Heusen that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if
at any time the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act and Phillips-Van Heusen fails
within 90 days thereafter to appoint a successor,
(y) Phillips-Van Heusen in its sole discretion determines
that such Global Security shall be exchangeable or
(z) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of
Default (as defined in the indenture) or an event which with the
giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an
Event of Default with respect to the notes represented by such
Global Security. In such event, Phillips-Van Heusen will issue
notes in certificated form in exchange for such Global Security.
In any such instance, an owner of a beneficial interest in
either Global Security will be entitled to physical delivery in
certificated form of notes equal in principal amount to such
beneficial interest and to have such notes registered in its
name. Notes so issued in certificated form will be issued in
denominations of $1,000 or any larger amount that is an integral
multiple thereof, and will be issued in registered form only,
without coupons. Subject to the foregoing, no Global Security is
exchangeable, except for a Global Security for the same series
of notes of like denomination to be registered in the name of
the Depositary or its nominee.
So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered
owner of a Global Security, such Depositary or such nominee, as
the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of
the notes represented by such Global Security for the purposes
of receiving payment on such notes, receiving notices and for
all other purposes under the indenture and such notes.
Beneficial interests in the notes will be evidenced only by, and
transfer thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depositary and its participants. Except as
provided herein, owners of beneficial interests in any Global
Security will not be entitled to and will not be considered the
holders thereof for any purposes under the indenture.
Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in such
Global Security must rely on the procedures of the Depositary,
and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of
the participant through which such person owns its interest, to
exercise any rights of a holder of the notes under the
indenture. The Depositary will not consent or vote with respect
to the Global Security representing the notes. Under its usual
procedures, the Depositary mails an Omnibus Proxy to the issuer
as soon as possible after the applicable record date. The
Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.s (the
Depositarys partnership nominee) consenting or voting
rights to those participants to whose accounts the notes are
credited on the applicable record date (identified in a listing
attached to the Omnibus Proxy).
The Depositary has advised Phillips-Van Heusen that the
Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company organized under
New York Banking Law, a banking organization within
the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal
Reserve System, a clearing corporation within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.
The Depositary was created to hold the securities of its
participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
S-134
securities transactions among its participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants,
thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities
certificates. The Depositarys participants include
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations, and certain other organizations some of whom
(and/or their representatives) own the Depositary. Access to the
Depositarys book-entry system is also available to others,
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant,
either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to the
Depositary and its participants are on file with the SEC.
Same Day
Settlement and Payment
Settlement for the notes will be made by the underwriters in
immediately available funds. All cash payments of principal and
interest will be made by Phillips-Van Heusen in immediately
available funds.
The notes will trade in the Depositarys
same-day
funds settlement system until maturity or until such notes are
issued in certificated form, and secondary market trading
activity in such notes will therefore be required by the
Depositary to settle in immediately available funds. No
assurance can be given as to the effect, if any, of settlement
in immediately available finds on trading activity in such notes.
S-135
CERTAIN
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the notes. This discussion is based
upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), the Treasury Department regulations
promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial
interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of
which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
The discussion generally applies only to beneficial owners that
purchase notes in the initial offering at their issue price and
hold the notes as capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for
investment). The discussion does not address all aspects of
U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to
particular investors in light of their individual circumstances
or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to
special classes of taxpayers such as banks and certain other
financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, holders of notes that are pass-through entities
or the investors in such pass-through entities, dealers in
securities or foreign currency, regulated investment companies,
real estate investment trusts, investors whose functional
currency is not the U.S. Dollar, traders in
securities that elect a
mark-to-market
method of accounting, investors liable for the alternative
minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign
investment companies, U.S. expatriates, and persons holding
notes as a hedge or as part of a straddle, constructive sale or
conversion transaction. The discussion does not address any
non-income tax considerations or any foreign, state or local tax
consequences.
As used herein, a U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a
note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(a) a citizen or individual resident of the United States,
(b) a corporation (or other entity properly classified as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created
or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any
state within the United States, or the District of Columbia,
(c) an estate whose income is includible in gross income
for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of source,
or (d) a trust if (1) a court within the United States
is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration
of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or
(2) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and
has properly elected to continue to be treated as a
U.S. person. A
Non-U.S. Holder
is a beneficial owner of the notes that is not a
U.S. Holder.
If a partnership or entity treated as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes owns any of the notes, the
tax treatment of a partner or an equity interest owner of such
other entity will generally depend upon the status of the person
and the activities of the partnership or other entity treated as
a partnership. Partnerships and other entities treated as
partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and
partners or other equity interest owners in such entities,
should consult their own tax advisors.
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES ARE
URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE UNITED
STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND OTHER FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
THEM OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF THE NOTES, AS WELL
AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER
TAX LAWS.
U.S.
Holders
Payments
of Interest
The notes are not expected to, and the remainder of this
discussion assumes that notes will not, be issued with
original issue discount for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. Stated interest on a note will be taxable to
U.S. Holders as ordinary interest income at the time such
interest payments are accrued or received, depending on the
holders regular method of accounting for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
Optional
Redemption and Change of Control Put
We believe that the possibility of a redemption of the notes as
described under Description of the Notes
Optional Redemption or a repurchase of the notes as
described under Description of the Notes
S-136
Change of Control at a price greater than the principal
amount of the notes is remote or certain other exceptions apply
and therefore the rules governing contingent payment debt
instruments should not apply to the notes. Assuming our position
is respected, any amounts paid to a U.S. Holder pursuant to
any such redemption or repurchase, as applicable, would be
taxable as described below under
U.S. Holders Sale, Exchange
or Redemption of the Notes. The Internal Revenue Service,
however, may take a contrary position, which could affect the
timing and character of a U.S. Holders income with
respect to the notes. U.S. Holders should consult their own
tax advisors regarding the application of the contingent payment
debt instrument rules and consequences thereof.
Sale,
Exchange or Redemption of the Notes
Upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition
of the notes, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain
or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the sum of all
cash plus the fair market value of all other property received
on such disposition (other than amounts properly attributable to
accrued and unpaid interest, which will be treated as described
above under U.S. Holders Payments
of Interest), and such holders adjusted tax basis in
the notes. A U.S Holders adjusted tax basis in the notes
generally will equal the cost of the notes for such holder.
Any gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a note
generally will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term
capital gain or loss if, at the time of the disposition, the
U.S. Holder held the note for a period of more than one
year.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
A U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal backup
withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on payments on the
notes and the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of the
notes if such holder fails to provide its correct taxpayer
identification number to the paying agent and comply with
certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an
exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules may be refunded or allowed as a credit against
the U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax
liability, provided that the required information is furnished
to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.
U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors
regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup
withholding, and the procedures for establishing such exemption,
if applicable.
In addition, information reporting generally will apply to these
payments to a U.S. Holder unless such holder is an exempt
recipient, such as a corporation.
Non-U.S.
Holders
Payments
of Interest
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, payments
of interest on the notes to a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax on interest paid on the notes so long as that
interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the U.S. or in the case of an
income tax treaty resident, is not attributable to a
U.S. permanent establishment (or, in the case of an
individual, a fixed base) maintained by the
Non-U.S. Holder
in the U.S. and:
|
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total
combined voting power of all of our stock;
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
is not a controlled foreign corporation with respect
to which we are a related person within the meaning
of the Code; and
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
is not a bank receiving the interest pursuant to a loan
agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or
business.
|
In addition, for the exemption from U.S. federal
withholding tax to apply, a
Non-U.S. Holder
must provide us (or our paying agent, if any) with a properly
completed and executed
Form W-8
BEN, or other applicable form, as provided for in the Treasury
Department regulations, certifying that it is not a
U.S. person. If the
Non-U.S. Holder
holds the notes through a financial institution or other agent
acting on its behalf, such
S-137
holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to
the agent. Such holders agent will then be required to
provide certification to us (or our paying agent, if any).
A
Non-U.S. Holder
may also be entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty
under which interest on the notes is exempt from or subject to a
reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax, provided a
properly completed and executed
Form W-8
BEN claiming the exemption from or reduction in withholding is
furnished to us (or our paying agent, if any) and any other
applicable procedures are complied with.
Sale,
Exchange or Redemption of the Notes
Generally, any gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption
or other taxable disposition of a note (other than amounts
properly attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, which will
be treated as described above under
Non-U.S. Holders
Payments of Interest) will be exempt from
U.S. federal income and withholding tax, provided that:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the U.S. (or in the case of an
income tax treaty resident, is not attributable to a
U.S. permanent establishment (or, in the case of an
individual, a fixed base) maintained by the
Non-U.S. Holder
in the U.S.; and
|
|
|
|
if the
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual, such
Non-U.S. Holder
is not present in the U.S. for a period of 183 days or
more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain
other conditions are met.
|
Effectively
Connected Income
If interest, gain or other income recognized on a note is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the U.S., or in the case of an income tax treaty
resident, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment
(or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) maintained by
the
Non-U.S. Holder
in the U.S., then such interest, gain or other income will be
exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax previously
discussed if the
Non-U.S. Holder
provides us (or our paying agent, if any) with a properly
completed and executed
Form W-8
ECI, but such interest, gain or other income generally will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at
regular U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition to
regular U.S. federal income tax, a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits,
as adjusted for certain items, unless such holder qualifies for
a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
A
Non-U.S. Holder
may be subject to annual information reporting and
U.S. federal backup withholding (currently at a rate of
28%) on payments of interest and proceeds of a sale or other
disposition of the notes unless such
Non-U.S. Holder
provides the certification described above under either
Non-U.S. Holders
Payments of Interest or
Non-U.S. Holders
Effectively Connected Income or otherwise establish an
exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax and may be refunded or allowed as a credit
against the
Non-U.S. Holders
U.S. federal income tax liability (if any), provided the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue
Service in a timely manner. In any event, we generally will be
required to file information returns with the Internal Revenue
Service reporting our payments on the notes. Copies of the
information returns may also be made available to the tax
authorities in the country in which a
Non-U.S. Holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
New
Legislation
Recently enacted legislation regarding foreign account tax
compliance, effective for payments made after December 31,
2012, imposes a withholding tax of 30% on interest and gross
proceeds from the disposition of certain debt instruments paid
to certain foreign entities unless various information reporting
and certain other requirements are satisfied. However, the
withholding tax will not be imposed on payments pursuant to
obligations outstanding as of March 18, 2012. Investors
should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the
possible implications of this recently enacted legislation on
their investment in the notes.
S-138
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement
among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the
underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase from
us, the principal amount of the notes set forth opposite its
name in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
Underwriters
|
|
Amount
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
Banc of America Securities LLC
|
|
$
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
$
|
|
|
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
|
|
$
|
|
|
BBVA Securities Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V.
|
|
$
|
|
|
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The obligations of the underwriters under the underwriting
agreement, including their agreement to purchase notes from us,
are several and not joint. The underwriting agreement provides
that the underwriters obligation to purchase the notes
depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement, and that the underwriters will purchase
all the notes if any of them are purchased.
The underwriters initially propose to offer and sell the notes
at the price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus
supplement. The underwriters may offer the notes to selected
dealers at the public offering price less a selling concession
of up to % of the principal amount.
In addition, the underwriters may allow, and those selected
dealers may reallow, a concession of up
to % of the principal amount to
certain other dealers. The underwriters may change such offering
price and any other selling terms at any time without notice.
The underwriters may offer and sell notes through certain of
their affiliates.
Indemnification
In the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities in connection with this
offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to
contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to
make for those liabilities.
Expenses
We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the
offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will
be approximately $ .
New Issue
of Notes
The notes are a new issue of securities for which there
currently is no market. We do not intend to apply for the notes
to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for the
notes to be quoted on any quotation system. The underwriters
have advised us that following the completion of this offering,
they presently intend to make a market in the notes. They are
not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making
activities with respect to the notes may be discontinued at any
time at their sole discretion without notice. In addition, such
market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we cannot
give any assurance as to the development of any market or the
liquidity of any market for the notes.
S-139
Over-Allotment,
Stabilizing and Related Transactions
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering
transactions and penalty bids.
|
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size,
which creates a short position for the underwriters.
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase the notes in
the open market for the purpose of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the price of the notes.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the notes
in the open market after the distribution has been completed in
order to cover short positions.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling
concession from a broker/dealer when the notes originally sold
by such broker/dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or
syndicate covering transaction to cover short positions.
|
Any of these activities may prevent a decline in the market
price of the notes, and may also cause the price of the notes to
be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these
transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in
the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these
transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
the notes. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters
make any representation that we will engage in these
transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not
be discontinued without notice.
Clear
Market
We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the date
hereof, we will not, without the prior written consent of the
underwriters, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, offer to
sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of,
any securities similar to the notes, or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for the notes or any such
similar securities, except for the notes sold to the
underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement.
Alternate
Settlement Arrangements
We expect that delivery of the notes will be made to investors
on or
about ,
2010, which will be
the
business day following the date of this prospectus supplement
(such settlement being referred to as
T+ ).
Under
Rule 15c6-1
under the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market are
required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to
any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly,
purchasers who wish to trade notes prior to the delivery of the
notes hereunder will be required, by virtue of the fact that the
notes initially settle in
T+ ,
to specify an alternate settlement arrangement at the time of
any such trade to prevent a failed settlement. Purchasers of the
notes who wish to trade the notes prior to their date of
delivery hereunder should consult their advisors.
Other
Relationships
The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided
and may in the future provide certain financial advisory,
investment banking and commercial banking services in the
ordinary course of business for us, our subsidiaries and certain
of our affiliates, for which they receive customary fees and
expense reimbursement. Barclays Capital Inc. is acting as
dealer-manager in our tender offers and consent solicitations
for our
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and our
81/8% senior
notes due 2013. Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC,
and RBC Capital Markets Corporation are acting as financial
advisors to PVH in connection with the Acquisition, and Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as financial advisor to
Tommy Hilfiger in connection with the Acquisition. Barclays
Capital Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are serving as
the joint lead arrangers in connection with the new senior
secured credit facility, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc., affiliates of Banc of America Securities LLC,
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets
Corporation are serving as the joint bookrunners and lenders of
the new senior secured credit facility and certain other
underwriters or their affiliates may be lenders from time to
time under the new
S-140
senior secured credit facility. Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an affiliate of Banc of
America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC
Capital Markets Corporation are expected to serve as the joint
managing underwriters and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an affiliate of Banc of
America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are
expected to serve as the joint bookrunners in connection with
the common stock offering. The underwriters and their affiliates
will receive customary fees and expense reimbursement for these
services. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters
may own the notes as part of the initial distribution and
certain underwriters or their affiliates own notes that are the
subject of the tender offer.
European
Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), with effect from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member
state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities
described in this prospectus supplement may not be made to the
public in that relevant member state other than:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than
43 million and (3) an annual net turnover of
more than 50 million, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus
Directive,
|
provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or
any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of
securities to the public in any relevant member state
means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the
securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may
be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the
Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant
member state.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any
offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our
behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view
to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this
prospectus supplement. Accordingly, no purchaser of the
securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make
any further offer of the securities on behalf of us, or the
underwriters.
United
Kingdom
This prospectus supplement is only being distributed to, and is
only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are
qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e)
of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors)
that are also (i) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons
together being referred to as relevant persons).
This prospectus supplement and its contents are confidential and
should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or
in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the
United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a
relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any
of its contents.
S-141
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters related to the offering will be passed
upon for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New
York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP, New York, New
York.
INDEPENDENT
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 31, 2010, and the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting as of
January 31, 2010, as set forth in their reports, which are
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. Our
financial statements are incorporated by reference in reliance
on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent
registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated
financial statements of Tommy Hilfiger B.V. for the years ended
March 31, 2007, March 31, 2008 and March 31,
2009, as set forth in their reports, which are incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement. Tommy Hilfiger
B.V.s financial statements are incorporated by reference
in reliance on PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.s
report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.
S-142
PROSPECTUS
PHILLIPS-VAN HEUSEN
CORPORATION
Debt Securities
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
We may issue from time to time debt securities, preferred stock
or common stock, and we or any selling security holders may
offer and sell these securities from time to time in one or more
offerings.
We will provide additional terms of our securities in one or
more prospectus supplements to this prospectus. The prospectus
supplements will also describe the specific manner in which
these securities will be offered and may also supplement, update
or amend information contained in this document. You should read
this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement carefully
before you invest in our securities.
We and any selling security holders may offer these securities
in amounts, at prices and on terms determined at the time of
offering. The securities may be sold directly to you, through
agents or through underwriters and dealers. If agents,
underwriters or dealers are used to sell the securities, we will
name them and describe their compensation in a prospectus
supplement.
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under
the symbol PVH.
You should consider carefully the Risk Factors
described on page 3 and in any applicable prospectus supplement
before investing in our securities.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
This prospectus may not be used to sell securities unless
accompanied by a prospectus supplement.
The date of this prospectus is April 20, 2010.
You should rely only on the information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus, any prospectus
supplement and any written communication from us or any
underwriter specifying the final terms of a particular offering.
We have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or
different information. You should not assume that the
information in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or any
written communication from us or any underwriter specifying the
final terms of a particular offering is accurate as of any date
other than the date on its cover page or that any information we
have incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other
than the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our
business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects may have changed since those dates.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, under
a shelf registration process. Using this process, we
or selling security holders may offer the securities described
in this prospectus in one or more offerings. This prospectus
provides you with a general description of the securities we or
selling security holders may offer.
Each time we use this prospectus to sell securities, we will
provide a prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement will
describe the specific terms of that offering. The prospectus
supplement may also add to, update or change the information
contained in this prospectus. Please carefully read this
prospectus and the prospectus supplement, as well as the
additional information in the documents described below under
the heading Where You Can Find More Information and
Incorporation By Reference. We may also prepare free
writing prospectuses that describe particular securities. Any
free writing prospectus should also be read in connection with
this prospectus and with any prospectus supplement referred to
therein. For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to an
applicable prospectus supplement may also refer to a free
writing prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires.
If there is any inconsistency between the information set forth
in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should
rely on the information set forth in the prospectus supplement.
The distribution of this prospectus and any applicable
prospectus supplement and the offering of the securities in
certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into
whose possession this prospectus and any applicable prospectus
supplement come should inform themselves about and observe any
such restrictions. This prospectus and any applicable prospectus
supplement do not constitute, and may not be used in connection
with, an offer or solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which
the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to
do so or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer
or solicitation.
As used in this prospectus, we, us and
our and similar terms mean Phillips-Van Heusen
Corporation and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates
otherwise. The phrase this prospectus refers to this
prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement, unless the
context otherwise requires.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You can read and copy any
materials we file with the SEC at the SECs public
reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information about
the operation of the SECs public reference room by calling
the SEC at
1-800-732-0330.
The SEC also maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains information we file electronically with the SEC.
You can also obtain information about us at the offices of the
New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York,
New York 10005.
This prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the registration statement or in the exhibits and
schedules thereto, in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the SEC, and we refer you to that omitted information. The
statements made in this prospectus pertaining to the content of
any contract, agreement or other document that is an exhibit to
the registration statement necessarily are summaries of their
material provisions and we qualify those statements in their
entirety by reference to those exhibits for complete statements
of their provisions. The registration statement and its exhibits
and schedules are available at the SECs public reference
room or through its website.
INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the
information we file with it, which means we can disclose
important information to you by referring you to those
documents. The information we incorporate by reference is an
important part of this prospectus and information we
subsequently file with the SEC will automatically update and
supersede that information. We incorporate by reference the
documents listed below and any filings we make with the SEC
under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act
1
of 1934 (File Number
001-07572)
(excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with
the SEC) after the date of this prospectus. The documents we
incorporate by reference are:
|
|
|
|
|
our annual report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
our current reports on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, April 5, 2010,
April 8, 2010, April 13, 2010 and April 16, 2010.
|
We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this prospectus has been delivered, upon written or oral
request, a copy of any or all of the documents we incorporate by
reference in this prospectus, other than any exhibit to any of
those documents, unless we have specifically incorporated that
exhibit by reference into the information this prospectus
incorporates. You may request copies by visiting our website at
http://www.pvh.com,
or by writing or telephoning us at the following:
Phillips-Van
Heusen Corporation
200 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10016
Attention: Secretary
Telephone:
(212) 381-3500
Forward-looking statements made in this prospectus, including
the information we incorporate by reference, including, without
limitation, statements relating to our future revenue, cash
flows, plans, strategies, objectives, expectations and
intentions are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors
are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are
inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which
cannot be predicted with accuracy, and some of which might not
be anticipated, including, without limitation, the following:
(i) our plans, strategies, objectives, expectations and
intentions are subject to change at any time at our discretion;
(ii) the levels of sales of our apparel, footwear and
related products, both to our wholesale customers and in our
retail stores, the levels of sales of our licensees at wholesale
and retail, and the extent of discounts and promotional pricing
in which we and our licensees and other business partners are
required to engage, all of which can be affected by weather
conditions, changes in the economy, fuel prices, reductions in
travel, fashion trends, consolidations, repositionings and
bankruptcies in the retail industries, repositionings of brands
by our licensors and other factors; (iii) our plans and
results of operations will be affected by our ability to manage
our growth and inventory, including our ability to continue to
develop and grow the Calvin Klein businesses in terms of revenue
and profitability; (iv) our operations and results could be
affected by quota restrictions and the imposition of safeguard
controls (which, among other things, could limit our ability to
produce products in cost-effective countries that have the labor
and technical expertise needed), the availability and cost of
raw materials, our ability to adjust timely to changes in trade
regulations and the migration and development of manufacturers
(which can affect where our products can best be produced), and
civil conflict, war or terrorist acts, the threat of any of the
foregoing, or political and labor instability in any of the
countries where our or our licensees or other business
partners products are sold, produced or are planned to be
sold or produced; (v) disease epidemics and health related
concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced
workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing
of goods produced in infected areas, as well as reduced consumer
traffic and purchasing, as consumers limit or cease shopping in
order to avoid exposure or become ill; (vi) acquisitions
and issues arising with acquisitions and proposed transactions,
including without limitation, the ability to integrate an
acquired entity, into us with no substantial adverse affect on
the acquired entitys or our existing operations, employee
relationships, vendor relationships, customer relationships or
financial performance; (vii) the failure of our licensees
to market successfully licensed products or to preserve the
value of our brands, or their misuse of our brands and
(viii) other risks and uncertainties indicated from time to
time in our filings with the SEC.
These factors are not necessarily all the important factors that
could affect us. We do not undertake any obligation to update
publicly any forward-looking statement, including, without
limitation, any estimate regarding revenue or cash flows,
whether as a result of the receipt of new information, future
events or otherwise.
2
ABOUT
PHILLIPS-VAN HEUSEN CORPORATION
We are one of the largest apparel companies in the world, with a
heritage dating back over 125 years. We design and market
nationally recognized branded dress shirts, neckwear, sportswear
and, to a lesser extent, footwear and other related products.
Additionally, we license our owned brands over a broad range of
products. We market our brands at multiple price points and
across multiple channels of distribution, allowing us to provide
products to a broad range of consumers, while minimizing
competition among our brands and reducing our reliance on any
one demographic group, merchandise preference or distribution
channel. Our licensing activities, principally our Calvin Klein
business, diversify our business model by providing us with a
sizeable base of profitable licensing revenues.
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1976 as the
successor to a business begun in 1881. Our footwear business is
the successor to G.H. Bass & Co., a business begun in
1876, our Arrow business is the successor to the original
Cluett, Peabody & Co., a business begun in 1851, and
our neckwear business is the successor to a business begun in
1873.
Our fiscal years are based on the
52-53 week
period ending on the Sunday closest to February 1 and are
designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year
commences. References to a year are to our fiscal year, unless
the context requires otherwise. Our 2009 year commenced on
February 2, 2009 and ended on January 31, 2010; 2008
commenced on February 4, 2008 and ended on February 1,
2009; and 2007 commenced on February 5, 2007 and ended on
February 3, 2008.
Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Madison
Avenue, New York, New York 10016; our telephone number is
(212) 381-3500.
We maintain a website at
http://www.pvh.com.
The information on our website is not incorporated by reference
into this prospectus.
RISK
FACTORS
Our business is subject to uncertainties and risks. You should
carefully consider and evaluate all of the information included
and incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the
risk factors incorporated by reference from our most recent
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
as updated by our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
and other SEC filings filed after such Annual Report. It is
possible that our business, financial condition, liquidity or
results of operations could be materially adversely affected by
any of these risks.
3
RATIO OF
EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The table below presents our ratio of earnings to fixed charges
and our ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference
security dividends for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(1)
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
|
|
|
3.6x
|
|
|
|
4.6x
|
|
|
|
4.9x
|
|
|
|
2.8x
|
|
|
|
3.6x
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference security
dividends
|
|
|
2.2x
|
|
|
|
3.5x
|
|
|
|
4.9x
|
|
|
|
2.8x
|
|
|
|
3.6x
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the proposed acquisition of Tommy Hilfiger B.V. and the
incurrence and repayment of debt in connection therewith. |
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing
fixed charges into earnings before income taxes plus fixed
charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense and the
estimated interest component of rent expense.
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference security
dividends is computed by dividing fixed charges plus the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities into earnings before income taxes plus
fixed charges.
4
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sales of securities
in the manner and for the purposes set forth in the applicable
prospectus supplement.
Pending any specific application, we may initially invest those
funds as we deem appropriate.
5
DESCRIPTION
OF DEBT SECURITIES
The following is a general description of the debt securities
which may be issued from time to time by us under this
prospectus. The particular terms relating to each debt security
will be set forth in a prospectus supplement.
General
Subject to compliance with our other existing indebtedness, we
may issue from time to time debt securities under one or more
indentures (each of which we refer to herein as the
indenture) to be entered into between us and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee. Subject to certain
limitations contained therein, each indenture will not limit the
amount of debt securities that we may issue thereunder.
The debt securities will be our direct obligations, which can be
secured or unsecured. The debt securities will either rank as
senior debt or subordinated debt, and may be issued either
separately or together with, or upon the conversion of, or in
exchange for, other securities. Our ability to meet our
obligations under the debt securities, including payment of
principal and interest on the notes, depends on the earnings and
cash flows of our subsidiaries and the ability of our
subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance or repay funds to us.
Contractual provisions or laws, as well as our
subsidiaries financial condition and operating
requirements, may limit our ability to obtain from our
subsidiaries cash that we need to pay our debt service
obligations, including payments on the debt securities. Holders
of the debt securities will be structurally subordinated to the
creditors, including trade creditors, of any of our subsidiaries.
We have summarized certain general features of the debt
securities below. You should read the applicable indenture for
more details regarding the provisions we describe below and for
other provisions that may be important to you. We have filed the
form of the indenture with the SEC as an exhibit to this
registration statement, and we will include the applicable final
indenture and any other instrument establishing the terms of the
debt securities we offer as exhibits to a filing we will make
with the SEC in connection with the offering of such debt
securities. Please read the section under the heading
Where You Can Find More Information.
Terms
Applicable to Debt Securities
The prospectus supplement relating to any series of debt
securities being offered will include specific terms relating to
the offering. These terms will include some or all of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the title of the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
the total principal amount of the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
whether the debt securities are senior debt securities or
subordinated debt securities and, if subordinated debt
securities, the subordination provisions and the applicable
definition of senior indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
whether the debt securities will be secured or unsecured;
|
|
|
|
whether the debt securities will be guaranteed;
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
any limit on the total principal amount of the debt securities
and the ability to issue additional debt securities of the same
series;
|
|
|
|
the date or dates on which the principal of and any premium on
the debt securities will be payable;
|
|
|
|
any interest rate, the date from which interest will accrue,
interest payment dates and record dates for interest payments;
|
|
|
|
any covenants or restrictions on us or our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the place or places where payments on the debt securities will
be payable;
|
|
|
|
any provisions for redemption or early repayment;
|
|
|
|
any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to
redeem, purchase or repay the debt securities prior to maturity;
|
|
|
|
the denominations in which we may issue the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
whether payments on the debt securities will be payable in
foreign currency or currency units or another form, and whether
payments on the debt securities will be payable by reference to
any index or formula;
|
|
|
|
the portion of the principal amount of the debt securities that
will be payable if the maturity is accelerated, if other than
the entire principal amount;
|
|
|
|
provisions relating to discharge and covenant defeasance and
legal defeasance and any additional means of defeasance of the
debt securities, any additional conditions or limitations to
defeasance of the debt securities or any changes to those
conditions or limitations;
|
|
|
|
the events of default applicable to the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
any restrictions or other provisions relating to the transfer or
exchange of the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
securities exchange(s) on which the securities will be listed,
if any;
|
|
|
|
whether any underwriter(s) will act as market maker(s) for the
securities;
|
|
|
|
the extent to which a secondary market for the securities is
expected to develop;
|
|
|
|
provisions relating to satisfaction and discharge of the
indenture;
|
|
|
|
provisions relating to form, registration, exchange and transfer;
|
|
|
|
the designation of agents with respect to the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
modification, waiver and amendment provisions;
|
|
|
|
any terms for the conversion or exchange of the debt securities
for other securities issued by us; and
|
|
|
|
any other terms of the debt securities, whether in addition to,
or by modification or deletion of, the terms described herein.
|
We may sell debt securities at a discount below their stated
principal amount. Any such discount may be substantial. Debt
securities we sell may bear no interest or may bear interest at
a rate that at the time of issuance is above or below market
rates.
Governing
Law
The laws of the State of New York will govern the indentures and
the debt securities, without giving effect to applicable
principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required
thereby.
7
Trustee
U.S. Bank National Association will be the trustee under
the indentures. U.S. Bank National Association is also the
trustee under the indenture governing our
71/4% senior
notes due 2011 and our
81/8% senior
notes due 2013.
Book-Entry
Debt Securities
We may issue the debt securities of a series in the form of one
or more global debt securities that would be deposited with a
depositary or its nominee identified in the prospectus
supplement. We may issue global debt securities in either
temporary or permanent form. We will describe in the prospectus
supplement the terms of any depository arrangement and the
rights and limitations of owners of beneficial interests in any
global debt security.
8
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
We are authorized to issue 240,000,000 shares of common
stock, $1 par value per share, and 150,000 shares of
preferred stock, $100 par value per share. The following
description of our capital stock does not purport to be complete
and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our
certificate of incorporation and by-laws, which are included as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.
Common
Stock
As of April 16, 2010, there were 52,134,947 shares of
common stock outstanding. The holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon
by the stockholders, including the election of directors.
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding
preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from
time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally
available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or
winding-up,
the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior
distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then
outstanding. The holders of common stock do not have preemptive
or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common
stock.
Our outstanding shares of common stock are listed on the New
York Stock Exchange and trade under the symbol PVH.
Any additional shares of common stock we offer and sell under
this prospectus and related prospectus supplements will also be
listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Preferred
Stock
No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding. Our
board of directors has the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or
more series and to designate the rights, preferences and
privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights
of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual
effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the
rights of holders of the common stock until the board of
directors determines the specific rights of the holders of such
preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
restricting dividends on the common stock;
|
|
|
|
diluting the voting power of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
|
|
|
|
delaying or preventing a change in control of us without further
action by the stockholders;
|
The prospectus supplement relating to any series of preferred
stock we offer under this prospectus will discuss specific terms
relating to the offering. These terms will include some or all
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the series designation of the preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of shares of the series;
|
|
|
|
the dividend rate or the method of calculating the dividend, the
date from which dividends will accrue and whether dividends will
be cumulative;
|
|
|
|
any liquidation preference;
|
|
|
|
any optional redemption provisions;
|
|
|
|
any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to
redeem or repurchase the preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
any terms for the conversion or exchange of the preferred stock
for any other securities;
|
|
|
|
any voting rights; and
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
any other powers, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights or any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions on the rights of the shares.
|
Any preferred stock we offer and sell will be fully paid and
nonassessable.
Limitation
on Directors Liability
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our
directors to us or our stockholders such that no member of our
board of directors will be personally liable for monetary
damages for any breach of the members fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the members duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions); and
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the member derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
This provision could have the effect of discouraging or
deterring our stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our
directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an
action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited our
stockholders and us. Our by-laws provide that we must indemnify
any person to the full extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the law of the state in which we are
incorporated, and we have entered into agreements with each of
our directors which provide them with contractual rights of
indemnification consistent with our bylaws.
Delaware
Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and By-Law
Provisions
Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation
and by-laws could make the following more difficult:
|
|
|
|
|
the acquisition of us by means of a tender offer;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or
otherwise; or
|
|
|
|
the removal of our incumbent officers and directors.
|
These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage
certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate
takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage
persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with
our board of directors.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an
anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a
publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a
business combination with an interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date
the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination or the transaction in which the
person became an interested stockholder is approved in a
prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination
includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.
Generally, an interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or within
three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder
status, owned 15% or more of a corporations voting stock.
The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect
with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the
board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might
result in a premium over the market price for the shares of
common stock held by stockholders.
No Cumulative Voting. Our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws do not provide for cumulative voting
in the election of directors.
Undesignated Preferred Stock. The
authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible
for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting
or other rights or preferences that could impede the
10
success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other
provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or
delaying changes in control or management of us.
Super-Majority Vote Requirements. Our
certificate of incorporation requires that the affirmative vote
of not less than 80% of our outstanding stock entitled to vote
shall be required for (i) mergers or consolidations,
(ii) certain sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages or pledges
of our assets or (iii) issuances or transfers of any of our
voting securities having a fair market value of more than
$1,000,000, in any such case, involving the beneficial
owner of 5% or more of our outstanding stock entitled to
vote in elections of directors. These special voting
requirements do not apply to (a) any transaction consistent
in all material respects with a memorandum of understanding
approved by our board of directors prior to the time such person
shall have become the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our
outstanding stock entitled to vote in elections of directors or
(b) any transaction if we beneficially own a majority of
the outstanding stock entitled to vote in elections of directors
of such 5% beneficial owner. Our certificate of incorporation
also requires that our by-laws may not be adopted, altered,
amended, changed or repealed by our stockholders except by the
affirmative vote of not less than 80% of our outstanding stock
entitled to vote in the election of directors.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is BNY
Mellon Shareowner Services.
11
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
We or selling security holders may offer and sell the securities
being offered hereby in one or more of the following ways from
time to time:
|
|
|
|
|
to or through underwriters, brokers or dealers;
|
|
|
|
directly to one or more other purchasers;
|
|
|
|
through a block trade in which the broker or dealer engaged to
handle the block trade will attempt to sell the securities as
agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as
principal to facilitate the transaction;
|
|
|
|
through agents on a best-efforts basis; or
|
|
|
|
otherwise through a combination of any of the above methods of
sale.
|
If any securities are sold pursuant to this prospectus by any
persons other than us, we will, in a prospectus supplement, name
the selling security holders, indicate the nature of any
relationship such holders have had with us or any of our
affiliates during the three years preceding such offering, state
the amount of securities of the class owned by such security
holder prior to the offering and the amount to be offered for
the security holders account, and state the amount and (if
one percent or more) the percentage of the class to be owned by
such security holder after completion of the offering.
In addition, we or any selling security holder may enter into
option, share lending or other types of transactions that
require us or such selling security holder to deliver shares of
common stock to an underwriter, broker or dealer, who will then
resell or transfer the shares of common stock under this
prospectus. We or any selling security holder may enter into
hedging transactions with respect to our securities. For
example, we or such selling security holder may:
|
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions involving short sales of the shares of
common stock by underwriters, brokers or dealers;
|
|
|
|
sell shares of common stock short and deliver the shares to
close out short positions;
|
|
|
|
enter into option or other types of transactions that require us
to deliver shares of common stock to an underwriter, broker or
dealer, who will then resell or transfer the shares of common
stock under this prospectus; or
|
|
|
|
loan or pledge the shares of common stock to an underwriter,
broker or dealer, who may sell the loaned shares or, in the
event of default, sell the pledged shares.
|
The prospectus supplement with respect to each series of
securities will state the terms of the offering of the
securities, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the offering terms, including the name or names of any
underwriters, dealers or agents;
|
|
|
|
the purchase price of the securities and the net proceeds to be
received by us from the sale;
|
|
|
|
any underwriting discounts or agency fees and other items
constituting underwriters or agents compensation;
|
|
|
|
any public offering price;
|
|
|
|
any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to
dealers; and
|
|
|
|
any securities exchange on which the securities may be listed.
|
If we or any selling security holders use underwriters or
dealers in the sale, the securities will be acquired by the
underwriters or dealers for their own account and may be resold
from time to time in one or more transactions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed;
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
at market prices prevailing at the time of sale;
|
|
|
|
at prices related to such prevailing market prices;
|
|
|
|
at varying prices determined at the time of sale; or
|
|
|
|
at negotiated prices.
|
Any initial public offering price and any discounts or
concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be
changed from time to time.
If underwriters are used in the sale of any securities, the
securities may be offered either to the public through
underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters, or
directly by underwriters. Generally, the underwriters
obligations to purchase the securities will be subject to
certain conditions precedent. The underwriters will be obligated
to purchase all of the securities if they purchase any of the
securities.
If indicated in an applicable prospectus supplement, we or
selling security holders may sell the securities through agents
from time to time. The applicable prospectus supplement will
name any agent involved in the offer or sale of the securities
and any commissions that we or any selling security holders pay
to them. Generally, any agent will be acting on a best efforts
basis for the period of its appointment. We or any selling
security holder may authorize underwriters, dealers or agents to
solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities
at the public offering price set forth in the applicable
prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts
providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the
future. The delayed delivery contracts will be subject only to
those conditions set forth in the applicable prospectus
supplement, and the applicable prospectus supplement will set
forth any commissions we or any selling security holders pay for
solicitation of these delayed delivery contracts.
Offered securities may also be offered and sold, if so indicated
in the applicable prospectus supplement, in connection with a
remarketing upon their purchase, in accordance with a redemption
or repayment pursuant to their terms, or otherwise, by one or
more remarketing firms, acting as principals for their own
accounts or as agents for us or any selling security holders.
Any remarketing firm will be identified and the terms of its
agreements, if any, with us or any selling security holders and
its compensation will be described in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
Agents, underwriters and other third parties described above may
be entitled to indemnification by us and by any selling security
holder against certain civil liabilities under the Securities
Act, or to contribution with respect to payments which the
agents or underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof. Agents, underwriters and such other third parties may
be customers of, engage in transactions with, or perform
services for us or any selling security holder in the ordinary
course of business.
Each series of securities will be a new issue of securities and
will have no established trading market, other than our common
stock, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Any
common stock sold will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
upon official notice of issuance. The securities other than the
common stock may or may not be listed on a national securities
exchange and no assurance can be given that there will be a
secondary market for any such securities or liquidity in the
secondary market if one develops. Any underwriters to whom
securities are sold by us for public offering and sale may make
a market in the securities, but such underwriters will not be
obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any
time without notice.
13
LEGAL
MATTERS
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus
supplement, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York,
New York, will issue an opinion about the legality of any common
stock, preferred stock or debt securities we offer through this
prospectus. Any underwriters will be advised about issues
relating to any offering by their own legal counsel, which
counsel shall be specified in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010, and the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of January 31, 2010, as set forth in their reports,
which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus and
elsewhere in the registration statement. Our financial
statements are incorporated by reference in reliance on
Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The audited historical special purpose consolidated financial
statements of Tommy Hilfiger B.V., included in our Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
dated April 13, 2010, have been so incorporated in reliance
on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.
14